International journal of scientific and innovative research 2015; 3(2)p issn 2347 2189, e issn 2347

VOLUME – 3, ISSUE – 2 (JULY - DECEMBER) 2015

Editorial

I am happy to convey that second issue of third volume of "International Journal of Scientific and

Innovative Research (IJSIR)", a bi-annual journal has been published by Sky Institute, Lucknow in an

effort to promote multidisciplinary scientific and innovative research of societal benefit. This journal

covers all branches of science, technology, engineering, health, agriculture and management.

Research articles in the field of education are also encouraged in order to promote educational

technology aiming at improvement in present educational system. As research and development (R &

D) has been playing a significant role in overall development of society, continuous multidisciplinary

innovative research in science and technology is needed to address the challenges in context to

changing environmental conditions in the present era of gradual increase in industrial and

technological advancement at global level. Efforts should be made to develop eco-friendly

technologies in order to provide solutions for developing socially, economically and culturally

sustainable society.

The present issue of International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR) contains 17

research papers I articles covering different areas of science and technology. All these papers are well

written and informative in content. I express my sincere thanks and gratefulness to Mr.Mohit Bajpai,

Chairman, Sky Institute, Lucknow (U.P.), India for his support in publishing it. I express my thanks to

members of Committee for Editorial Assistance Dr. B.C.Tripathi, Dr. Pankaj Verma, Shri Sanjay

Pandey, Shri Sanjay Dixit and Mr. Shamshul Hasan Khan for their hard work and devotion in giving

the final shape to the journal. I am thankful to all faculty members, scientists and research scholars of

different universities, research organizations and technical institutions for contributing their research

articles for publication in the present issue of the journal. The help provided by faculty members and

supporting staff of Sky Institute in publishing the present volume of the journal is also acknowledged. I

hope scientists, academicians and young researchers will be greatly benefited by this publication for

their research work.

I request humbly to the readers and contributors of our journal to continue encouraging us for regular

publication of the journal. Any suggestion and comment for the improvement in the quality of the

journal are always welcome.

Dr. B. R. Pandey

Editor-in-Chief

EDITOR-IN-CHIEFDr. B.R. PandeyDirector (Research)

Sky Institute, Kursi Road, Lucknow, U.P, India

Dean, Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University, Jharkhand, IndiaFormer Joint Director, Council of Science & Technology, UP, Lucknow

(Department of Science and Technology, UP Government), IndiaFormer Professor, International Institute of Herbal Medicine (IIHM), Lucknow, U.P., India

E-mail Id: [email protected], Mobile-: 9794849800

COMMITTEE FOR EDITORIAL ASSISTANCE

Dr. B.C.Tripathi Assistant Prof., Deptt. of Education,

Rama P.G. College, Chinhat, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Pankaj VermaSenior Research Fellow, Deptt. of

Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Sciences, K.G. Medical

University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Shri Sanjay PandeyAssistant Prof., National Institute of

Fashion Technology, Raebareli, Uttar Pradesh

Shri Ashish Tiwari Research Scholar, Sai Nath University,

Ranchi, Jharkhand

Shri Sanjay Dixit Scientist, Sky Institute, Lucknow,

Uttar Pradesh

Shamshul Hasan KhanScientist, Sky Institute, Lucknow,

Uttar Pradesh

ADVISORY BOARDProf.(Dr.)S. P. OjhaFormer Vice Chancellor, CCS Meerut University, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.)V.K. SrivastavaFormer Prof & Head, Deptt. of Community Medicine King George Medical University, Lucknow.Former Director, Integral Institute of Medical Sciences & Research, Integral

University, Lucknow

Former Vice -Chancellor,

Texila American University, Georgetown, Guyana, South America

Prof.(Dr.) M.I. KhanProf & Head, Deptt. of Mechanical Engg., Integral University, Lucknow, Uttar

Pradesh

Prof. (Dr.) S.K. AvasthiFormer Director, H.B.T.I., Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.) Amrika SinghProf & Head (Chemistry), Deptt. of Applied Sciences,Institute of Engg. & Technology, Sitapur Road, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Prof. (Dr.) U.N. DwivediProf & Ex- Head, Deptt of Biochemistry, Former Pro- Vice Chancellor, Former Dean, Faculty of Science, University of Lucknow, Lucknow, U.P.

Prof. (Dr.) U.K. MisraHead, Deptt. of Neurology, Ex Dean,Sanjay Gandhi Post Graduate Institute of Medical Sciences, Lucknow, U.P.

Dr. A.K. GuptaFormer Deputy Director General,Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR), Ansari Nagar, New Delhi

Prof.(Dr.) V.K.TondonFormer Prof & Head, Deptt. of Chemistry, Ex- Dean Faculty of Science, University of Lucknow, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Prof. (Dr.) Amod Kumar Tiwari,Prof.- Director, Bhabha Institute of Engg.& Technology, Kanpur, U.P.

Prof.(Dr.) Chandra Dhar DwivediFormer Prof. & Chairman, Deptt. of Pharmaceutical Sciences, College of Pharmacy, South Dakota State University, Borokings, South Dakota, USA

Prof. (Dr.) Vimal KishoreProf. & Chairman, Deptt. of Basic Pharmaceutical Sciences, Xevier College of Pharmacy, University of Louisiana, 7325, Palmetto Street New Orlens, Louisiana USA

Prof. (Dr.) S.P. SinghFormer Prof & Head, Deptt. of Pharmacology,G. S. V. M. Medical College, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh

Prof. (Dr.) R. L. SinghProf & Head, Department of Biochemistry & Coordinator Biotechnology Program , Dr. R. M. L. University Faizabad, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Sarita VermaHead, Deptt. of Home Sci., Mahila P.G. College, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh

Prof. (Dr.) S.K.AgarwalPro. & Ex-Head, Deptt. of Biochemistry, Lucknow University, Lucknow,

U.P.

Dr. Bharat SahDirector,

National Institute of Fashion Technology, Raebareli, Uttar Pradesh

Prof. (Dr.)N.S. VermaProf., Deptt. of Physiology,

K. G. Medical University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Prof. (Dr.)A.K. TripathiProf. & Head, Deptt. of Clinical Hematology & Medical Oncology,


Prof.(Dr.)C.M. PandeyProf. & Head, Deptt. of Biostatistics & Health Informatics,

Sanjay Gandhi Post Graduate Institute of Medical Sciences, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Rupesh ChaturvediAssociate Prof., School of Biotechnology,

Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, Former Asstt. Prof., Deptt. of

Pharmaceutical Sciences , College of Pharmacy, Vanderbilt University,

Tennessee, USA

Dr. S.SinhaAsstt. Prof. Deptt. of Internal Medicine, CD University,

C. David Giffen School of Medi., University of California, Los Angeles, USA

Dr. K.RamanPrincipal Scientist, Martek Biosciences Corporation, 6480 Dobbin Road,

Columbia, MD 21045, USA Dr. P.K.AgarwalEditor –in – Chief, Natural Product Communication,

Natural Product Inc 7963, Anderson Park Lane West Terville, OH, USA

Dr. R.K.Singh,Chief Scientist, Division of Toxicology, CSIR-Central Drug Research

Institute, Jankipuram Extension, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Mohd. TariqueProf., Deptt of Physical Edu., Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015; 3(2)P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971

www.ijsir.co.in

EDITORIAL BOARDProf.(Dr.) Y.B. Tripathi

Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Medicinal Chemistry,Institute of Medical Sciences, Banaras Hindu University Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.) R.K. Singh

Prof. & Head , Deptt. of Biochemistry, Shri Guru Ram RaiInstitute of Medical & Health

Sciences, Dehradun, Uttarakhand & Former Prof. & Head, Department of Biochemistry, K. G. Medical University, Lucknow, U.P.

Prof. (Dr.) R.S.Diwedi

Former Director, National Research Centre for Groundnut (NRCG) , ICAR, Junagarh,

Gujarat & Former Principal Scientist – Head, Deptt. of Plant Physiology, Indian Institute of Sugarcane Research, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Prof. (Dr.) Nuzhat Husain

Prof. & Head , Deptt of Pathology & Acting Director, R. M. L. Institute of Medical

Sciences, Lucknow,Uttar Pradesh

Prof. (Dr.) Amita Jain

Prof. Deptt. of Microbiology, K.G. Medical University, Lucknow, U.P.

Dr. Sudhir Mahrotra

Associate Prof., Deptt. of Biochemistry, Lucknow University, Lucknow, U.P.

Prof. (Dr.) Vibha Singh

Prof., Deptt. of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Sciences,


Prof. (Dr.) U.S. Pal

Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Sciences,


Prof. (Dr. ) K.K. Pant

Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Pharmacology & Therapeutics,


Dr. C.M.K.Tripathi

Former Deputy Director & Head, Division of Fermentation Technology, CSIR- Central Drug Research Institute , Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. R.D. Tripathi

Chief Scientist & ProfessorPlant Ecology & Environmental Science Division, Uttar Pradesh CSIR-National Botanical Research Institute, Lucknow, U.P.

Prof.(Dr.) Ashwani K. Srivastav

Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Biosciences, Integral University,Lucknow,

Former Senior Scientist, Birbal Sbahani Institute Paleobotany, Lucknow, U.P.

Prof.(Dr.) L. PandeyProf. & Head , Postgraduate Deptt . of Physics,Former Dean, Faculty of Science, Rani

Durgawati University, Jabalpur, Madhya Pradesh, India

Prof .(Dr.) Bali Ram

Prof., Deptt. of Chemistry, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.) J.P.N.Rai

Prof.& Head, Deptt. of Environmental Sciences, G.B. Pant University of Agr. &

Technology, Pant Nagar, Uttarakhand

Prof.(Dr. )R. S. Dubey

Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Biochemistry, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, U.P.

Prof. (Dr.) Omkar

Deptt. of Zoology, Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.) Sudhir Kumar

Prof., Deptt. of Zoology, Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.) Naveen Khare

Prof., Deptt. of Chemistry, Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.) S. M. Natu

Prof., Deptt. of Pathalogy,K.G. Medical University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Kusum Lata Mishra,

In-charge, Coagulation Laboratory, Deptt. of Pathology,

K.G. Medical University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.)V.K. Sharma,

Prof., Deptt. of Chemistry, Lucknow University, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.) R.K. Shukla

Prof., Deptt. of Physics, Lucknow University, Lucknow Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.)Anil Gaur

Prof., Deptt. of Biotechnology & Genetic Engg., G.B. Pant University of Agr. & Technology, Pant Nagar, Uttarakhand

Dr. Mahesh Pal

Principal Scientist ,Phytochemistry Division, CSIR- National Botanical Research Institute, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Vinod Singh

Assoc. Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Microbiology, Baruktulla University, Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh

Dr. K.K.Verma

Assoc. Prof., Deptt. of Physics & Electronics.Dr. R. M. L. Awadh University ,

Faizabad,Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Atul Gupta

Senior Scientist, CSIR- Central Institute of Medicinal & Aromatic Plants, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Saudan Singh,

Senior Principal Scientist, CSIR- Central Institute of Medicinal & Aromatic Plants , Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. S.K.Tiwari

Senior Principal Scientist ,CSIR- National Botanical Research Institute, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Shivani Pandey,

Asstt. Prof., Deptt. of Biochemistry,K.G.Medical University, Lucknow, U.P.

Dr. B.C. Yadav,

Lucknow Associate Prof. & Coordinator, Deptt. of Applied Physics, School for Physical Sciences, Babasaheb Bhimrao Ambedkar University, Lucknow, U.P.

Dr. Anchal Srivastava,

Prof., Deptt of Physics, Lucknow University,Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Shalini Bariar

Associate Professor, Thakur Institute of Management Studies and Research,, Mumbai, India

Dr.A.K.Pandey Principal Scientist, National Bureau of Fish Genetic Resources,Lucknow, U.P.

Dr.S.K.Pandey

G.M. LML Factory, Kanpur Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Suneet Kumar Awasthi,

Asst. Prof, Deptt.of Physics J.P. University, Noida, Uttar Pradesh

Dr.G. N. Pandey

Asst. Prof, Deptt. of Physics Amity University, Noida ,Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Mukesh Verma

Asst. Prof., Deptt. of Physical Education, Dr. R.M.L. Avadh University,

Faizabad, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Abhay Singh,

Head, Physical Education, Delhi Public School, Lucknow Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Santosh Gaur

Asst. Prof. Deptt. of Physical Education, Jawahar Lal Nehru P.G. College, Barabanki, Uttar Pradesh

Dr.Sanjeev Kumar Jha

Senior Scientist, DEOACC Patna

Dr. Shivlok Singh

Scientist, DEOACC, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Anurag Tripathi,

Asstt . Prof. , Deptt. of Electrical Engg., Institute of Engg. & Technology,

Sitapur Road, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Prof. V.P.Sharma

Senior Principal Scientist, CSIR-Indian Institute of Toxicology Research, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Krishna Gopal

Former Deputy Director & Head , Aquatic Toxicology Division, CSIR- Indian

Institute of Toxicology Research, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. S.P. Shukla

Prof. , Deptt. of Civil Engg., Institute of Engg. & Technology, Sitapur Road ,

Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Ajay Mishra

Associate Prof. , Deptt. of Geology, Lucknow University, Lucknow , U. P.

Dr. Ashutosh Singh

Prof., Deptt. of Chemistry,Saket P.G. College, Ayodhya, Faizabad, U. P.

Dr. S.K. Singh

Principal, Gita College of Education , Nimbari, Panipat, Haryana

Shri Sudesh Bhat

Advisor (Education), Sky Institute, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Krishna Gopal

Asst. Prof., Deptt. of English,Rama University, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh


www.ijsir.co.in

ABOUT EDITOR-IN- CHIEF : DR. B. R. PANDEYDr. B. R. Pandey is a well-known academician and scientist with brilliant academic career and research accomplishments. He has done M.Sc. (organic chemistry) from Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, India in the year 1972. He has done PhD in Medicinal Chemistry under the guidance of world renowned Biochemist & Medicinal Chemist, Professor S.S. Parmar, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry & Chemical Pharmacology, Department of Pharmacology & Therapeutics, K. G. Medical College, Lucknow ( Presently K. G. Medical University), Faculty of Medicine, University of Lucknow, Lucknow, India in the year 1976. Dr. Pandey has all throughout first class educational qualifications and his research interest covers medicinal chemistry, biochemical pharmacology, neurochemistry, neuro-toxicology, environmental chemistry, herbal medicine & natural products. He is having extensive research experience of more than 40 years and published several research papers in peer reviewed journals of international repute. His research particularly on the studies of central nervous system acting drugs and anti-inflammatory drugs and their biochemical mode of action using animal models and enzymes such as monoamine oxidase, acetylcholine esterase, purine catabolizing enzymes , proteolytic enzymes, membrane stabilizing enzymes, respiratory enzymes, microsomal enzymes etc. has been well recognized as evidenced by his research publications. Further, his research on developing herbal medicines has been found very useful in prevention and treatment of chronic diseases and other refractory diseases for which modern system of medicine have no permanent cure. He has worked on the position of Joint Director, Council of Science & Technology, U.P., Lucknow, Department of Science & Technology, Uttar Pradesh Government, India from the year 1979 to 2011, where he successfully executed several R & D projects in various disciplines of Science & Technology including chemical & pharmaceutical sciences, medical sciences, biological sciences, environmental sciences etc. During his tenure as Joint Director, he has been instrumental in launching and implementing important schemes: Young Scientists Scheme, Young Scientist Visiting Fellowship Scheme, Establishment of Centre of Excellence- Encephalitis Research Centre of Excellence in Sanjay Gandhi Post Graduate Institute of Medical Sciences ( SGPGIMS), Lucknow , U. P. India ; Centre of Excellence in Materials Science ( nano materials) in Z. H. College of Engg. & Technology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, U.P. India, Establishment of Patent Information Centre in the premises of Council of Science & Technology , U.P. He has also worked on the post of Secretary ( as additional charge ) , Council of Science & Technology, U.P. several times and functioned as Administrative Head of the Organization. Prior to taking over the position of Joint Director, Council of Science & Technology, U.P. in the year 1979, he has worked as Junior Research Fellow/ Senior Research Fellow ( Council of Scientific & Industrial Research, New Delhi ), Assistant Research Officer ( Jawaharlal Nehru Laboratory of Molecular Biology) at Department of Pharmacology & Therapeutics, K.G. Medical College (presently K. G. Medical University), Faculty of Medicine, University of Lucknow, Lucknow, India from the year 1972 to 1979 and involved in multidisciplinary biomedical research leading to drug development . He has worked as Visiting Scientist / Faculty in the Department of Physiology, School of Medicine, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota, USA and also visited scientific institutions in Sweden, U.K. and U.S.A. under Training Program on Capacity Building in Environmental Research Management (World Bank Funding Project). After his superannuation in the year 2011, he has been associated with International Institute of Herbal Medicine (IIHM), Lucknow, India as Professor and is presently associated with Sky Institute, Lucknow, India as Director (Research) and Dean, Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University, Jharkhand, India and involved in programs related to higher cation and research of scientific & technological fields. He has organized several national and international conferences. He has actively participated in national and international conferences, symposia and workshops and presented research papers and chaired scientific / technical sessions. He is life member and fellow of many scientific societies such as National Academy of Sciences India, Society of Toxicology of India, Indian Academy of Neurosciences, Bioved Research Society India, International Society for Herbal Medicine (ISHM), Society of Biological Sciences and Rural Development, India. He has been member of several scientific expert committees/ advisory committees to evaluate scientific research proposals. Dr. Pandey has been actively associated with various universities and institutions in India as examiner for conducting graduate, post graduate and doctoral level examinations in disciplines like chemical sciences, pharmaceutical sciences, biochemical sciences, biotechnology and allied areas and member of Board of Studies for the academic development in the department. He has been approved research supervisor for guiding research in chemistry, biotechnology and related areas from various universities of India leading to PhD Degree. In view of his vast research and administrative experience and broad R & D vision, Dr. Pandey has been associated with International Journal of Scientific & Innovative Research (IJSIR) as Editor-in-Chief.


www.ijsir.co.in

FROM THE DESK OF CHAIRMAN, SKY INSTITUTE

It is my privilege to state that I have great desire to contribute to the development of our country and to bring about social transformation through education, higher learning and research. This inner feeling prompted me to establish Sky Institute in Lucknow (Uttar Pradesh), the city known for its rich cultural heritage and vibrant academic institutions of higher learning. Sky Institute, since its inception in the year 2006, has been functioning to impart various educational and training courses with a vision to improving lives through education, research and innovation. The institute provides a professional learning environment that acts as a catalyst, for the exponential growth of student as well as extracurricular abilities. It conducts regular courses at the level of graduate and post graduate followed by research courses leading to M Phil and PhD in all subjects in association with universities .

I feel great pleasure to highlight that Sky Institute has started to publish a bi-annual journal “International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research ( IJSIR ) which encourages to publish research articles in all branches of science, technology, engineering, health, agriculture and management. Research articles in the field of education are also considered in order to improve educational standard in educational institutions with innovative technologies. First volume of the journal has been successfully published. The present issue of second volume of the journal contains useful and informative research articles which may be interesting to readers and educational and research organizations. The association of eminent faculty and scientists of reputed organizations with our journal is highly appreciable.

I call upon all the students who are willing to join various programs/courses being run at Sky Institute in association with selected universities, to strive hard to gain knowledge, transform it into skills with right attitude and inculcate the habit of learning, which will drive them to self directed learning.

My best wishes to all the aspiring students.

Mohit Bajpai

Chairman


www.ijsir.co.in

CONTENTSPHYTOTHERAPEUTICS OF CASSIA FISTULA (AMALTAS): AN OVERVIEW 1

B. R. Pandey,Nidhi Sharma, Pankaj Verma

HETEROSIS AND INBREEDING DEPRESSION IN OKRA 15 (ABELMOSCHUS ESCULENTUS (L.) MOENCH)Neetu, Anand Kumar Singh, Rakesh Kumar and Mahesh Pal

PREDICTION OF EPITOPE-BASED PEPTIDES FOR MHC CLASS-II FROM PROTEOME 25OF NIPAH VIRUS USING IMMUNOINFORMATIC APPROACHB. R. Pandey, Sugandha Singh, Shipra Srivastava

ANTIBACTERIAL ACTIVITY OF SPICE EXTRACTS AGAINST 37VIBRIO SPECIES FROM DIFFERENT AREA OF UTTAR PRADESHAshish Tiwari, Uma Shankar, Divya Sahni

A REVIEW- BASICS OF LASER AND ITS ROLE IN PERIODONTICS: PART I 43Pratima Srivastava

DESIGN PHYSIOLOGICAL MODEL USING FUZZY LOGIC AND 52MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTAmod Kumar Tiwari, Ashok Kushwaha, Anurag Singh, Shivesh Pandey

USE OF APPLET IN AN ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY COURSE 57Rajendra Kumar Dwivedi, Saurabh Dwivedi, Ashish Kumar Mishra

DESIGN COMPLEX SURFACE USING DIFFERENTIAL LAPLACIAN 63AND COMPLEX MATHEMATICSSharad Chandra Shukla, Agraj Tripathi

MODELLING LABORATORY ONLINE: CASE OF AN IMPLEMENTATION 67OF PRACTICAL WORK REMOTELY ON A DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING KITAmod Kumar Tiwari, Ashraf Ali, , Afza Meraj Priyanka Srivastava

AFFORDANCES AND FORM: APPLYING LESSONS FROM INFORMAL 74LEARNING TO FORMAL LEARNING ON THE WEB Amod Kumar Tiwari, Anup Kumar Patel, Afza Meraj, Priyanka Srivastava

A STUDY ON ORGANIZATIONS EMBRACING GREEN MARKETING FOR A 80SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT WITH REFERENCE TO INDIAN MARKETSShalini Bariar, Anil Vikramaditya Verma

SOME PREDICTIVE ANTHROPOMETRIC VARIABLES OF 90FAST BOWLING IN CRICKETAbhay Singh, Amit Kumar Singh, Hari S hanker Singh

COMPARISON OF SELF-CONCEPT AMONG MALE CRICKET 96PLAYERS OF VARIOUS LEVELSSuyash Shukla, Joseph Singh

EDUCATION AND TRAINING OF GENERAL WOMEN EDUCATION IN INDIA 100 Virendra Singh Yadav, Neelam Shukla

IMPORTANCE OF CROP INSURANCE IN MEETING OUT THE PROBLEMS AND 105CHALLENGES FACED BY INDIAN AGRICULTURE IN CURRENT SCENARIODr. S.C. Pandey

ATTITUDE OF HIGHER SECONDARY SCHOOLS' TEACHERS 116Rashmi Sharma and Naresh Chandra Srivastava

JOB SATISFACTION OF HIGHER SECONDARY SCHOOLS' TEACHERS 120Rashmi Sharma and Naresh Chandra Srivastava


www.ijsir.co.in

PHYTOTHERAPEUTICS OF CASSIA FISTULA (AMALTAS):

AN OVERVIEW1, 2 3 4*B. R. Pandey ,Nidhi Sharma , Pankaj Verma

1 2Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University,Ranchi,Jharkhand,India, Sky Institute, Lucknow, 3 4

U.P.,India, Research Scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India, Department of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, King George's Medical University, Lucknow, U.P. , India

*Address for Correspondence : Dr. B. R. Pandey , Dean , Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University , Ranchi, Jharkhand, India & Director ( Research ) , Sky Institute, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, India

Email ID : [email protected]

In the present scenario of increasing environmental pollution globally, health of people living in developed as well as developing countries is always at risk giving rise to chronic and infectious diseases alarmingly. Even, the number of multi-drug resistant microbial strains and the appearance of strains with reduced susceptibility to antibiotics are continuously increasing which is a big threat to health of living community throughout the world. The drugs presently available in modern system of medicine have not been able to provide affordable and lasting remedies to treat diseases especially refractory diseases due to their adverse reactions in patients. This has necessitated continued research efforts to address the health issues adequately. Medicinal plants as a source of therapeutically important compounds have continued to play a prominent role in the maintenance of human health since ancient times. Traditional use of natural products in folk medicine for treating ailments is the basis of many modern day medicines all over the world. Medicinal herbs can provide eco-friendly sustainable strategy for health care of ailing humanity as these herbs have been found to modulate immune system of the body thereby making the body more capable to fight against complex diseases. Among medicinal plants, Cassia fistula Linn. (Cassia) has been extensively used in Ayurvedic system of medicine for the treatment of various ailments. It is widely used in traditional medicinal system of India. Almost all parts of this medicinal plant have been found to exhibit different pharmacological properties such as anti-diabetic, anti-fertility, anti-tumor, hepatoprotective, cholesterol lowering, astringent, febrifugal, purgative, anti- inflammatory, anti-oxidant, antibacterial, anti-viral, analgesic, anti-dysenteric, antibacterial, antifungal , anti-leishmaniatic , larvicidal and ovicidal ,wound healing, laxative, clastogenic ,antipyretic, leukotriene inhibition, antitussive , CNS etc. Cassia fistula is well known for its traditional uses. Among its traditional uses, few are: it reduces fever, cold, swelling of throat, asthma symptoms; it has ability to subside gas, flatulence and acidity; it reduces the colic pain; it eases the discomfort of piles, stops bleeding from different parts of the body and benefit in heart diseases; it cleanses the blood and eradicates skins problems like itching, inflammation and suppuration. The present review is an attempt to highlight significant pharmacological properties of Cassia fistula and its phytoconstituents which may have immense potential in developing effective medicinal herbal products based on Cassia fistula in addressing the present health challenges of ailing humanity. Extensive multidisciplinary research efforts on the efficacy of medicinal plants/ herbs to treat diseases followed by animal studies and clinical trials on human subjects are urgently needed to finding remedies for the so called Refractory Diseases for which modern medicine has not been able to offer, so far, a satisfactory or lasting remedy and as supplementary measures to well-established chemotherapy. Keywords: Cassia fistula Linn. (Cassia); Phytoconstituents; Traditional Uses; Ayurvedic Preparations; Pharmacological Activities

ABSTRACT

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015; 3(2): 1-14,P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971

www.ijsir.co.in1

INTRODUCTIONLiving in a world of inadequately controlled environmental pollution and expanding therapy with potent drugs, the important organs of complex human system are continually exposed to a variety of xenobiotics and therapeutic agents. Thus, the disorders associated with important organs of the human body are numerous and varied. In such a scenario , an unexpected increase in water born diseases like diarrhoea, dysentery, hepatitis, jaundice , cholera ; air borne diseases like bronchial asthma, lung cancer, dyspnea ; food borne diseases like liver cirrhosis, chronic hepatitis, immunosuppression, endocrine and reproductive disorders; radiation induced disorders like sun burn , cataracts, skin cancer; heat induced syndromes like heat cramps, heat exhaustion, heat stroke have been observed in developed as well as developing countries . Although significant efforts have been made in our modern system of medicine for the treatment of various diseases, but the drugs available in this system have not able to provide permanent cure in complex chronic diseases. Further, the continuous use of potent drugs is associated with gradual decay of the body's resistance mechanism and this, as well as, the harmful side effects of these medicines have led to proscription of many standard remedies in recent years. This has been realized both in affluent west as well as in the poor east and there is now a growing tendency towards the use of herbal remedies. Medicinal plants as a source of therapeutically important compounds have continued to play a prominent role in the maintenance of human health since ancient times. Traditional use of natural products in folk medicine for treating ailments is the basis of many modern day medicines all over the world. According to the World Health Organization (WHO) , plant extracts or their active constituents are used as folk medicine in traditional therapies of 80% of the world's population. Medicinal herbs can provide eco-friendly sustainable strategy for health care of ailing humanity as these herbs have been found to modulate immune system of the body thereby making the body more capable to fight against complex diseases. India's century old heritage of traditional medical systems using natural products have been utilized for addressing preventive as well as curative aspects of health care in the country. Cassia fistula Linn. (Cassia) - family Caesalpiniaceae commonly known as Amulthus and in English popularly called Indian Laburnum has been

extensively used in Ayurvedic system of medicine for the treatment of various ailments . It is widely used in traditional medicinal system of India. It is deciduous and mixed monsoon forests throughout greater parts of India, ascending to 1300 m in outer Himalaya. In Maharashtra, it occurs as a scattered tree throughout

[3]the Deccan and Konkan . The plant is cultivated as an [4]

ornamental throughout India . Several studies [3-8]have been made on the morphology of the plant .

The plant Cassia fistula Linn. has been reported to possess diverse pharmacological properties such as hepatoprotective, anti-inflammatory, antitussive ,

[1,2,3]antifungal, antibacterial and wounds healing . Scientific studies have demonstrated that the plant has anti-diabetics, anti-fertility, anti-tumor,hepatoprotective, cholesterol lowering, astringent, febrifugal, purgative, anti inflammatory, anti-oxidant, antibacterial, anti-viral, analgesic, , anti-dysenteric properties. The plant reduces fever, cold, swelling of throat, asthma symptoms. The plant subsides gas, flatulence and acidity. It reduces the colic pain, eases the discomfort of piles, stops bleeding from different parts of the body and benefit in heart diseases. It cleanses the blood and eradicates skins problems like itching, inflammation and suppuration. It is helpful in treating piles. The diverse pharmacological properties possessed by this medicinal plant prompted us to review its therapeutic properties which may be useful in developing effective herbal drugs based on Cassia fistula Linn. for treatment of various diseases .

TRADITIONAL USES All parts of the plant Cassia fistula Linn. have medical uses and are used in different disease conditions. The root of Cassia fistula Linn. is prescribed as a tonic,

[3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12]astringent, febrifuge and strong purgative . The extract of leaves of the plant has been found to

[6]reduce mutagenicity in E. coli . The extract of the root bark of the plant with alcohol can be used for back wart fever. Its leaves are laxative and are used externally as emollient, a poultice is used for chilblains, in insect bites, swelling, rheumatism and

[3,6,9,11]facial paralysis . Leaves of the plant possess anti- periodic and laxative properties. The leaves are used in jaundice, piles, rheumatism ulcers and also externally skin eruptions, ring worms, eczema. The leaves and bark mixed with oil are applied to pustules,

[7, 11]insect bites . The roots of the plant are used in chest pain, joint pain, migraine and blood dysentery.


www.ijsir.co.in 2

The extract of the root of the plant has been found to [13]lower the blood sugar level up to 30 % . Leaves and

[3, 7]flowers of the plant are both purgative like the pulp . Ashes from burnt pods mixed with little salt are used

[3]with honey taking 3- 4 times to relieve cough . Root of the plant is useful in fever, heart diseases, retained

[9]excretions and biliousness . Fruits are used as cathartics and in snake bite. Juice of leaves of the plant

[10, 12]is used in skin diseases . Flowers and pods of the plant are used as purgative, febrifugal, biliousness and astringent. The ethanolic (50%) extract of pods has been found to show antifertility activity in female albino rats. The heated pods are applied to swellings on the neck due to cold. The fruits of the plant are

[7, 11]reported to be used for asthma . Pulp of the plant is given in disorders of liver. The plant is used as analgesic and antipyretic, it is a remedy for malaria and fever. It is also applied in blood poisoning, anthrax and leprosy. It also works as antidysentric and antidiabetic,

[11]it is used for the removal of abdominal obstruction . The extract of the flower inhibits the ovarian function and stimulate the uterine function in albino rats. Fruits

[6]are used in the treatment of diabetes . The fruits of the plant are antipyretic, abortifacient, demulcent, lessen inflammation and heat of the body; useful in chest complaints, throat troubles, liver complaints,

[7]diseases of eye and gripping . Juice of leaves is useful as dressing for ringworm, relieving irritation and relief of dropsical swelling. The pulp of the fruit around the

[3, 7, 9, 11, 14]seeds is a mild purgative . It is also used in biliousness and in diabetes. Externally, it is useful for evacuation in flatulent colic, as dressing for gouty or

[3, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12]rheumatic joints . The pith is particularly useful if there is swelling in stomach, liver or intestine. The seeds are emetic, used in constipation and have

[3, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12]cathartic properties . The seeds are slightly sweet, laxative, carminative, cooling and they improve

[7, 11]the appetite and possess antipyretic activity. They are useful in jaundice, biliousness, skin disease and in swollen throat. A seed dried produce marked

[11]hypoglycaemic activity . Seed powder is used in

[4, 11]amoebiasis . The fruit pulp is used for constipation, [4]colic, chlorosis and urinary disorders . The bark of the

plant possesses tonic and antidysentric properties, it is also used for skin complaints, the powder or decoction of the bark is administered in leprosy, jaundice, syphilis and heart diseases. The aqueous extract of the root bark exhibits anti-inflammatory activity. The root is used in cardiac disorders, biliousness, rheumatic condition, hemorrhages', wounds, ulcers and boils and

[11, 14]various skin diseases . The stem bark of the plant

[6]is used against amenorrhea, chest pain and swellings .

Ayurvedic PreparationsThe plant Cassia fistula Linn.is used in Ayurvedic preparations also. It is one of the ingredients of the preparation known as Constivac (Lupine Herbal), a bowel regulator, which relieves constipation. It is also one of the ingredients of the preparations known as Pilex, Purian (Himalaya Drug Company) for piles and

[12]detoxifier respectively .

PHYTOCONSTITUENTSA large number of phytochemical compounds have been found to be present in the plant Cassia fistula Linn. Pulp of the pod has been found to contain anthraquinone glycosides, sennosides A & B, rhein and its glucoside, barbaloin, aloin, formic acid, butyric acid and their ethyl esters and oxalic acid. Presence of

[4, 12]pectin and tannin is also reported . Seeds of the plant have been found to give galactomannan free sugars and free amino acids; flowers have been reported to give ceryl alcohol, kaempferol, rhein and a bianthraquinone glycoside, fistulin; leaves have been found to give free rhein, its glycosides- sennosides A

[4]& B . The pulp contains sugar, tannic matter, albuminous starch, oxalate of calcium and other important constituents. Leaves and flowers contain anthraquinone, tannin, oxyanthraquinone, rhein and

[3, 10]volatile oils . Pulp of the plant consists of sugar, gum, astringent matter, gluten, coloring matter and

[9, 12]water . Root bark besides tannins contains

[10, 12]phlobaphenes and oxyanthraquinone compounds . The plant contains rhein glucoside, rhein, fistulic acid,

[5, 13] sennoside A & B . Aurantiamide acetate (0.011), β sitosterol (0.006) and its β D glucoside (0.02%) have

[15]been isolated from flowers of the plant . The roots of the plant contain 7-methylphyscion, betulinic acid and

[13, 15, 16]βsitosterol . The stem bark of the plant has been found to contain two flavonol glycosides, 5,7,3',4'-tetrahydroxy-6, 8-dimethoxyflavone-3-O-α-

0arabinopyranoside (C H O m.p.285 c ), 5,7,4'-22 22 13,

trihydroxy-6,8,3'- trimethoxyflavone-3-O- α-L-rhamnosyl (1�2)-O-β-D-glucopyranoside (C H O , 30 36 18

0 m.p. 210 c ) and a xanthone glycoside, 1,8-dihydroxy-3, 7-dimethoxyxanthone-4-O- α-L-rhamnosyl(1�2)-

0O-β-D-glucopyranoside (C H O , m.p. 217 c). The 27 32 16

cuticular wax of leaves of the plant has been reported to contain hentriacontanoic, triacontanoic, nonacosanoic and heptacosanoic acids. The seed oil contains cyclopropenoid fatty acids viz. vernolic, malvalic and

[13, 15]stetculic acids .


www.ijsir.co.in3

Analysis of the pulp seed and shell (dry basis) gave: moisture, 60.4, 70.1, 34.2; protein, 5.8, 15.9,3.8; total N, 0.93, 2.5, 0.6; ash, 5.6, 4.5, 1.8% respectively; and energy (fruit) 4.25kcal/g. the pulp contains sucrose, 31.3; fructose, 26.2; and glucose, 42.5% and high concentration of potassium (1809mg/100g dry basis). The pods contain 5-nonatetracontanone, 2-

[17]hentriacontanone . Fruit pulp has been found to contain proteins (19.94 %) and carbohydrates ( 2 6 . 3 0 % ) ; a rg i n i n e , l e u c i n e , m e t h i o n i n e , phenylalanine, tryptophan, aspartic and glutamic acids have been isolated from fruit pulp; a new dimeric proanthocyanidin CFI was isolated along with (-) e p i a f z e l e c h i n , ( + ) c a t e c h i n , k a e m p f e r o l , d i h y d r o k a e m p f e r o l a n d 1 , 8 - d i h y d r o x y - 3 -methylanthraquinone and its structure was determined [18] . The studies conducted by Mahesh et al. on the plant revealed the presence of chrysophanol, rhein, physicion, and kaempferol. The identities of the compounds were confirmed by spectrometry (NMR, MS, IR) and direct comparison (Co-TLC, MMP) with

[ 1 9 ] au then t i c samples . The p resence o f p roan thocyan id ins con ta in ing f l avon-3-o l (epiafzelechin and epicatechin) units with 2S- configuration, viz, catechin, epiafzelechin, epicatechin, procyanidin B-2 and its enantiomer,

epiafzelechin-(4β�8)-epicatechin and its enantiomers,

epicatechin-(4β�8)-ent- epiafzelechin and its enantiomer. An anthraquinone derivative; 3-formyl-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy anthraquinone, 3β-hydroxy-17-n o r p i m a r - 8 ( 9 ) - e n - 1 5 - o n e a n d 2 6 -methylheptacosanoic acid have been reported in the

[5, 13]plant . It has been observed from the studies conducted by Barthakur et al. that the fruit of the plant is a good source of Fe and Mn, and their concentrations are considerably higher than those in apple, apricot, peach, pear and orange. Aspartic acid, glutamic acid and lysine constituted 15.3, 13.0 and 7.8%, respectively, of the total amino acids in the pulp. In the seeds the same amino acids constituted,

[20]respectively, 16.6, 19.5 and 6.6% . The results of the study conducted by Vaishnav et al. confirmed that Rhamnetin 3-O-gentiobioside is isolated from the

[17, 21]roots of the plant . Misra et al. reported that the hexane fraction of fruits (collected from India) exhibited activity against Klebsiella sp. The c o m p o u n d s 5 - N o n a t e t r a c o n t a n o n e , 2 -hentriacontanone, triacontane, 16-hentriacontanone and beta -sitosterol have been isolated from the hexane

[22]fraction . In addition to these compounds, Misra et

al. isolated a new diterpene, 3-beta hydroxy-17-norpimar-8(9)-en-15-one from the pods of Cassia

[23]fistula . An anthraquinone derivative, characterized as 3-formyl-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy-anthraquinone has

[24]been isolated by Rani et al. (1998) . It has been reported by Sayeed et al. that Cassia fistula seeds grown under different soil and climatic conditions of Bangladesh contain 3% golden colored oil which was fractionated into mono-, di-, and tri-glycerides by silicic acid column chromatography. The triglycerides varied from 89.16% to 91.01%, diglycerides from 2.51% to 3.32% and mono-glycerides from 0.91% to 0.98% depending on the areas from which the seeds were collected . Fractionation of lipids into three major lipid groups such as neutral lipids, glycolipids and phospholipids was carried out by silicic acid column chromatography where the neutral lipids were accounted for over 89.80% of the total weight of the lipid employed. Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids present in the oil have been separated and varied from 23.79% to 28.20% and 63.28% to 66.71% respectively depending on the areas. The fatty acid composition of the oil was analyzed by gas liquid chromatography (GLC) and the major fatty acids found in the oil were linoleic acid (42.42%), oleic acid (29.62%), stearic acid (14.33%) and palmitic acid (11.41%). In addition to the above, caprylic acid (0.76%) and myristic acid

[25] (1.44%) were also present in minor amounts . In addition to above compounds, twenty-seven compounds including eight long-chain hydrocarbons, 1-hexacosanol, 1-octacosanol, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, heptacosyl eicosanate, glyceryl-1-tetraeicosanoate; three sterols, beta -sitosterol, stigmasterol, beta -sitosteryl-3-O-D-glucopyranoside; one triterpene, lupeol; eight anthraquinones, chrysophanol, emodin, physcion, citreorosein, rhein , rhein methyl ester, ziganein, 1,4,5- t r i hydroxyan th raqu inone ; two coumar ins , isoscopoletin, scopoletin; two chromones, 2,5- dimethyl-7-hydroxychromone, 2,5-dimethyl-7-methoxychromone; three aromatic compounds, i s o v a n i l l i c a c i d , v a n i l l i c a c i d a n d 2 , 4 -dihydroxybenzaldehyde were isolated and identified from the aril of Cassia fistula and their structures have been determined on the basis of spectral data

[26] according to the studies conducted by Lee et al. The studies conducted by Kuo et al. have shown that four new compounds, 5-(2-hydroxyphenoxymethyl) furfural, (2′S)-7-hydroxy-5-hydroxymethyl-2-(2-hydroxypropyl) chromone, benzyl 2-hydroxy-3,


www.ijsir.co.in 4

6-dimethoxybenzoate and benzyl 2β-O-D-gluco-pyranosyl-3,6- dimethoxybenzoate, together with four known compounds, 5-hydroxymethylfurfural, (2′S)-7-

hydroxy-2-(2′-hydroxypropyl)-5-methylchromone, and two oxyanthraquinones, chrysophanol and chrysophanein, were isolated and identified from the seeds of Cassia fistula and the structures were

[27]determined on the basis of spectral data . A new

0bioactive flavones glycoside (m.p. 252-254 C, C H O , [M]+ 624 (EIMS)) has been isolated from 28 32 16

the acetone soluble fraction of the defatted seeds of Cassia fistula by Yadav et al.. It was characterized as a new bioactive flavone glycoside 5,3',4'-trihydroxy-6-methoxy-7-O- alpha -L-rhamnopyrano syl-(1 -> 2)-O- beta -D-galactopyranoside by several colour reactions,

[28]spectral analysis and chemical degradations . Ali et al. isolated three lectins, i.e. CSL-1, CSL-2 and CSL-3, purified from the Cassia fistula seeds and were tested for their antibacterial activities against different

[57]pathogenic bacteria . The neutral sugar contents of CSL-1, CSL-2 and CSL-3 were estimated to be 3.5, 3.1 and 2.0%, respectively. The sugar composition of the lectins was found to be galactose in CSL-1, galactose and glucose in CSL-2, and galactose and

[29]mannose in CSL-3 . Sartorelli et al. examined the bio-guided fractionation which resulted in the isolation of a sterol, clerosterol, which was further

[30]analyzed in different models . Tzakou et al. examined the chemical compositions of the flower and leaf essential oil of Cassia fistula by GC and GC/MS where forty-four compounds were identified representing 92.6% and 90.7% of the flower and leaf oil, respectively. The main components of the flower oil were (E)-nerolidol (38.0%), and 2-hexadecanone (17.0%), while the leaf oil consisted mainly of phytol

[31](16.1%) .

PHARMACOLOGICAL ACTIVITIES

Antitussive ActivityThe methanol extract of leaves of C. fistula (collected from India in 1995) was investigated for its effect on a cough model induced by sulfur dioxide gas in mice and the extract exhibited significant, dose-dependent anitussive activity compared with the control. The antitussive activity was comparable with that of codeine phosphate, a prototypes antitussive agent. C. fistula extract (400 and 600 mg/kg, p .o.) inhibited coughing by 44.44 and 51.85%, respectively, with

respect to the control group confirming its anitussive [33]

potential .

CNS ActivitiesThe methanol extract of seeds of C. fistula was tested for different pharmacological actions in mice and the extract significantly potentiated the sedative actions of sodium pentobarbitone, diazepam, meprobamate and chlorpromazine. It also potentiated analgesia induced by morphine and pethidine in a dose-dependent manner. The extract also influenced behaviour in mice [34]

. These studies have shown that the methanol extract of seeds of C. fistula possesses significant CNS activities.

Leukotriene Inhibition Activity Studies have shown that the methanol extract of fruits of C. fistula inhibited the 5- lipoxygenase catalysed f o r m a t i o n o f l e u k o t r i e n e B 4 i n b o v i n e polymorphonuclear leukocytes (IC value of 38 micro 50

g/ml). Lipid peroxidation in bovine brain phospholipid l i p o s o m e s i n d u c e d w i t h 2 , 2 ' - a z o - b i s - ( 2 -amidinopropane) dihydrochloride (AAPH) was inhibited (IC of 40 micro g/ml). A linear correlation 50

was obtained between the effects of the extract in the two assays suggesting a redox-based mechanism for

[35]the inhibition of the 5-lipoxygenase enzyme .

Clastogenic EffectAnthraquinone glycosides of Cassia fistula were investigated for their ability to induce a clastogenic effect on the bone marrow cells of Swiss albino mice. The endpoints screened were chromosomal aberrations and frequency of aberrant cells. Oral exposure to doses of these anthraquinones and their equivalent amount in leaf and pod extracts did not induce significant numbers of chromosomal aberrations or aberrant cells. The results of the study indicate that anthraquinone sennoside B and rhein are weakly genotoxic. Pure sennoside B and rhein were weakly clastogenic. Crude extracts of C. fistula (leaves and pods) each containing sennoside B and rhein were also weak clastogens. The CA/cell and % DC were lower than those induced by an equivalent amount of pure sennoside B. Therefore, these phytolaxatives do not behave as potent clastogens and pods or leaves of C. fistula can be used as an alternative source of

[36]sennosides .


www.ijsir.co.in5

Antipyretic ActivityThe methanol extract of buds of C. fistula was investigated for its antipyretic action on normal body temperature and yeast-induced pyrexia (fever) in rats. The extract showed significant activity in both the models at doses of 200 and 400 mg/kg. At a dose level of 200 mg/kg, the extract caused significant lowering of normal body temperature up to 3 h. At 400 mg/kg dose, it caused significant lowering of body temperature up to 6 h after administration. In the model of yeast-provoked elevation of body temperature, the extract showed dose dependent lowering of body temperature up to 4 h at both the dosage levels. The results obtained are comparable to those for

[37]paracetamol, a standard antipyretic agent .

Antioxidant ActivityThe antioxidant properties of 90% ethanol extracts of leaves and 90% methanol extracts of stem bark, pulp and flowers from Cassia fistula were investigated. The antioxidant activity was found in the decreasing order of stem bark, leaves, flowers and pulp and was well correlated with the total polyphenolic content of the extracts. The reason for low antioxidant activity in the flower and pulp fractions could be the presence of some pro-oxidants such as chrysophanol and reducing sugars which dominate the antioxidant compounds present in the extracts. Thus, the stem bark had more antioxidant activity in terms of reducing power,

-inhibition of peroxidation, O and DPPH radical 2

[38]scavenging ability . In another study, the total phenolic, proanthocyanidin, and flavonoid contents and the antioxidant activities, of fresh vegetative and reproductive organs of Cassia fistula harvested at different stages of growth were determined using the Trolox equivalent antioxidant capacity (TEAC) and ferric-reducing antioxidant power (FRAP) assays. The antioxidant activities were strongly correlated with total phenols (TEAC r) 0.989; (FRAP r) 0.951 in all organs studied, and with proanthocyanidins (TEAC r) 0.980; (FRAP r) 0.899; in reproductive organs including fruits. The antioxidant activities of reproductive parts were higher than those of the vegetative organs, with the pods having highest total phenolic, proanthocyanidin, and flavonoid contents and antioxidant potentials (TEAC) 992 ( 0.4 ímol/g dry

[39]weight; FRAP ) 811 ( 23 ímol/g dry weight) . The aqueous extract of Cassia fistula (Linn.) flowers (ACF) was screened for its antioxidant effect in alloxan induced diabetic rats. An appreciable decrease in peroxidation products viz thiobarbituric acid reactive

substances, conjugated dienes, hydroperoxides was observed in heart tissues of ACF treated diabetic rats. The decreased activities of key antioxidant enzymes such as superoxide dismutase, catalase, glutathione peroxidase, glutathione reductase and glutathione in diabetic rats were brought back to near normal range upon ACF treatment. These results suggest that ACF has got promising antioxidant activity in alloxan

[40]diabetic rats .Laxative ActivityThe in-vitro effect of Cassia fistula infusion on isolated guinea-pig ileum was studied where the acute and sub-chronic toxicity of the infusion of C. fistula and Cassia acutifolia sp. Del. Pod-(Senokot tablet) as the reference drug were also determined. C. fistula infusion, when compared with senokot tablet, showed that the infusion of Cassia fistula pods possessed very low levels of toxicity, having the LD of 6600 mg/kg 50

and also without any pathological effects on the organs examined microscopically. Thus, C. fistula pod infusion could be safely utilized as laxative drug and as

[41]a substitute for the official Senna .

Anti-inflammatory ActivityThe extract of leaves of C. fistula has been evaluated for anti-inflammatory activity using carrageenan-, histamine- and dextran- induced paw oedema assays in rats and the activity was compared with that of phenylbutazone. It has been noted that the extract exhibited potent anti-inflammatory activity against

[42]all phlogistic agents . In another study, the aqueous (CFA) and methanolic extracts (CFM) of the Cassia fistula bark were assayed for anti-inflammatory and antioxidant activities in Wistar albino rats. The extracts were found to possess significant anti-inflammatory effect in both acute and chronic models. Cassia fistula bark extracts showed significant radical scavenging by inhibiting lipid peroxidation initiated by CCl and FeSO in rat liver and kidney 4 4

homogenates. Both extracts exhibited significant antioxidant activity in DPPH, Nitric oxide and Hydroxyl radical induced in-vitro assay methods. Both extracts showed dose-dependent protective effect against lipid peroxidation and free radical generation in liver and kidney homogenates. Further, the acute toxicity study with the extracts showed no sign of toxicity up to a dose level of 2000 mg /po. The studies revealed that Cassia fistula bark extracts (CFA & CFM) possess significant anti-inflammatory and anti

[43]oxidant properties .


www.ijsir.co.in 6

Rajeswari et al. studied the anti- inflammatory activity of aqueous and alcoholic extracts of C. fistula bark in sub acute models of inflammation in male albino rats. The extracts were administered at dose levels of 150, 300, 450 mg/kg body weight. The extracts were found to possess significant (P<0.01) anti- inflammatory effect in both air pouch granuloma and cotton pellet granuloma models. Both the extracts (150 mg/kg body weight) showed a significant reduction in the biomarker enzymes like acid phosphatase, cathepsin-D and alkaline phosphatase in the serum. C. fistula bark extracts (150 mg/kg body weight) possess anti- inflammatory activity as compared to the standard drug

[44]diclofenac (5 mg/kg body weight) .

Wound Healing Activity The methanolic extract of C. fistula leaves was studied for its wound healing property in the form of an ointment in two types of wound models in rats; excision wound model and incision wound model. The ointment of the leaf extract of two different concentrations (5 and 10% w/w ointment of leaves extract in simple ointment base) responded significantly in both models of wounds tested. The results were also comparable to that of the standard drug, nitrofurazone, in terms of wound contraction ability, epithelization period, tensile strength and

[45]regeneration of tissue at wound area . Kumar et al. investigated the potential of Cassia fistula to treat the infected wound on albino rat model. The alcohol extract of C. fistula leaves was analyzed for antibacterial effect against Staphylococcus aureus ATCC 29213 and Pseudomonas aeruginosa ATCC 27853. In this study, formulated ointment was topically applied on the infected wound. Wound reduction rate, histological analysis, biochemical analysis, and gelatin zymography were obtained to assess the healing pattern. It has been observed that C. fistula treated rats showed better wound closure, improved tissue regeneration at the wound site and supporting histopathological parameters pertaining to wound healing. Biochemical analysis and matrix metalloproteinases expression correlated well with the results thus confirming efficacy of C. fistula in the treatment of the infected wound. Along with the other ac t iv i t i e s such as an t i tumor, an t iox idan t , hypoglycemic, hepatoprotective, antibacterial, hypo-cholesterolaemic,and antidiabetic activity, the healing potential of C. fistula provides a scientific rationale for the traditional use of this plant in the management of infected dermal wound and can be further investigated

as a substitute to treat infected wounds without using [46]

synthetic antibiotics .

Hepatoprotective Activity The hepatoprotective and antioxidant effect of Cassia fistula leaf extract on liver injury induced by diethyl nitrosamine (DEN) was investigated using animal model Wistar rats. In the experimental animal study, Wistar rats weighing 200±10 g was administered a single dose of DEN (200 mg/kg b.w., i.p.) and left for 30 days. For hepatoprotective studies, ethanolic leaf extract (ELE) of C. fistula Linn. (500 mg/kg b.w., p.o.) was administered daily for 30 days. AST, ALT, ALP, LDH and bilirubin were estimated in serum and liver tissue. Lipid peroxidation (LPO), SOD and CAT were also estimated in liver tissue as markers of oxidative stress. DEN induced hepatotoxicity in all the treated animals were evident by elevated serum ALT, AST, ALP and bilirubin levels and a simultaneous fall in their levels in the liver tissue after 30 days. Induction of oxidative stress in the liver was evidenced by increased LPO and fall in the activities of SOD and CAT. ELE administration for 30 days prevented the DEN induced hepatic injury and oxidative stress. The results of the study revealed that ELE of C. fistula protects the liver against DEN induced hepatic injury

[47]in rats . In another study , the hepatoprotective activity of the n-heptane extract of Cassia fistula leaves was investigated where the extract at a dose of 400 mg/kg body weight has been found to exhibit significant protective effect by lowering serum levels of transaminase (serum glutamic-oxaloacetate transaminase [aspartate aminotransferase] and serum g l u t a m i c - p y r u v i c t r a n s a m i n a s e [ a l a n i n e aminot ransferase] ) , b i l i rubin and a lka l ine phosphatase. The protective effect was found to be comparable to that of a standard hepatoprotective agent [48, 49]

.Antifungal ActivityThe leaf extract of Cassia fistula was evaluated for antifungal activity against Candida albicans where extracts of the leaves of Cassia fistula were prepared in acetone, diethyl ether and methanol for testing and the antifungal activity was performed by paper disc diffusion assay. The results of the study indicated that the methanol extract showed highest activity i.e., up to 21 mm which was comparable with the standard

[50]antifungal antibiotic, clotrimazole . The hexane, chloroform, ethyl acetate, methanol and water extracts from the flower of Cassia fistula were tested against bacteria and fungi where all the extracts exhibited


www.ijsir.co.in7

antibacterial activity against Gram-positive organisms with minimum inhibitory concentrations (MIC) between 0.078 and 2.5 mg/ml. Among the Gram-negative bacteria, only Pseudomonas aeruginosa was susceptible to the extracts. Ethyl acetate crude extract was fractionated using chromatographic techniques and a crystal was isolated, which was confirmed as 4-hydroxy benzoic acid hydrate using X-ray crystallography. It exhibited antifungal activity against Trichophyton mentagrophytes (MIC 0.5 mg/ml) and

[51]Epidermophyton floccosum (MIC 0.5 mg/ml) .

Larvicidal and Ovicidal Activity The ovicidal effect of leaf extracts of C. fistula (at 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0%, topically applied) was evaluated on the viability and hatching of eggs (0, 1 and 3 days old) of D. koenigii. The results of the study have shown that application of leaf extracts of the plant inhibited hatching of the eggs and increasing concentration of the extract resulted in increased non-viability of 3-day-

[52]old eggs . In another study, the methanolic leaf extract of Cassia fistula was tested for larvicidal and ovicidal activity against Culex quinquefasciatus and Anopheles stephensi. The extract was found to be more lethal to the larvae of A. stephensi than C. quinquefasciatus with LC values of 17.97 and 20.57 50

mg/l, respectively. Mean percent hatchability of the ovicidal activity was observed 120 h after treatment. The percent hatchability was found to be inversely proportional to the concentration of extract and directly proportional to the eggs. The egg raft of C. quinquefasciatus was found to be more hatchable than A. stephensi. The results of the study show that the leaf extract of C. fistula is a promising larvicidal and ovicidal agent against C. quinquefasciatus and A.

[53]stephensi .

Antibacterial ActivityA compound isolated from C. fistula has been found t o pos se s s an t im ic rob i a l a c t i v i t y aga in s t Staphylococcus aureus, Bacillus subtilis, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Escherichia coli, Aspergillus niger and

[28]Fusarium oxysporum . In a study, the antibacterial and antifungal activities of C. fistula and M. ferrea extracts were tested on 14 bacteria and 6 fungi. C. fistula extracts showed stronger antibacterial activity

[54]than M. ferrea . Sundararaju et al. have reported that 100% mortality was recorded from the C. fistula extract at 48 h at 50 and 100% concentrations. At 72 h, 100% mortality was observed in all extracts at all three concentrations. In this study, the mortality rate was found minimum at 24 h in all three extracts. All

plant extracts exhibited a high degree of nematicidal [55]

action against the adults and juveniles of P. coffeae . In another study, three lectins CSL-1, CSL-2 and CSL-3, purified from the Cassia fistula seeds, were tested for their antibacterial activities against different pathogenic bacteria, i.e. Bacillus subtilis, B. mega ter ium, S t rep tococcus haemoly t i cus , Streptococcus aureus, Sarcina lutea, Shigella sonnei, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella sp., Shigella shiga, Shigella boydii, Shigella flexneri, Shigella dysenteriae, Salmonella typhi and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, using 30 micro g/disc. CSL-3 was active against all bacterial strains and showed strong activity against B. megaterium, Streptococcus haemolyticus and Shigella boydii. CSL-2 showed poor activity against most of the bacterial strains and has strong activity against only Streptococcus haemolyticus. CSL-1 was inactive against all the bacterial strains except Streptococcus haemolyticus and Sarcina lutea. Further, it has been observed that all the lectins significantly affected the mortality rate of brine shrimp. Among them, CSL-2 was highly toxic (6.68 micro g/ml) followed by CSL-1

[56](10.47 micro g/ml) and CSL-3 (13.33 micro g/ml) . In another study, the antibacterial activity of the aqueous and alcoholic extract of stem bark of C. fistula was evaluated and it has been found that aqueous extract of C. fistula in disc diffusion method showed significant activity against S. aureus but not against other bacteria tested. Alcoholic extract showed greater inhibition against S. aureus compared to aqueous extract. One of the field isolates of S. aureus resistant to chloramphenicol was also susceptible to the alcoholic extract of C. fistula. Zones of inhibition of alcoholic and aqueous extracts were in the range of 7.0-12.0 mm and 7.0-11.6 mm, respectively. MIC values of the alcoholic extracts against S. aureus were in the range of

[57]. 0.78-6.25 mg/ml

Hypocholesterolemic and Hypoglycaemic ActivityThe hypocholesterolemic and hypoglycemic effects of the hexane extract of stem bark of C. fistula, were found in normal and streptozotocin induced diabetic rats. Hexane extract of C. fistula bark at doses 0.15, 0.30, 0.45 g kg-1 body weight for 30 days suppressed the elevated blood glucose levels in diabetic rats. The

-1extract at 0.45 g kg was found to be comparable with glibenclamide, the reference drug. The lipid profile (total cholesterol, triglyceride, HDL-cholesterol, LDL and VLDL-cholesterol) after the

-1extract treatment at 0.45 g kg body weight showed remarkable improvement compared to the diabetic control animals.


www.ijsir.co.in 8

present in the extracts might contribute to the anti-hyperglycemic and antilipidemic properties. Thus, the results suggest that Cassia fistula barks would be effective in the treatment of diabetes and in prevention

[58]and management of coronary artery disease .

Antitumor ActivityThe effects of methanolic extract (ME) of Cassia fistula seed on the growth of Ehrlich ascites carcinoma (EAC) and on the life span of tumour bearing mice were studied where it has been found that ME treatment showed an increase of life span, and a decrease in the tumour volume and viable tumour cell count in the EAC tumour hosts. Cytological studies have revealed a reduction in the mitotic activity and the appearance of membrane blebbing and intracytoplasmic vacuoles in the treated tumour cells. Improvement in the haematological parameters following ME treatment, like haemoglobin content, red blood cell count and bone marrow cell count of the tumour bearing mice have also been observed. The results of the study suggest that ME of C. fistula seed has an antitumor activity. Haematological studies have revealed that out of the three doses of ME, ME at the dose of 100 mg/kg has shown better results than at the doses of 200 and 300 mg/kg. The exact mechanism by which ME mediates its antitumor effect is still to be elucidated. Cytological changes indicate that ME might be having a direct tumorocidal effect on the tumour cells [ 5 9 ]

. S tud ie s have been to i nves t iga t e t he chemopreventive efficacy of Cassia fistula bark extracts in 7, 12-dimethyl Benz(a)anthracene (DMBA) induced hamster buccal pouchcarcinogenesis. The results of this study have revealed that oral administration of Cassia fistula bark extract to DMBA painted animals completely prevented the formation of oral squamous cell carcinoma. The bark extract also restored the status of lipid peroxidation by-products, antioxidants and detoxification enzymes in DMBA painted animals. These results suggest that Cassia fistula bark extract has prominent chemopreventive effect during DMBA induced oral carcinogenesis, which is probably due to the presence of one or more potent anticarcinogenic principles and their synergistic effect. The chemopreventive potential of Cassia fistula may also be due to its anti-lipid peroxidative, antioxidative and modulation of detoxification agents

[60]during DMBA induced oral carcinogenesis .

Antiparasitic ActivityThe fractionation through bio-guided antileishmanial activity of the dichloromethane extract of Cassia fistula

fruits (Leguminosae) led to the isolation of the active isoflavone biochanin A, identified by spectroscopic methods. This compound showed 50% effective concentration (EC ) value of 18.96 micro g/mL 50

against promastigotes of Leishmania (L.) chagasi. The cytotoxicity of this substance against peritoneal macrophages resulted in an EC value of 42.58 micro 50

g/mL. Additionally, biochanin A presented an anti-Trypanosoma-cruzi activity, resulting in an EC value 50

of 18.32 micro g/mL and a 2.4-fold more effectiveness [32]than benznidazole .

Hypolipidemic Activity The effect of 50% ethanolic extract of Cassia fistula legume was investigated on serum lipid metabolism in cholesterol fed rats where oral feeding of cholesterol (500 mg/kg b.wt./day) dissolved in coconut oil (0.5 ml/rat/day) for 90 days caused a significant (P<0.001) elevation in total and LDL-cholesterol, triglycerides and phospholipid in serum of rats. Administration of C. fistula legume extract at the doses 100, 250 and 500 mg/kg b.wt./day along with cholesterol significantly prevented the rise in the serum total and LDL-cholesterol, triglycerides and phospholipid in a dose dependent manner. The ratio of HDL-cholesterol/total cholesterol ratio was elevated in serum of C. fistula extract treated groups as compared to cholesterol alone

[61]fed control rats .

Antifertility ActivityResearch studies have demonstrated that petroleum ether extract of seeds of Cassia fistula, as screened for antifertility activity in proven fertile female albino rats at the doses 100, 200 and 500 mg/kg b.wt./day, produced significant antifertility activity. The results of the study have revealed that oral administration of the extract to mated female rats on days 1-5 of pregnancy resulted in a decline in the fertility index, numbers of uterine implants and live fetuses in a dose dependent manner as was confirmed by laparotomy on day 15 of pregnancy. The extract (100 mg/kg b.wt.) exhibited weak estrogenic activity when given alone and tested in immature bilaterally ovariectomized female albino rats, but exhibited slight antiestrogenic activity when administered along with estradiol valerate (0.1 mg/kg b.wt.). In this experimental animal study, blood sugar and haematological parameters were within normal range. Thus, the results of the present study indicate that the petroleum ether extract of Cassia fistula seeds possesses pregnancy terminating effect by virtue of

[62].anti-implantation activity


www.ijsir.co.in9

Anti-leishmaniatic activityResearch studies have shown that the hexane extract from the fruits of Cassia fistula possesses significant antileishmanial activity against the promastigote form of Leishmania L. chagasi. It has been found that the bio-guided fractionation resulted in the isolation of a sterol, clerosterol, which was further analyzed in different models. Promastigotes presented an inhibitory concentration 50% (IC ) of 10.03 micro 50

g/mL and intracellular amastigotes demonstrated high susceptibility, with an IC of 18.10 micro g/mL. 50

Mammalian cytotoxicity was evaluated and it was demonstrated that clerosterol was 3.6- fold less toxic

[63]than the standard drug pentamidine . Jaffary et al. evaluated the effectiveness of Cassia fistula in the treatment of leishmaniasis, where the efficacy of concentrated boiled extract and hydroalcoholic extract of C. fistula on leishmaniasis was compared with intralesional injection of Glucantime [meglumine antimonate]. In this clinical study, 63.6% of patients were treated with the concentrated boiled extract, 52.7% of patients were treated with the hydroalcoholic extract and 45.5% of patients were treated with Glucantime. In total, 22 patients (40%) were given the concentrated boiled extract of C. fistula, 20 patients (36.4%) were given the hydroalcoholic extract of C. fistula, and 36 patients (65.5%) of the Glucantime group showed complete cure. The results of the study revealed that the efficacy in the third group was significantly higher than the first (P<0.02) and second groups (P<0.005), but there was no difference between the efficacy of concentrated boiled extract and hydroalcoholic extract of C. fistula. These results show that this plant could be used topically along with Glucantime for decreasing the time and dose of

[64].treatment with Glucantime In addition to these studies, Jaffary et al. also conducted the studies to evaluate the potential of Cassia fistula boiled extract in the treatment of cutaneous leishmaniasis, to evaluate the efficacy of intralesional meglumine antimonate-C. Fistula fruit gel combination for the treatment of cutaneous leishmaniasis. In this clinical study, a total of 140 patients with cutaneous leishmaniasis were taken, one group received intralesional meglumine antimonate injection and C. fistula fruit gel, and the second group (control) was treated with intralesional meglumine antimonite plus placebo gel. Improvement was defined as complete cure, partial cure and treatment failure. At week 12, forty-seven (67.1%)

patients in the experimental group achieved complete cure, compared to 29 (41.4%) patients in the control group (P<0.001). Results of this clinical study indicate that the C. fistula fruit gel increases the efficacy of intralesional meglumine antimonate for the treatment of cutaneous leishmaniasis. Thus, combination therapy with intra lesional meglumine antimonite and C. fistula fruit gel may be considered

[65]for the treatment of acute cutaneous leishmaniasis .

DISCUSSION Medicinal plants have been used as remedies for human diseases for centuries. The use of medicinal plants to heal chronic complex diseases, including infectious ones, has been extensively applied by people worldwide. Interestingly, over 50% of all

[66]modern clinical drugs are of natural product origin . Cassia fistula has occupied a significant position in herbal medicine due to its therapeutic potential in prevention and treatment of varieties of diseases. Almost all parts of this medicinal plant have been found to exhibit different pharmacological properties such as anti-diabetic, anti-fertility, anti-tumor, hepato-protective, cholesterol lowering, astringent, febrifugal, purgative, anti- inflammatory, anti-oxidant, antibacterial, anti-viral, analgesic, anti-dysenteric, antibacterial, antifungal , anti-leishmaniatic properties , larvicidal and ovicidal activity ,wound healing activity, laxative activity, clastogenic activity ,antipyretic activity, leukotriene inhibition activity, antitussive activity, CNS activity etc. The plant is well known for its traditional uses. Among its traditional uses, few are Cassia fistula reduces fever, cold, swelling of throat, asthma symptoms; it has ability to subside gas, flatulence and acidity; it reduces the colic pain; it eases the discomfort of piles, stops bleeding from different parts of the body and benefit in heart diseases; it cleanses the blood and eradicates skins problems like itching, inflammation and suppuration. The pharmacological actions exhibited by Cassia fistula in treatment of several ailments have attracted interest of pharmaceutical companies in preparation of herbal formulations based on Cassia fistula. It is one of the ingredients of the Aurvedic preparation known as Constivac (Lupin Herbal) , a bowel regulator, which rel ieves constipation. It is also one of the ingredients of the preparations known as Pilex, Purian (Himalaya Drug Company) for piles and detoxifier respectively.


www.ijsir.co.in 10

A large number of biomolecules / phytoconstituents present in Cassia fistula may be responsible for its diverse nature of therapeutic response in disease conditions. It has been observed from research studies that most of the antimicrobial effects of C. fistula be related to their components and secondary metabolites like phenolic compounds. Phytochemical studies have shown that this plant contains components like saponin, triterpnoids, glycosides, anthraquinore, steroids and flavonoids which may inhibit the growth of the bacterial strains. The antimicrobial activity depends on the contents of phenolic components of the plant extracts. High amounts of phenolic group in the aerial parts of C. fistula have been reported suggesting that these components may be the active compounds, which may be responsible for the antibacterial activity. It has been found that Cassia species had a significant activity against Gram positive microorganisms which may be due to the presence of some substances like flavonoids and polysaccharides. Research studies have shown that methanolic extracts inhibited Gram positive bacteria more than Gram negative species thus C. fistula extracts can be useful to treat infectious diseases and may be considered as a new source of antibacterial agents. The C. fistula extracts can be used as Complementary or Alternative Medicine in various disease conditions. Although C. fistula exhibits significant therapeutic actions in treatment of varieties of chronic and infectious diseases, multidisciplinary research studies on this clinically significant plant and its constituents is needed in order to develop effective herbal drugs for mankind. Several microorganism- derived antibiotics are currently in use to treat variety of infectious diseases. Many of them have, however, a limited anti-microbial spectrum due to frequent evolution of drug-resistant mutant strain of the pathogen; some even lead to serious side effects. Further, situation is alarming in developing as well as developed countries due to indiscriminate use of antibiotics. The number of multi-drug resistant microbial strains and the appearance of strains with reduced susceptibility to antibiotics are continuously increasing. This increase has been attributed to indiscriminate use of broad-spectrum antibiotics, immunosuppressive agent, intravenous catheters, organ transplantation and ongoing

[67, 68, 69, 70] epidemics of HIV infection In addition, in .developing countries, synthetic drugs are not only expensive and inadequate for the treatment of diseases but also often with adulterations and side effects. Therefore, there is need to search new infection-

[71]. fighting strategies to control microbial infections In the present scenario of emergence of multiple drug resistance to human pathogenic organisms, there is a necessity to search for new antimicrobial substances from other sources including plants which may be useful in developing safe, long acting antimicrobial drugs based on medicinal plants / herbs as alternative and complementary medicine for mankind in treatment and prevention of infectious diseases. The potential for developing antimicrobials from medicinal plants appears to be more appropriate as it may lead to the development of a phytomedicine to act against microbes. Plant based antimicrobials represent a vast untapped source of medicine . Plant based antimicrobials have enormous therapeutic potential as they can serve the purpose without any side effects that are often associated with synthetic antimicrobials. Since , most modern drug discovery attempts to use one single compound to hit one target for combating the related disease, targeted single compound usually fails to cure multi-genic diseases adequately as human body is an extremely complex network and the pathogenesis of most of diseases involves multiple factors. Further, a single target drug can exert unexpected side effects due to the breaking of the balance of the network. Traditional systems of medicines are still in place today because of their organizational strengths and as they focus primarily on multi-component mixtures. They contain enormous number of compounds to fight the disease at various aspects. Biological activity of crude drug is mainly due to the active chemical constituents like saponins, flavonoids, triterpenoids, sterols, tannins, steroids etc. etc. It is believed that the medicinal value of plants lies in some chemical substances (usually secondary metabolites) producing a definite physiological action on the human body. Saponins are glycosides occurring widely in plants and are abundant in many foods consumed by animals and man. In medicine, it is

[ 72 [73] [ 74 ] used as antibiotic , antiviral , anti-inflammatory [ 75 ] and anti-ulcer . Flavonoids are a group of

polyphenolic compounds with known properties which include free radical scavenging, inhibition of hydrolytic and oxidative enzymes and anti-

[ 76 ]inflammatory action . Triterpenoids and sterols from plants and fungi possess antitumor-promoting and anti-

[ 77 ] inflammatory activities Tannins are known to .possess general antimicrobial and antioxidant

[ 78 ] activities . Recent reports show that tannins may have potential value as cytotoxic and antineoplastic

[ 79]agents .


www.ijsir.co.in11

Other compounds like saponins also have antifungal [ 80, 81] properties . Plant derived natural products such

as flavonoids, terpenoids and steroids etc. have received considerable attention in recent years due to their diverse pharmacological properties including

[ 82, 83 ]antioxidant and antitumor activity . The herbal medicinal preparations may exert synergistic effects due to multi-constituents and multi-targets and these formulations can explore a wider biological space with less expense. These herbal formulations have ability to modulate the biological networks modestly and thus may be efficient in controlling complex disease systems. The herbal preparations exert effects at lower concentration of individual constituents, thus are safer than single component drugs and these can deal with drug resistance that becomes more and more severe with antibiotics, anti-malarial and anticancer drugs. Thus, there is a need of exploring new faces of drug discovery based on herbal formulations. In order to achieve results within reasonably short period it would be desirable to have a need based approach to research on herbal/traditional drugs including screening of medicinal plants and herbs for biological activity. Extensive multi-disciplinary research efforts on the efficacy of medicinal plants/ herbs to treat diseases followed by animal studies and clinical trials on human subjects are urgently needed to finding remedies for the so called Refractory Diseases for which modern medicine has not been able to offer, so far, a satisfactory or lasting remedy and as supplementary measures to well-established chemotherapy. Further , scientific studies on the effect of agroclimatic conditions, seasonal variations, soil conditions , cultivation practices , geographical variations, environmental factors on the growth of these plants and quality of their phytoconstituents along with the studies on organic nature of the medicinal plants/ herbs i.e. free from toxic metals, pesticides, herbicides and environmental harmful toxins using modern biotechnological techniques may enhance the therapeutic potential of these medicinal plants/ herbs. Considering the innumerable side and ill effects of modern medicine and deaths caused by adverse drug reactions recorded in developed countries, it has become imperative to look for Holistic Herbal Medicines of the oriental Indian Medical systems as an Alternative and Complimentary Medicine. This is necessary because these are time tested remedies used by humans for millennia with minimal adverse reactions. These herbs are specially needed to treatment of chronic diseases. Thus, the usefulness of medicinal plants/ herbs in the treatment of many chronic diseases and

infectious diseases appears to be of great benefits for ailing humanity.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTSThe authors are thankful to Scientists Shri Sanjay Dixit and Mr. Shamshul Hasan Khan of Sky Institute, Lucknow, U.P. India for extending their help in preparing the present manuscript.

REFERENCES1. M a i t y P a l l a b , H a n s d a D h a n a n j a y ,

Bandyopadhyay Uday, Mishra Dipak Kumar, Indian Journal of Experimental Biology, 2009, 47, 849-861.

2. Kala Chandra Prakash, Indian Journal of Traditional Knowledge, 2006, 5(4), 537-540.

3. Gupta R. K., Medicinal & Aromatic plants, CBS publishers & distributors, 1st edition, 2010, 116-117.

4. Khare C. P., Indian medicinal plants, Springer, 2007, 128.

5. Gupta A. K., Tondon N., Sharma M., Quality Standards of Indian Medicinal Plants, Medicinal

Plants Unit, Published by Indian Council of Medical Research, Vol 2, 2008, 47-53

6. Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India, Part 1, Vol.5, New Delhi, Government of India Publication, 2001, Page no. 8, 9.

7. Kirtikar K.R., Basu B.D., Indian Medicinal Plants, International book distributors, 2006, 2, 856-860.

8. Indian Herbal Pharmacopoeia revised new edition, 2002, Indian Drug Manufacturers Association, Mumbai, page no.106-113.

9. Nadkarni K. M., Indian Materia Medica, Bombay Popular Prakashan, 2009, Vol.1, 285-286. 10. Chopra R. N., Nayar S. L., Chpora I. C., Glossary of Indian Medicinal Plants, National Institute of Science Communication and Information Resources, 2006, page no. 54.

11. Anonymous. The Wealth of India, First Supplement Series (Raw Materials), National Institute of Science Communication and Information Resources, CSIR, 2007, Vol 3(Ca-Ci), 340-342.

12. Agarwal S. S., Paridhavi M., Clinically useful herbal drugs, Ahuja Publishing House, 2005, 281-282.

13. Anonymous. The Wealth of India, First Supplement Series (Raw Materials), National Institute of Science Communication and Information Resources, CSIR, 2007, 1st

supplementary series, Vol 1 (A-Ci), 223-224.


www.ijsir.co.in 12

14. Ben Erik, Van Wyk, Michael Wink, Medicinal Plants of the World, Briza Publications, 2009, page no. 403.

15. Rastogi R. P., Mehrotra B. N.. Compendium of Indian Medic inal p lants , Cent ra l Drug Research Institute, Lucknow and National Institute of Science Communication and Information Resources, New Delhi, 2004, Vol 4, 155, 156.

16. Vaishnava M. M., Tripathi A. K, Gupta K. R., Fitoterapia, 1993, 64(1), 93.

17. Anonymous. The Wealth of India, First Supplement Series (Raw Materials), National

Institute of Science Communication and Information Resources, CSIR, 2007, 2nd

supplementary series, Vol 1 (A-F), 158.18. Rastogi R. P., Mehrotra B. N ., Compendium of

Indian Medicinal plants, Central Drug Research Institute, Lucknow and National

Institute of Science Communication and Information Resources, New Delhi, 2004, Vol 3, 140.

19. Mahesh V.K., Sharma Rashmi, Singh R.S., Journal of Natural Products, 1984, 47 (4), 733-751.

20. Barthaku N. N., Arnold N. P., Alli I., Plant Foods for Human Nutrition, 1995, 47(1), 55-62.

21. Vaishnav M. M., Gupta K. R., Fitoterapia, 1996, 67(1), 78-79.

22. Misra T.N., Singh R. S, Pandey H. S., Pandey R. P., Fitoterapia, 1996, 67(2), 173-174.

23. Misra T. N., Singh R. S., Pandey H. S., Singh B. K., Fitoterapia, 1997, 68(4), 375-376.

24. Rani Meena, Kalidha S. B., Indian Journal of Chemistry. Section B, Organic including Medicinal, 1998, 37(12), 1314-1315.

25. Sayeed M. A., Ali M. A., Khan G. R., Rahman M. S., Bangladesh Journal of Scientific and Industrial Research, 1999, 34(1), 144-148.

26. Kuo Lee Ching, Lee Ping Hung, Kuo Yueh Hsiung, Journal of the Chinese Chemical Society, 2001, 48(6A), 1053-1058.

27. Kuo Yueh-Hsiung, Lee Ping-Hung, Wein Yung-Shun, J. Nat. Prod, 2002, 65, 1165-1167.

28. Yadava R. N., Verma Vikash, Journal of Asian Natural Products Research, 2003,5(1),57-61.

29. Ali M. A., Sayeed M. A., Nurul A., Journal of the Chinese Chemical Society, 2004, 51(3), 647-654.

30. Sartorelli P., Carvalho C. S., Reimao J. Q., Ferreira M. J. P., Tempone A. G., Phytotherapy Research, 2007, 21(7), 644-647.

31. Tzakou O., Loukis A., Said A., Journal of Essential Oil Research, 2007, 19(4), 360-361.

32. Sartorelli P., Carvalho C. S., Reimao J. Q., Ferreira

M. J. P., Tempone A. G., Parasitology Research, 2009, 104(2), 311-314.

33. Bhakta T., Mukherjee P. K., Saha K., Pal M., Saha B. P., Pharmaceutical Biology, 1998, 36(2), 140-143.

34. Mazumder U. K., Gupta Malaya, Rath Nandita, Phytotherapy Research, 1998, 12(7), 520-522.

35. Kumar K. C. S., Muller K., Phytotherapy Research, 1998, 12(7), 526-528.

36. Mukhopadhyay M. J., Saha A., Dutta A., Mukherjee A., Food and Chemical Toxicology,

1998, 36, 937-940.37. Bhakta T, Mandal S. C., Sinha Sanghamitra, Saha

B. P., M. Pal, Journal of Medicinal and Aromatic Plant Sciences, 2001, 22/23( 4 A/1A), 70-72.

38. Siddhuraju P, Mohan P. S., Becker K., Food Chemistry, 2002, 79(1), 61-67.

39. Amitabye Luximon-Ramma, Theeshan Bahorun, Mohammed A. Soobrattee, Okezie I. Aruoma, J. Agric. Food Chem. 2002, 50, 5042-5047.

40. Manonmani G., Bhavapriya V., Kalpana S., a a a Govindasamy S., Apparanantham T., Journal of a Ethnopharmacology, 2005, 97, 39–42.

41. Akanmu M. A., Iwalewa E. O., Elujoba A. A., A d e l u s o l a K . A . , A f r i c a n J o u r n a l o f Biomedical Research, 2004, 7(1), 23-26.

42. Bhakta T., Mukherjee P. K., Saha K., Pal M., Saha B. P, Mandal S. C, Journal of Herbs, Spices & Medicinal Plants, 1999, 6(4), 67-72.

43. Ilavarasan Raju, Mallika Moni, Venkataraman Subramanian, African Journal of Traditional, Complementary and Alternative Medicines, 2005, 2(1), 70-85.

44. Rajeswari R., Thejomoorthy P., Mathuram L. N., Raju K. V. S. N, Tamilnadu Journal of Veterinary and Animal Sciences, 2006, 2(5), 193-199.

45. Bhakta T., Mukherjee P. K., Saha K., Pal M., Saha B. P., Natural Product Sciences, 1998, 4(2), 84-87.

46. Kumar M. S., Ramasamy Sripriya Raghavan H. V., Sehgal P. K., Journal of Surgical Research, 2006, 131(2), 283-289.

47. Kannampalli Pradeep, Chandrasekaran Victor Raj Mohan, Kuppannan Gobianand, Sivanesan Karthikeyan, Chemico-Biological Interactions, 2007, 167, 12–18.

48. Bhakta T., Banerjee S., Mandal S. C., Maity T. K., Saha B. P., Pal M., Phytomedicine, 2001, 8(3), 220-224.

49. Bhakta T., Mukherjee P. K, Banerjee S., Mandal S. C., Maity T. K., Pal M., Saha B. P., Journal of Ethnopharmacology, 1999, 66(3), 277-282.


www.ijsir.co.in13

50. Singh Padma, Karnwal Pratima, Indian Journal of Microbiology, 2006, 46(2), 169-170.

51. Duraipandiyan V., Ignacimuthu S., Journal of Ethnopharmacology, 2007, 112(3), 590-594.

52. Verma Ashok, Yadav G. K., Journal of Experimental Zoology, 2003, 6(2), 251-256.

53. Govindarajan M., Jebanesan A., Pushpanathan T., Parasitology Research, 2008, 102(2), 289-292.

54. Ali M. A., Sayeed M. A., Bhuiyan M. S. A, Sohel F. I., Yeasmin M. S., Journal of Medical

Sciences(Pakistan), 2004, 4(1), 24-29.55. Sundararaju P., Saritha V., Indian Journal of

Nematology, 2006, 36(1), 144-145.56. Ali M. A., Sayeed M. A., Nurul A., Journal of

Medical Sciences (Pakistan), 2003, 3(3), 240-244.57. Vimalraj T. R., Kumar S. S., Vadivel S., Ramesh S.,

Thejomoorthy P., Tamilnadu Journal of Veterinary and Animal Sciences, 2009, 5(3), 109-113.

58. Nirmala A., Eliza J., Rajalakshmi M., Edel P., Daisy P., International Journal of Pharmacology, 2008, 4(4), 292-296.

59. Gupta M., Mazumder U. K., Rath N., M u k h o p a d h y a y D . K . , J o u r n a l o f Ethnopharmacology, 2000, 72, 151–156.

60. Vasudevan K., Manoharan S., Alias L. M., Balakrishnan S., Vellaichamy L., Gitanjali M.,

International Journal of Chemical Sciences, 2008, 6(3), 1341-1354.

61. Gupta U. C., Jain G. C, Asian Journal of Experimental Sciences, 2009, 23(1), 241-248.

62. Yadav Rajesh, Jain G. C., International Journal of Pharm Tech Research, 2009,1(3),438-444.

63. Sartorelli P., Carvalho C. S., Reimao J. Q., Ferreira M. J . P. , Tempone A. G., Phytotherapy Research, 2007, 21(7), 644-647.

64. Jaffary F., Moradi S., Nilfroushzadeh M.,. Darakhshan R., Ansari N., Iranian Journal of Dermatology, 2006, 9(3), 211-216.

65. Jaffary F., Nilforoushzadeh M. A. , Ansari N., Rahimi N., Tehran University Medical Journal, 2010, 67(10), 705-711.

66. Kirbag S., Zengin F. and Kursat M (2009). Antimicrobial Activities of Extracts of some Plants. Pakistan Journal of Botany Vol.41 (4): 2067-2070.

67. Graybill J. R. (1988). Systemic fungal infections: diagnosis and treatment. I. Therapeutic agents. Infectious Disease Clinics of North America. 805-825.

68. Ng P.C. (1994).Systemic fungal infections in neonates. Arch Dis of Childhood.71:F130- F135.

69. Dean D. A. and Burchard K. W. (1996). Fungal infection in surgical patients. Am J Surg. 171: 374-382.

70. Gonzalez C. E., Venzon D., Lee S., Mueller B. U., Pizzo P. A and Walsh, T. J. (1996). Risk factors for fungemia in children infected with human immunodeficiency virus: a case-control study. Clin Infect Dis. 23: 515-521.

71. Sieradzki K, Wu SW and Tomasz A. (1999). Inactivation of the methicillin resistance gene mecA in vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus. Micro. Drug Resist. 5(4): 253-257.

72. Oakenfull, Fenwick. Saponin content of soybeans and some commercial soybean products J. Sc Food Agric 1981; 32: 273-278.

73. Okubo K et .al . Soyabean saponin and Isoflavaonoids: structure and antiviral activity against Human Immunodeficiency virus in –vitro ACS Symp. Ser.1994; 546.

74. Just MJ et.al. Anti-inflammatory activity of unusual lupane saponins from Buleurum fruiticescens. Planta Med.1998; 64(5): 404-407.

75. Zhang S, Hu Z. Anti-ulcerogenic effects of Ginseng flower saponins in the rat Zhongyao Tongbao 1985; 10: 331 Chem. Abstr. 104:512.

76. Frankel E. Nutritional benefits of flavonoids. International conference on food factors: Chemistry and Cancer Prevention, Hamamatsu, Japan. Abstracts 1995; C6- 2.

77. Akihisa T, Yasukawa K. Studies in Natural Products Chemistry.

78. Bioactive Natural Products 2001; 25(6):43-87. 79. Rievere C et al. Polyphenols isolated from

antiradical extracts of Mallotus metcalfianus. Phytochemistry 2009; 70: 86-94.

80. Aguinaldo AM, El-Espeso, Guovara BQ and Nanoto MG. Phytochemistry. In: Guevara B.Q ( ed ) A .Guide book to p l an t s c reen ing phytochemical and biological. University of Santo Tomas, Manila, Philippines 2005.

81. Aboada OO, Efuwape BM. Antibacterial properties of some Nigerian species. Biol. Res. Comm.2001; 13: 183-188.

82. Mohanta T K, Patra J K, Rath S K, Pal D K, Thatoi H N. Evaluation of antimicrobial activity and phytochemical screening of oils and nuts of Semicarpus anacardium L.f. Sci. Res. Essay 2007; 2 (11): 486-490.

83. De Feudis FV, Padadopoulos V, Drieu K. Gingo biloba extracts and cancer: a research Area in its infancy. Funda. Clin. Pharmacol 2003; 17: 405-417.


www.ijsir.co.in 14

HETEROSIS AND INBREEDING DEPRESSION IN OKRA (ABELMOSCHUS ESCULENTUS (L.) MOENCH)

1 1 2 3,*Neetu , Anand Kumar Singh , Rakesh Kumar and Mahesh Pal

1 2Department of Horticulture, Institute of Agricultural Sciences, BHU, Varanasi, Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Indian 3Institute of Sugarcane Research, Lucknow, Phytochemistry Division, CSIR-National Botanical research

Institute, Lucknow,U.P., India

*Address for correspondence: Phytochemistry Division, CSIR-National Botanical research Institute, Lucknow-226001,U.P., India. Email ID:[email protected]

Thirty six hybrids along with twelve okra parental lines and three testers were evaluated for heterosis and

inbreeding depression. Most of the crosses showed significant heterosis over mid-parent, better parent and

economic heterosis for these characters. The maximum heterosis for green fruit yield per plant was manifested by

IC-140927 × Hissar Unnat followed by SA-29 × Varsha Uphar, IC-43742 × Hissar Unnat and Pusa Makhmali ×

VRO-5 in same order. Furthermore, these crosses were found excelling for some of the yield contributing

characters. In general, crosses sowing significant heterosis in F have also revealed significant inbreeding 1

depression in F population.2

Keywords: Okra, heterosis, heterobeltiosis, inbreeding depression.

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONAmong the several vegetables grown in our country,

okra [Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench] is the

most important which can be raised throughout the

year. Okra is multipurpose crop valued for its tender

and delicious fruits. The dried seeds of okra provide oil,

protein, vegetable curd and coffee additive or

substitute. In India, it is grown on an area of 5.31 lakh [1]hectares with a production of 63.50 lakh metric tones

(Annon., 2014). Major areas of cultivation in India are

Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Orrissa, West Bengal, Andra

Pradesh, Karnataka and Assam. Okra is an often cross

pollinated vegetable crop belonging to the family

Malvaceae. It has vast potential as one of the foreign

exchange earner crops and accounts for about 60% of

the total export of fresh vegetables. First report on [2]

hybrid vigour in okra was given by Vijayraghavan

and Warriar (1946). Further, exploitation of hybrid

vigour depends on the direction and magnitude of

heterosis, biological feasibility and type of gene action

involved. Heterosis and inbreeding depression each the

converse of the other are both expression of the same

phenomenon. An understanding of heterosis would be

helpful in improving the yielding ability as well as

y ie ld contr ibut ing characters . The present

investigation was therefore undertaken with a view to

examine the manifestation of heterosis and inbreeding

depression in okra.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The materials for the present study comprised of fifteen

parents, 36 F s and 36 F s of okra. The twelve female 1 2

parents (line) viz., IC-212267, IC-43742, IC-85814, SA-

29, IC-288877, IC-140927, VRO-6, SEL.-4, Pusa

Makhmali, Kashi Kranti, SEL.-10 and VRO-3 and three

pollen parents (testers) were selected for investigation.

The crosses were made in line × tester fashion during

summer 2013. The F s were multiplied to obtain F 1 2

seeds in the following season.


www.ijsir.co.in15

The experimental were grown in randomized block

design with three replication at Vegetable Research

Farm, Department of Horticulture, Institute of

Agricultural Sciences, Banaras Hindu University,

Varanasi, during the summer and rainy, 2012; and

summer seasons of 2013. The seeds were sown at a

spacing of 60cm x 30cm. The observations were

recorded on five randomly selected plants each of

parents, F1s and F s in each replication for six 2

quantitative characters namely, days to initiation of

flowering, plant height (cm), number of branches per

plant, number of fruits per plant, fruit length (cm) and

green fruit yield per plant (g). Heterotic effects of F s 1

over mid, better and standered heterosis parental values

and inbreeding depression as per cent decrease of F 2

over F were estimated as per methodology 1

[3]suggested .


The materials for the present study comprised of fifteen

parents, 36 F s and 36 F s of okra. The twelve female 1 2

parents (line) viz., IC-212267, IC-43742, IC-85814, SA-

29, IC-288877, IC-140927, VRO-6, SEL.-4, Pusa

Makhmali, Kashi Kranti, SEL.-10 and VRO-3 and three

pollen parents (testers) were selected for investigation.

The crosses were made in line × tester fashion during

summer 2013. The F s were multiplied to obtain F 1 2

seeds in the following season. The experimental were

grown in randomized block design with three

replication at Vegetable Research Farm, Department of

Horticulture, Institute of Agricultural Sciences,

Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, during the

summer and rainy, 2012; and summer seasons of 2013.

The seeds were sown at a spacing of 60cm x 30cm. The

observations were recorded on five randomly selected

plants each of parents, F1s and F s in each replication 2

for six quantitative characters namely, days to initiation

of flowering, plant height (cm), number of branches

per plant, number of fruits per plant, fruit length (cm)

and green fruit yield per plant (g). Heterotic effects of

F s over mid, better and standered heterosis parental 1

values and inbreeding depression as per cent decrease

of F over F were estimated as per methodology 2 1

[3]suggested .

RESULTS AND DISSCUSSION

Analysis of variance exhibited significant differences

among treatments for all the characters in all the

crosses under study. This indicated the presence of

appreciable genetic diversity for the characters

showing significant variances. Higher yield is the basic

objective of all the crop improvement programmes and

unless a new hybrid has a potential equal to or

exceeding that of current cultivar or hybrid, it will fetch

no success even if it has excellent quality.

Perusal of the data in table 6 revealed that out of

36 crosses, 16 crosses over mid-parent, 14 crosses over

better parent and 4 crosses over standard check Larm-1

exhibited significantly positive heterosis for green fruit

yield per plant, respectively; thereby indicating that

such crosses can be further sorted out for yield

increase. The cross combination, IC-140927 × Hissar

Unnat had highest positive significant heterosis of

23.15 per cent over standard check (Larm-1) followed

by SA-29 × Varsha Uphar (21.22%) and IC-43742 ×

Hissar Unnat (20.09%). The cross IC-43742 × Hissar

Unnat also showed highest significant positive

heterosis over mid parent followed by IC-140927 ×

Hissar Unnat and IC-43742 × VRO-5 i.e., 50.28, 38.24

and 37.57 per cent respectively. Similarly, hybrids (IC-

140927 × Hissar Unnat, SA-29 × Varsha Uphar and IC-

43742 × Hissar Unnat showed 23.15, 21.22 and 20.09 [4,5].

per cent over standard check respectively


www.ijsir.co.in 16

Crosses Days to initiation of flowering MP BP EH ID

IC-212267 × Varsha Uphar -18.56** -15.36** -22.90** -57.60**

IC-212267 × Hissar Unnat -14.08** -11.65** -17.82** -45.53**

IC-212267 × VRO-5 -15.77* -13.52** -15.03** -45.06**

IC-43742 × Varsha Uphar -13.84** -9.21** -17.30** -41.44**

IC-43742 × Hissar Unnat 12.53** 17.29** 9.10** -9.13**

IC-43742 × VRO-5 5.72** 5.72** 6.65** 8.03**

IC-85814 × Varsha Uphar 22.74** 33.71** 3.33 -23.35**

IC-85814 × Hissar Unnat 1.03 11.31** -13.98** -53.46**

IC-85814 × VRO-5 20.51** 38.91** 7.35** -20.85**

SA-29 × Varsha Uphar 26.89** 27.26** 15.92** 12.97**

SA-29 × Hissar Unnat 31.44** 32.44** 21.34** 27.52**

SA-29 × VRO-5 31.70** 38.36** 26.76** 24.69**

IC-288877 × Varsha Uphar 25.07** 31.67** 19.94** -1.75

IC-288877 × Hissar Unnat 20.22** 25.19** 16.44** 26.73**

IC-288877 × VRO-5 31.31** 31.42** 32.35** 3.96*

IC-140927 × Varsha Uphar 5.97** 19.19** 8.58** -12.24**

IC-140927 × Hissar Unnat -2.11 8.83** 1.23 -17.96**

IC-140927 × VRO-5 -8.63** -2.77 -1.91 -13.90**

VRO-6 × Varsha Uphar -5.83** 2.30 -6.81** -35.83**

VRO-6 × Hissar Unnat -4.81** 2.26 -4.89** 1.84

VRO-6 × VRO-5 -17.85** -15.42** -14.68** -11.68**

SEL.-4 × Varsha Uphar 0.88 10.36** 0.53 10.26**

SEL.-4 × Hissar Unnat -2.52 5.45** -1.91 -5.88**

SEL.-4 × VRO-5 -1.67 1.91 2.81 -2.89

Pusa Makhmali × Varsha Uphar 3.59* 16.31** 5.95** 6.77**

Pusa Makhmali × Hissar Unnat -2.62 8.08** 0.53 -0.52

Pusa Makhmali × VRO-5 8.81** 15.60** 16.62** 11.84**

Kashi Kranti × Varsha Uphar 28.51** 36.28** 24.14** 31.27**

Kashi Kranti × Hissar Unnat -4.84** -0.19 -7.16** 6.03*

Kashi Kranti × VRO-5 3.88* 4.51* 5.43** 6.14**

SEL.-10 × Varsha Uphar 0.30 5.74* -13.10** -14.08**

SEL.-10 × Hissar Unnat 10.38** 17.66** -3.31 -6.51**

SEL.-10 × VRO-5 4.87** 16.81** -4.01** -11.11**

VRO-3 × Varsha Uphar 19.45** 21.71** 6.83** -18.66**

VRO-3 × Hissar Unnat 35.01** 39.04** 22.04** -4.01*

VRO-3 × VRO-5 26.04** 35.46** 18.89** -4.26*

S.Em± 0.64 0.74 0.74 0.83

Table 1: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Days to first flowering.

*, ** Significant at 5% and 1% probability levels, respectively


www.ijsir.co.in17

Table 2: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Plant height.

Crosses Plant height (cm) MP BP EH ID

IC-212267 × Varsha Uphar 20.29** 19.97** 5.14 -68.23**

IC-212267 × Hissar Unnat 47.39** 39.99** 22.94** -24.90

IC-212267 × VRO-5 46.72** 39.06** 22.06** -7.95

IC-43742 × Varsha Uphar 42.31** 40.19** 21.93** 23.66

IC-43742 × Hissar Unnat 28.33** 24.19** 4.77 -10.99

IC-43742 × VRO-5 38.14** 36.22** 14.91** -2.64

IC-85814 × Varsha Uphar 55.26** 53.99** 36.19** -17.76

IC-85814 × Hissar Unnat 24.94** 18.23** 4.56 -53.92**

IC-85814 × VRO-5 19.06** 14.78** 1.44 -4.19

SA-29 × Varsha Uphar -6.68 -15.76** -8.87 -1.15

SA-29 × Hissar Unnat -17.70* -28.80** -22.98** 4.41

SA-29 × VRO-5 7.36 -5.64 2.10 -14.14

IC-288877 × Varsha Uphar -23.39** -32.17** -23.20** -15.66

IC-288877 × Hissar Unnat -12.01** -25.34** -15.29** 6.16

IC-288877 × VRO-5 -6.60 -19.64** -8.48 15.37

IC-140927 × Varsha Uphar -0.53 -10.65* -2.28 -15.90

IC-140927 × Hissar Unnat 26.44** 8.80* 19.08** -22.43*

IC-140927 × VRO-5 5.46 -7.74 0.93 -29.37**

VRO-6 × Varsha Uphar -43.57** -49.19** -43.84* -50.51**

VRO-6 × Hissar Unnat -31.68** -40.99** -34.92** -36.44**

VRO-6 × VRO-5 -15.10** -25.11** -18.01** -39.27**

SEL.-4 × Varsha Uphar -16.00** -18.02** -24.99** 7.38

SEL.-4 × Hissar Unnat 11.80* 4.08 -4.70 -22.55*

SEL.-4 × VRO-5 3.19 -2.19 -10.45* 13.16

Pusa Makhmali × Varsha Uphar -4.57 -13.74** -7.14 14.38

Pusa Makhmali × Hissar Unnat 21.97* 5.65 13.82** -2.15

Pusa Makhmali × VRO-5 25.75** 10.79* 19.26** 15.93

Kashi Kranti × Varsha Uphar 15.33** 11.80* -2.66 -5.94

Kashi Kranti × Hissar Unnat 11.35* 9.48 -10.53* -39.57**

Kashi Kranti × VRO-5 11.68* 11.50* -8.57 14.02

SEL.-10 × Varsha Uphar 11.57* 12.33* -3.56 -42.78**

SEL.-10 × Hissar Unnat 9.74* 5.31 -9.56* -37.37**

SEL.-10 × VRO-5 -5.93 -8.02 -21.04** -26.52*

VRO-3 × Varsha Uphar 24.38** 20.86** 11.50* -8.81

VRO-3 × Hissar Unnat -1.57 -8.48 -15.81** 1.99

VRO-3 × VRO-5 -12.40** -17.16** -23.77** 10.28

S.Em± 2.28 2.63 2.63 3.97



www.ijsir.co.in 18

Table3: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Number of branches per plant

Crosses Number of branches per plant MP BP EH ID

IC-212267 × Varsha Uphar -21.66* -29.76** 11.78 3.57

IC-212267 × Hissar Unnat -5.06 -17.22 3.79 -34.62

IC-212267 × VRO-5 14.89* 17.72 67.66** 35.71*

IC-43742 × Varsha Uphar 15.40 20.85 75.65** 15.91

IC-43742 × Hissar Unnat 4.76 -14.43 23.75 -45.16*

IC-43742 × VRO-5 -28.67** -28.68** 3.79 23.08

IC-85814 × Varsha Uphar -32.97** -34.52** 3.79 -7.69

IC-85814 × Hissar Unnat -9.34 -27.39** 7.78 -5.56

IC-85814 × VRO-5 -54.08** -55.36** -32.14* -147.06**

SA-29 × Varsha Uphar -23.01** -29.81** 35.73* 2.94

SA-29 × Hissar Unnat -25.45** -45.09** 7.78 3.70

SA-29 × VRO-5 -29.31** -38.06** 19.76 -46.67*

IC-288877 × Varsha Uphar -16.76 -19.84 27.74 -1.56

IC-288877 × Hissar Unnat -13.52 -29.49** 3.79 -15.38

IC-288877 × VRO-5 -15.25 -16.45 23.75 0.00

IC-140927 × Varsha Uphar -14.58 -10.22 27.74 -21.88

IC-140927 × Hissar Unnat 100.67** 65.66** 131.54* 25.86*

IC-140927 × VRO-5 -32.68** -33.70** -4.19 -50.00

VRO-6 × Varsha Uphar 35.66** 5.16** 67.66** 21.43

VRO-6 × Hissar Unnat 24.52 22.75 11.78 -50.00*

VRO-6 × VRO-5 38.74** 11.87** 59.68** 15.00

SEL.-4 × Varsha Uphar 39.68** 20.63** 91.62** 35.42*

SEL.-4 × Hissar Unnat 65.58** 48.52** 71.66** 20.93

SEL.-4 × VRO-5 -25.74* -32.56 -4.19 -4.17

Pusa Makhmali × Varsha Uphar 66.18** 36.51** 115.57** 42.59**

Pusa Makhmali × Hissar Unnat 85.32** 78.84** 75.65** 40.91*

Pusa Makhmali × VRO-5 76.82** 49.28** 111.58** 58.49**

Kashi Kranti × Varsha Uphar 32.64** 21.03* 91.62** 43.75**

Kashi Kranti × Hissar Unnat 42.69** 23.03 59.68** 37.50*

Kashi Kranti × VRO-5 -7.14 -10.22 27.74 15.63

SEL.-10 × Varsha Uphar -5.72 -7.33 51.70** -7.89

SEL.-10 × Hissar Unnat -15.38 -34.43** 7.78 -29.63

SEL.-10 × VRO-5 21.54* 15.02 87.62** 14.89

VRO-3 × Varsha Uphar -22.08 -25.00 19.76 13.33

VRO-3 × Hissar Unnat -43.57** -54.29** -32.14* -23.53

VRO-3 × VRO-5 29.36* 28.50* 87.62** 34.04*

S.Em± 0.22 0.26 0.26 0.46



www.ijsir.co.in19

Table 4:Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Number of fruits per plant

Crosses Number of fruits per plant MP BP EH ID

IC-212267 × Varsha Uphar -20.92** -31.02** -31.02** -8.05 IC-212267 × Hissar Unnat -12.92* -23.47** -24.54** -10.43

IC-212267 × VRO-5 13.59* 12.57 -8.80 25.89* IC-43742 × Varsha Uphar -13.19* -22.22** -22.22** 17.86 IC-43742 × Hissar Unnat -6.11 -15.49* -16.67** -18.33 IC-43742 × VRO-5 21.61** 20.57** -2.31 13.74 IC-85814 × Varsha Uphar -6.77 -15.74* -15.74* 1.10

IC-85814 × Hissar Unnat -3.22 -12.21* -13.43* 0.53 IC-85814 × VRO-5 16.93* 16.57* -5.56 8.82 SA-29 × Varsha Uphar 4.43 -5.56 -5.56 20.10* SA-29 × Hissar Unnat -23.54** -30.52** -31.48** -7.43 SA-29 × VRO-5 -5.96 -5.71 -23.61** -12.73

IC-288877 × Varsha Uphar 1.20 -10.19 -10.19 8.25 IC-288877 × Hissar Unnat -1.37 -11.27 -12.50* 4.23 IC-288877 × VRO-5 6.31 4.57 -15.28* 3.83 IC-140927 × Varsha Uphar -1.67 -7.38 4.63 7.96 IC-140927 × Hissar Unnat -8.52 -14.34** -3.24 0.48

IC-140927 × VRO-5 -14.52** -26.64** -17.13** -7.26 VRO-6 × Varsha Uphar -25.09** -31.94** -31.94** 9.52 VRO-6 × Hissar Unnat -26.04** -32.39** -33.33** -15.28 VRO-6 × VRO-5 -21.23** -21.14** -36.11** -38.41** SEL.-4 × Varsha Uphar -19.44** -28.47** -9.26 23.98*

SEL.-4 × Hissar Unnat -23.63** -32.12** -13.89* 5.91 SEL.-4 × VRO-5 -20.31** -35.04** -17.59** 21.35 Pusa Makhmali × Varsha Uphar -6.69 -10.65 -10.65 19.69 Pusa Makhmali × Hissar Unnat -3.43 -7.04 -8.33 37.37** Pusa Makhmali × VRO-5 39.93** 31.98** 20.37** 43.08** Kashi Kranti × Vars ha Uphar 15.74** 5.56 5.56 -19.30* Kashi Kranti × Hissar Unnat -6.26 -13.62* -14.81* 0.54 Kashi Kranti × VRO-5 7.44 8.57 -12.04* 13.16 SEL.-10 × Varsha Uphar -2.14 -18.98** -18.98** -36.57* SEL.-10 × Hissar Unnat -11.38 -25.82** -26.85** -21.52 SEL.-10 × VRO-5 23.58** 12.00 -9.26 3.06 VRO-3 × Varsha Uphar -29.29** -32.20** -25.93** -26.25* VRO-3 × Hissar Unnat -25.57** -29.24** -22.69** -4.79 VRO-3 × VRO-5 -1.99 -14.83** -6.94 9.45 S.Em± 0.76 0.87 0.87 1.33



www.ijsir.co.in 20

Table 5: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Fruit length (cm).

Crosses Fruit length (cm) MP BP EH ID

IC-212267 × Varsha Uphar -4.35 -7.51 -7.37 -30.74** IC-212267 × Hissar Unnat 45.79** 34.09** 34.29** 29.69**

IC-212267 × VRO-5 64.22** 30.80** 31.00** 19.45** IC-43742 × Varsha Uphar 19.44** 17.95** 10.31* 27.17** IC-43742 × Hissar Unnat 25.53** 20.64** 10.01* -2.18 IC-43742 × VRO-5 42.43** 24.59** 13.61** 9.76 IC-85814 × Varsha Uphar -3.25 -11.96** 0.42 -21.79**

IC-85814 × Hissar Unnat -3.78 -16.43** -4.68 -33.65** IC-85814 × VRO-5 15.69** -7.49 5.52 -2.84 SA-29 × Varsha Uphar -8.88* -16.97** -5.58 -30.48** SA-29 × Hissar Unnat -9.08* -20.93** -10.07* -20.67* SA-29 × VRO-5 15.57** -7.49 5.22 -10.83

IC-288877 × Varsha Uphar 20.03** 10.01* 23.50** 4.85 IC-288877 × Hissar Unnat 20.31** 5.21 18.11** -5.84 IC-288877 × VRO-5 38.09** 11.08** 24.70** -5.05 IC-140927 × Varsha Uphar 4.39 2.88 -3.78 -24.61** IC-140927 × Hissar Unnat 13.80** 9.57 -0.48 -18.37*

IC-140927 × VRO-5 23.92** 8.58 -1.38 -18.24* VRO-6 × Varsha Uphar 12.17** 8.01 9.11* -3.85 VRO-6 × Hissar Unnat 24.70** 14.24** 15.41** -12.99 VRO-6 × VRO-5 27.08** 6.53 7.61 17.55* SEL.-4 × Varsha Uphar -7.34 -9.94* -15.77** -7.47

SEL.-4 × Hissar Unnat -14.78** -16.81** -26.56** -60.82** SEL.-4 × VRO-5 29.76** 15.11** 1.62 -10.03 Pusa Makhmali × Varsha Uphar -17.68** -19.57** -21.16** -50.95** Pusa Makhmali × Hissar Unnat -2.39 -9.33* -11.12* -32.55** Pusa Makhmali × VRO-5 56.04** 32.42** 29.80** 10.85 Kashi Kranti × Varsha Uphar 30.26** 21.50** 31.29** -5.02 Kashi Kranti × Hissar Unnat 43.84** 27.88** 38.19** 1.74 Kashi Kranti × VRO-5 76.72** 44.24** 55.88** 34.81** SEL.-10 × Varsha Uphar 0.67 -5.49 0.72 -41.37** SEL.-10 × Hissar Unnat 23.58** 10.55* 17.81** -1.53 SEL.-10 × VRO-5 26.48** 3.80 10.61* -1.63 VRO-3 × Varsha Uphar 16.89** 7.05** 0.12 -2.99 VRO-3 × Hissar Unnat 56.30** 50.45** 26.50** 5.69 VRO-3 × VRO-5 2.56 -3.66 -25.06** -40.00** S.Em± 0.43 0.50 0.50 0.88



www.ijsir.co.in21

Table 6: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Fruit yield per plant (g).

Crosses Green fruit yield per plant (g) MP BP EH ID

IC-212267 × Varsha Uphar -25.62** -36.68** -30.32** 10.66 IC-212267 × Hissar Unnat 10.40 3.12 -7.55 13.59

IC-212267 × VRO-5 29.84** 18.35* 1.27 -4.24 IC-43742 × Varsha Uphar -32.85** -45.09** -39.58** 21.65 IC-43742 × Hissar Unnat 50.28** 33.95** 20.09** 12.25 IC-43742 × VRO-5 37.57** 24.94** 6.91 4.30 IC-85814 × Varsha Uphar -42.04** -52.20** -47.40** -59.13**

IC-85814 × Hissar Unnat 22.51** 10.20 -1.20 39.39** IC-85814 × VRO-5 32.85** 21.90** 4.30 49.39** SA-29 × Varsha Uphar 31.96** 10.16 21.22** 68.41** SA-29 × Hissar Unnat -29.24** -35.40** -42.08** 28.89 SA-29 × VRO-5 6.16 -0.94 -15.24* 28.89*

IC-288877 × Varsha Uphar -26.54** -37.81** -31.56** 14.38 IC-288877 × Hissar Unnat 20.99** 12.05 0.46 -8.63 IC-288877 × VRO-5 -18.19** -22.47** -33.66** 23.70 IC-140927 × Varsha Uphar 13.00* 1.42 11.60 21.85* IC-140927 × Hissar Unnat 38.24** 37.37** 23.15** 40.49**

IC-140927 × VRO-5 4.91 2.52 -9.34 24.50* VRO-6 × Varsha Uphar -14.10* -31.72** -24.87** 49.82** VRO-6 × Hissar Unnat -33.33** -52.72** -47.98** 0.14 VRO-6 × VRO-5 -37.54** -44.37** -52.40** -34.72 SEL.-4 × Varsha Uphar -2.66 -5.76 10.27 53.02**

SEL.-4 × Hissar Unnat -3.86 -15.04** -0.58 38.05** SEL.-4 × VRO-5 -22.17** -32.66** -21.21** 42.50** Pusa Makhmali × Varsha Uphar -11.96* -20.17** -12.16 60.66** Pusa Makhmali × Hissar Unnat 8.78 9.29 -2.02 59.26** Pusa Makhmali × VRO-5 30.76** 34.24** 14.87* 54.86** Kashi Kranti × Varsha Uphar -25.24** -33.61** -26.94** -36.22** Kashi Kranti × Hissar Unnat -3.86 -5.54 -15.32* 30.33** Kashi Kranti × VRO-5 4.52 4.79 -10.33* 24.72* SEL.-10 × Varsha Uphar -10.84* -16.33** -7.94 -3.15 SEL.-10 × Hissar Unnat -21.06** -24.16** -26.16** -5.29 SEL.-10 × VRO-5 4.82 -1.67 -4.27 37.42** VRO-3 × Varsha Uphar -53.01** -60.35** -37.90** -42.25** VRO-3 × Hissar Unnat -41.14** -53.80** -27.63** -9.24 VRO-3 × VRO-5 -35.21** -50.47** -22.42** 5.44 S.Em± 11.97 13.82 13.82 21.37



www.ijsir.co.in 22

In case of days to initiation of flowering, 13, 7

and 14 showed significant negative heterosis over mid

parent, better parent and standard check respectively

which is desirable since early maturing genotypes

results in better returns. The cross IC-212267 × Varsha

Uphar, VRO-6 × VRO-5 and IC-212267 × VRO-5

showed -18.56, -17.85 and -15.77 per cent significantly

negative average heterosis. The crosses viz.; VRO-6 ×

VRO-5, IC-212267 × Varsha Uphar and IC-212267 ×

VRO-5 exhibited significant negative heterobeltiosis

to the extent of -15.42, -15.36 and -13.52 per cent

respectively. The crosses IC-212267 × Varsha Uphar,

IC-212267 × Hissar Unnat and IC-43742 × Varsha

Uphar had maximum standard heterosis (-22.90), (-

17.82) and (-17.30) respectively for days to initiation [6,7,8,9,10]of flowering. .

Among the 36 hybrids evaluated, 22, 19 and 15

hybrids for plant height, 16, 15 and 32 hybrids for

number of branches per plant, 10, 8 and 5 hybrids for

number of fruits per plant, 7 and 2 hybrids for fruit

length, 34 and 31 hybrids for number of fruits per plant

exhibited significant positive heterosis over mid parent

and better parent, respectively (Table 1 - 6).

The best cross combination having maximum

hybrid vigour over mid parent, better parent and

standard heterosis were IC-140927 × Hissar Unnat,

Pusa Makhmali × Hissar Unnat and IC-140927 ×

Hissar Unnat for number of branches per plant, Pusa

Makhmali × VRO-5 for number of fruits per plant, IC-

85814 × Varsha Uphar for plant height, and IC-212267

× VRO-5, VRO-3 × Hissar Unnat and Kashi Kranti ×

VRO-5 for fruit length. Similar results were reported [4,6] height, number of branches per plant, number of

fruits per plant and fruit length.

The maximum amount of inbreeding

depression was observed green fruit yield per plant

(68.41%, SA-29 × Varsha Uphar) followed by number

of branches per plant (58.49%, Pusa Makhmali ×

VRO-5), number of fruits per plant (43.08%, Pusa

Makhmali × VRO-5), fruit length (34.81%, Kashi

Kranti × VRO-5), days to initiation of flowering

(31.27%, Kashi Kranti × Varsha Uphar) and plant

height (23.66%, IC-43742 × Varsha Uphar). These

results were as for number of nodes on main stem, plant [3].

height and number branches per plant It is also

reported similar results for number of fruits per plant, [2].

fruit length and fruit yield per plant

In most of the crosses, a close relationship was

observed between heterosis and inbreeding depression

i.e. crosses showing high heterosis also showed high

inbreeding depression which indicated that non-

additive gene action played a major role in the

inheritance of these traits. The crosses SA-29 × Varsha

Uphar, Pusa Makhmali × Varsha Uphar, Pusa

Makhmali × Hissar Unnat and SEL.-4 × Varsha Uphar

showing low heterosis and high inbreeding depression

for fruit yield and component characters may be

utilized for improvement of fruit yield in okra through

heterosis breeding.

REFERENCES

1. Anonymous, 2014. Hand Book on Horticulture

Statistics, Ministry of Agriculture, Govt. of India.

p - 11.

2. Bhalekar, S.G., Desia, U.T. and Nimbalkar, C.A.,

2004. Heterosis studies in okra, J. Maharashtra

Agri. Univ., 29 (3): 360-362.

3. Borgaonkar, S.B., Vaddoria, M.A., Dhaduk, H.L.

and Poshiya, V.K., 2005. Heterosis in okra

[Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench],

Agricultural Sci. Digest, 25 (4): 151-253.

4. Eswaran, R., Thrugnana Kumar, S., Sampath

Kumar, C.P., Anandan, A. and Padnaban, C., 2007.

Studies on genetic causes of heterosis in okra

[Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench], Plant

Archives, 7 (2): 721-724.


www.ijsir.co.in23

5. More, D.C. and Patil, H.S., 1997. Heterosis and

inbreeding depression for yield and yield

components in okra, Indian J. Agric. Res., 31 (3):

141-148.

6. Singh, B., Kumar, Deepak, Singh, K.V. and

Chaudhary, Vinita, 2009. Heterobeltiosis and

inbreeding depression in okra [Abelmoschus

esculentus (L.) Moench], Advances in Plant Sci.,

22 (1): 273-275.

7. Singh, D. R. and Syamal, M.M., 2006. Heterosis in

okra [Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench],

Orissa J. Hort., 34 (2): 124-127.

8. Vachhani, J. H. Shekhat, H. G. Kachhadia, V. H.

Jivani, L. L. Padhar, P. R. (2011). Heterosis and

inbreeding depression in okra [Abelmoschus

esculentus (L.) Moench], Research on Crops;

12(2):556-560.

9. Hays BK, Immer IR and Smith OC (1955).

Methods of Plant Breeding. Mc Graw Hill Co.,

New York, pp 254

10. Vijayaraghvan C and Warriar UA (1946).

Evaluation of high yielding hybrid bhindi rd(Hibiscus esculentus). Int. 33 Indian Science

Congress. 33: 1654.


www.ijsir.co.in 24

PREDICTION OF EPITOPE-BASED PEPTIDES FOR MHC CLASS-II FROM PROTEOME OF NIPAH VIRUS USING

IMMUNOINFORMATIC APPROACH

1,2 3 4 * B. R. Pandey , Sugandha Singh , Shipra Srivastava

1 2 Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India, Sky Institute, Lucknow, U. 3 4

P., India, Research scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India, Dr. Rawat Institute of Life Sciences, Lucknow, U.P. , India

In the present study, prediction and modeling of T cell epitopes from proteome of Nipahvirus followed by the binding

simulation with periodic boundary conditions of predicted highest binding scores with their corresponding MHC

class II alleles were done. Immunoinformatic tool ProPred was used to predict the MHC class II epitopes of viral

proteins. The molecular modeling of the epitopes was done by PEPstr server and alleles were done by MODELLER

software. Molecular dynamics (MD) simulation studies were performed through the NAMD graphical user

interface embedded in visual molecular dynamics software. Epitopes VIIDVGSMV, VTVRRTAGS, YKIYTPGAN,

LVGDVRLAGand VLYRAQLAS have considerable binding with DRB1*0301, DRB1*0804 and DRB1*0817 MHC

class II alleles. These predicted peptides are highly potential to induce T cell-mediated immune response and are

expected to be useful in designing epitope-based vaccines against Nipah virus after further testing by wet lab

studies.

Keywords: Binding simulation; Molecular modeling; T-cell epitope; vaccine designing, MHC class II alleles;

Nipah virus

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTION

Nipah virus (NiV) has caused several outbreaks in humans of encephalitic disease associated with high lethality. It was isolated in 1999 and was identified as the etiological agent responsible for an outbreak of severe respiratory disease and fatal encephalitis in

[1]Malaysia and Singapore in pigs and humans . In the first outbreak,Nipah virus was infected both pigs and humans, in addition to a small number of cats, dogs and

[2, 3]horses . NiV genome contains six transcription units encode six structural proteins namely the nucleocapsid (N), phosphoprotein (P), matrix protein (M), fusion protein (F), glycoprotein (G) and finally, the large protein (L) or the polymerase protein which are ordered in 3'- N-P-M-F-G-L -5'and three nonstructural

proteins, C, V, and W. The nucleocapsid (N) protein of Nipah virus (NiV) is a major constituent of the viral proteins which play a role in encapsidation, regulating

the transcription and replication of the viral genome[4]

.The Nipah virus phosphoprotein (P) is multimeric and tethers the viral polymerase to the nucleocapsid. The viral matrix protein (M) is considered to play a critical role in paramyxovirus assembly and appears to be the driving force for virion budding. The Fusion protein is responsible for virus entry into host cells by initiating pH-independent fusion of the viral and

[5, 6]cellular membranes . Structurally, the henipavirus G glycoprotein has a receptor-binding globular head domain that consists of a six-bladed beta sheet-

*Address for Correspondence : Dr. B. R. Pandey, Dean, Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India & Director (Research), Sky Institute, Lucknow, U. P., India;

E Mail ID : [email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in25

propeller connected to its transmembrane anchor via a

flexible stalk domain. Nipah Virus contains two

envelope glycoproteins, the receptor-binding G

glycoprotein (NiV-G) that facilitates attachment to

host cells and the fusion (F) glycoprotein that mediates [7, 8]membrane merger . The replication of genetic

material of Nipah viruses depends on a large

multifunctional L polypeptide to catalyze many of the

steps in RNA synthesis and processing. The viral RNA

polymerase is constituted of two proteins, the large

protein (L) and the phosphoprotein (P). The P protein

plays an essential role in the enzyme; and in order to

form an active polymerase complex, the L and P [9, 10]polypeptides must physically interact . As in other

paramyxoviruses, the C protein of NiV is expressed

from an alternative open reading frame within the

phosphoprotein (P) gene, whereas the V and W

proteins are expressed by transcriptional RNA editing.

Vaccination is the most effective of all the medical

interventions to save human and animal lives and to [11 , 12]increase production . The main benefit of

immunization with peptide based vaccines is the ability

to immunize with a minimal structure, consisting of a

well-defined antigen which can be thoroughly

characterized with respect to its antigenicity and

immunogenicity, in order to stimulate an effective

specific immune response, while avoiding potential

undesirable effects. Immunoinformatics approach uses

computational algorithms to predict potential vaccine

candidates or T-cell epitopes which allows the

selection of those epitopes restricted to the HLAs

which are most frequent in the population of interest

and thus the design of vaccines for optimal efficacy

according to geographical distribution. It is also

possible to design a multi-epitope vaccine that will

protect against more than one infecting pathogen

and/or several viral strains in one vaccine preparation.


The amino acid sequences of Nucleocapsid,

Phosphoprotein, Matrix, Fusion, Glycoprotein, L

protein, W protein, V protein and C protein were

retrieved from protein sequence database of

NCBI (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/protein) and their

accessionnumber were shown in table 1.

Prediction of MHC class-II binding peptides

The prediction of promiscuous MHC class-II binding

p e p t i d e s w a s d o n e b y u s i n g a p o p u l a r [13]immunoinformatic tool ProPredII . It is a graphical

web tool for predicting MHC class II binding regions in

antigenic protein sequences. The server implement

matrix based prediction algorithm, employing amino-

acid/position coefficient table deduced from literature.

The predicted binders can be visualized either as peaks

in graphical interface or as colored residues in HTML

interface. This server might be a useful tool in locating

the promiscuous binding regions that can bind to

several HLA-DR alleles.

Structure-based modeling of T-cell epitopes

The PEPstr (Peptide Tertiary Structure Prediction [14]

server) server predicts the tertiary structure of small

peptides with sequence length varying between 7 to 25

residues.

Modeling and validation of MHC II alleles

The amino acid sequences of alleles were retrieved

from IMGT/HLA Database. The templates of these

alleles were downloaded from protein databank

(www.rcsb.org/pdb) with PDB IDs shown in table 2.

S. No. Allele name Template (PDB ID) Allele structure

1 DRB1*0301 1A6A Model 2 DRBI*0421 2SEB Model 3 DRBI*0804 2SEB Model 4 DRBI*0817 1A6A Model 5 DRBI*1114 1D5M Model

Table 2: MHC class II alleles and Template PDB IDs for the Modeled Structure


www.ijsir.co.in 26

The sequence alignment of target allele with

corresponding templates was performed by using

dynamics programming based align2d module in [15]

Modeller9.10 . Homology model of alleles was

constructed using program Modeller9.10. The model

structures of alleles were validated with the help of

modeller objective function and DOPE score, which

are the statistical parameter for the assessment of

model using the standard modeller energy function.

The Stereo-chemical qualities of the alleles were [16]checked by PROCHECK .

Molecular Docking

Docking of peptides and alleles structure was carried [17, 18]out using AutoDock 4.2 . Gasteiger charges were

added to the ligand and maximum 6 number of active

torsion are given to the lead compound using

AutoDock Tool (http://autodock.scripps.edu/

resources/adt). Kollaman charges and solvation term

were added to the protein structure using AutoDock

Tool. The Grid for docking calculation was centered to

cover the protein binding site residues and

accommodate ligand to move freely. During the

docking procedure a Lamarckian Genetic Algorithm

(LGA) were used for flexible ligand rigid protein

docking calculation. Docking parameters were as

follows: 30 docking trials, population size of 150,

maximum number of energy evaluation ranges of

25,0000, maximum number of generations is 27,000,

mutation rate of 0.02, cross-over rate of 0.8, Other

docking parameters were set to the software's default

values.

Molecular dynamics simulation of epitope and HLA

allele complex

Molecular dynamics simulation was done using [19]

NAMD graphical interface module incorporated [20]visual molecular dynamics(VMD 1.9.2) . A Protein

Structure File (psf) which stores structural information

of the protein, such as various types of bonding

interactions. The psf file was created from the initial

pdb and topology files. The psfgen package of VMD is

used to create this. In order to create a psf, we first made

a pgn file, which would be the target of psfgen. After

running psfgen, two new files were generated

protein.pdb and protein.psfand by accessing PSF and

PDB files, NAMD generated the trajectory DCD file.

Root Mean Square Deviation (RMSD) of the complex

was completed using rmsd.tcl source file from the Tk

console and finally rmsd.dat was saved and accessed in

Microsoft office excel 200.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Prediction and analysis of MHC Class II binding

peptides

The Nucleocapsid peptide VIIDVGSMV at position

99-107 showed Propred Score of 48.11% with

DRB1*0301MHC II allele. The Matrix protein

peptides VTVRRTAGS and YKIYTPGAN at position

114-122 and 46-54 showed Propred Score of

5 3 . 7 5 % a n d 5 4 . 4 6 w i t h D R B 1 * 0 8 0 4 a n d

DRB1*0817MHC II allele, respectively. The Fusion

peptide LVGDVRLAG at position 103-111 showed

Propred Score of 65.26% with DRB1*0301MHC II

allele. The Glycoprotein peptide VLYRAQLAS at

position 544-552 showed Propred Score of 52.50%

with DRB1*0804MHC II allele. ProPred scores of

peptides with MHC II alleles are shown in Table 1.


www.ijsir.co.in 27

Table 1: Scores generated by ProPred for MHC CLASS II

protein Accession No Length of amino

acid

Start position

epitope allele % of highest score

Nucleocapsid ACT32611 532 99 VIIDVGSMV DRB1*0301 48.11

476 LNLRSRLAA DRB1*0804 60.00

Phospho -protein ACT32612

709 149 LVSDAKVLS DRB1*0301 75.79

641 LNFEETNAS DRB1*0421 63.33

Matrix ACT32613 352 340 VFIDNTGRI DRB1*0301 64.21

114 VTVRRTAGS DRB1*0804 53.75

46 YKIYTPGAN DRB1*0817 54.46

Fusion ACT32614 546 103 LVGDVRLAG DRB1*0301 65.26

315 ILVRNTLIS DRB1*0804 62.50

Glycoprotein ACT32615 602 511 FLIDRINWI DRB1*0421 55.56

544 VLYRAQLAS DRB1*0804 52.50

565 FLLKNKIWC DRB1*0817 63.37

152 LKIHECNIS DRB1*1114 46.43

L protein ACT32616 2244 1695 VLRDFISKS DRB1*0301 61.79

245 MMMETTIKS DRB1*0421 67.56

51 LNLHGKRKS DRB1*114 65.48

W protein YP_007188592 449 413 LLGRKTCLG DRB1*0804 41.25

211 YYGLGVKEQ DRB1*0817 40.59

V protein NP_112023 456 173 LVHLENKLS DRB1*0421 46.67

149 LVSDAKMLS DRB1*0301 85.26

C protein NP_112024 166 103 LQTLYTMIM DRB1*0301

44.21

143 YLMQRCCPM DRB1*0421 47.78

Homology modeling of alleles

Reliability of new homology models (fig.4) for alleles

was identified by Ramachandran plot. After the

optimization and energy minimization process, the best

model was selected among five 3D models generated

for each allele on the basis of modeller scores. Energy

minimization of 3D structure is vital for providing the

maximum stability to the allele protein structure.

R a m a c h a n d r a n p l o t d r a w n t h r o u g h

PROCHECKprogram validated the models with >90%

of the total residues in most favoured region.


www.ijsir.co.in 28

Figure 4: 3-dimentional Allele structure generated by Modeller software.

Docking energy determination by AutoDock

Docking studies predicted the interaction of epitopes

with alleles and residues involved in this complex. The

docking results of the epitopes with model structure of

alleles were shown in Table 3. Among the above

docked complexes, epitope VIIDVGSMV of

Nucleocapsid protein, VTVRRTAGS &YKIYTPGAN

of Matrix protein,LVGDVRLAG of Fusion protein and

VLYRAQLAS of Glycoprotein protein have stable

HLA–peptide complexes with the lowest binding value

(Tab le 3 ) wi th DRB1*0301 , DRB1*0804 ,

DRB1*0817, DRB1*0301 and DRB1*0804 MHC

class II allele, respectively.Epitope-Allele Docking

complex structures are shown in figures 5-9.


www.ijsir.co.in29

BE: Binding Energy; IME: Intermolecular Energy;IE: Internal Energy; TorE: Torsional Energy; VdwE:Vdw-lbDesolv Energy; EE: Electrostatic Energy.

Table 3: Docking result of epitopes with allele structures for MHCClass II.Protein Peptide/epitop

e Allele

BE IME IE TorE VdwE EE

Nucleocapsid VIIDVGSMV DRB1*0301 -2.74 -11.69 -7.82 8.95 -11.69 0.0

LNLRSRLAA DRBI*0804 -0.82 -10.97 -3.35 10.14 -10.65 -0.32

Phosphoprote

in LVSDAKVLS DRB1*0301 -1.65 -10.9 -6.54

9.25 -10.59 -0.31

LNFEETNAS DRB1*0421 0.6 -9.24 -8.52 9.84 -9.46 0.22

Matrix VFIDNTGRI DRB1*0301 -0.34 -10.18 -9.59 9.84 -10.03 -0.15

VTVRRTAGS DRB1*0804 -2.76 -11.71 -6.56 8.95 -11.72 0.01

YKIYTPGAN DRB1*0817 -2.88 -11.53 -6.57 8.65 -11.07 -0.47

Fusion LVGDVRLAG DRB1*0301 -2.62 -11.27 -8.02 8.65 -10.63 0.21

ILVRNTLIS DRB1*0804 -1.56 -11.7 -5.48 10.14 -11.26 -0.44

Glycoprotein FLIDRINWI DRB1*0421 0.0 -11.34 -7.26 11.34 -11.74 0.4

VLYRAQLAS DRB1*0804 -2.92 -12.46 -8.09 9.55 -12.39 -0.08

FLLKNKIWC DRB1*0817 -1.75 -13.38 -7.82 11.63 -12.97 -0.41

LKIHECNIS DRB1*1114 -1.41 -12.15 -6.67 10.74 -11.64 -0.5

L protein VLRDFISKS DRB1*0301 -0.42 -11.16 -8.27 10.74 -10.58 -0.59

MMMETTIKS DRB1*0421 0.19 -11.14 -5.31 11.34 -10.02 -1.12

LNLHGKRKS DRB1*1114 -0.93 -12.27 -6.44 11.34 -11.57 -0.7 W protein LLGRKTCLG DRB1*0804 -1.84 -11.69 -4.29 9.84 -11.67 -0.02

YYGLGVKEQ DRB1*0817 -1.56 -11.7 -8.34 10.14 -11.52 -0.18

V protein LVHLENKLS DRB1*0421 0.09 -10.65 -4.61 10.74 -10.78 0.13

LVSDAKMLS DRB1*0301 -1.03 -10.87 -4.11 9.84 -10.9 0.03

C protein LQTLYTMIM DRB1*0301

-1.35 -12.09 -8.18 10.74 -11.96 -0.13

YLMQRCCPM DRB1*0421 -0.3 -10.74 -8.5 10.44 -9.19 -1.55

Figure 5: Docking of Nucleocapsid protein peptide “VIIDVGSMV” with allele DRB1*0301.The Docked Complex depicts one Hydrogen bonds (shows as red line) in between THR86:OG1of protein model and ASP4: O residues of peptide.


www.ijsir.co.in 30

Figure 6: Docking of Matrix-protein peptide “VTVRRTAGS” with allele DRB1*0804.The Docked Complex depicts one Hydrogen bonds (shows as red line) in between THR90:OG1of protein model and VAL1:O residues of peptide.

Figure 7: Docking of Matrix-protein peptide “YKIYTPGAN” with allele DRB1*0817.The Docked Complex depicts one Hydrogen bond (shows as red line) in between TYR11: OHof protein model and LYS2: Oresidues of peptide.


www.ijsir.co.in31

Figure 8: Docking of Fusion-protein peptide “LVGDVRLAG” with allele DRB1*0301.The Docked Complex depicts one Hydrogen bond (shows as red line) in between HIS145:ND2 of protein model and GLY9: OXT residues of peptide.

Figure 9: Docking of Glycoprotein peptide “VLYRAQLAS” with allele DRB1*0804.The Docked Complex depicts one Hydrogen bond (shows as red line) in betweenTHR90:OG1 of protein model and ARG4: O residues of peptide.


www.ijsir.co.in 32

Molecular dynamics simulation of peptide–allele complex through NAMD:

The peptide–allele complexes formed by AutoDock

were subjected to molecular dynamics simulation and

RMSD. Nucleocapsidprotein epitopeVIIDVGSMV -

DRB1_0301 allele complex displayed the highest peak

at RMSD value of 1.00 Å(Figure 10). Matrix protein

peptide VTVRRTAGS–DRB1*0804 allele complex

resulted in highest peak at RMSD value of 1.05 Å

(Figure11). Matrix protein peptide YKIYTPGAN-

DRB1*0817 complex resulted in highest peak at

RMSD value of 1.04 Å (Figure 12). Fusion protein

peptide LVGDVRLAG-DRB1*0301 complex

resulted in highest peak at RMSD value of 1.01 Å

(Figure 13). Glycoprotein peptide VLYRAQLAS-

DRB1*0804 complex resulted in highest peak at

RMSD value of 0.99 Å (figure 14).The current study

incorporates immunoinformatics approach for

reducing the time consumed in the long array of

experiments to avoid hit and trial sets.

Figure 10: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of NucleocapsidproteinVIIDVGSMV - DRB1_0301 complex, resulted in highest peak at 1.00 Å

Figure11: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of Matrix-protein VTVRRTAGS – DRB1*0804 complex, resulted in highest peak at 1.05 Å


www.ijsir.co.in33

Figure 12: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of Matrix-protein YKIYTPGAN-DRB1*0817complex, resulted in highest peak at 1.04 Å

Figure 13: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of Fusion-protein LVGDVRLAG-DRB1*0301 complex, resulted in highest peak at 1.01 Å


www.ijsir.co.in 34

Figure 14: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of Glycoprotein VLYRAQLAS-DRB1*0804 complex, resulted in highest peak at 0.99 Å

REFERENCES

1. Chua KB, Goh KJ, Wong KT, Kamarulzaman A, Tan PS, Ksiazek TG, Zaki SR, Paul G, Lam SK, Tan CT (1999). Fatal encephalitis due to Nipah virus among pig-farmers in Malaysia. Lancet 354:1257-1259.

2. Chua KB, Bellini WJ, Rota PA, Harcourt BH, TaminA, et al. (2000) Nipah virus: a recently emergent deadly paramyxovirus. Science 288: 1432–1435.

3. Epstein JH, Abdul Rahman S, Zambriski JA, Halpin K, Meehan G, et al. (2006) Feral cats and risk for Nipah virus transmission. Emerg Infect Dis 12:1178–1179.

4. Finch, J. T., and A. G. Gibbs. 1970. Observations on the structure of the nucleocapsids of some paramyxoviruses. J. Gen. Virol. 6:141-150.

5. Tamin, A., Harcourt, B. H., Ksiazek, T. G., Rollin, P. E., Bellini, W. J., and Rota, P. A. (2002) Virology 296, 190-200.

6. Moll, M., Diederich, S., Klenk, H. D., Czub, M., and Maisner, A. (2004) J. Virol. 78, 9705-9712.

7. Bowden TA, et al. 2008. Structural basis of Nipah and Hendra virus attachment to their cell-surface receptor ephr in-B2. Nat . S t ruct . Mol .

Biol.15:567–572.8. Xu K, et al.2008. Host cell recognition by the

henipaviruses: crystal structures of the Nipah G attachment glycoprotein and its complex with ephrin-B3. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 105:9953–9958.

9. Harcourt, B. H., Tamin, A., Halpin, K., Ksiazek, T. G., Rollin, P. E., Bellini, W. J., & Rota, P. A. (2001). Molecular characterization of the polymerase gene and genomic termini of Nipah virus. Virology, 287(1), 192- 201.

10. Halpin, K., Bankamp, B., Harcourt, B. H., Bellini, W. J., & Rota, P. A. (2004). Nipah virus conforms to the rule of six in a minigenome replication assay. Journal of general virology, 85(3), 701-707.

11. H o r z i n e k M C , ( 1 9 9 9 ) . Va c c i n a t i o n : A philosophical view. Adv. Vet. Med., 41: 1-6.

12. Tang H, Liu XS, Fang YZ, Pan L, Zhang ZW et al. (2012). The epitopes of foot and mouth disease. Asian J. Anim. Vet. Adv., 7: 1261-1265.

13. SinghH,RaghavaGPS(2001) ProPred: Prediction of HLA-DR binding sites. Bioinformatics, 17(12), 1236-37.


www.ijsir.co.in35

14. KaurH, Garg A,Raghava GPS(2007) PEPstr: A de novo method for tertiary structure prediction of small bioactive peptides. Protein Pept Lett. 14:626-30.

15. SaliA, Potterton L, Feng Y, Herman V, Martin K(1995). Evaluation of comparative protein m o d e l i n g b y M o d e l l e r , P r o t e i n : Struct.Funct.Genet. 23:318–326.

16. Laskowski RA, MacArthur MW, Moss DS, Thornton JM (1993). PROCHECK - a program to check the stereochemical quality of protein structures. J. App. Cryst., 26, 283-291.

17. Goodsell DS1, Olson AJ. Automated docking of substrates to proteins by simulated annealing. Proteins. 1990; 8(3):195-202.

18. Morris GM, Goodsell DS, Halliday RS, Huey R, Hart WE, Belew RK, Olson AJ(1998). Automated Docking Using a Lamarckian Genetic Algorithm and Empirical Binding Free Energy Function. J. Comput. Chem. 19:1639-1662.

19. James CP, Braun R, Wang W, Gumbart J, Tajkhorshid E, Villa E, C.Chipot C, SkeelRD, Kale L, Schulten K(2005). Scalable molecular dynamics with NAMD. J ComputChem 26:1781–1802.

20. Humphrey W, Dalke A, Schulten K (1996). VMD – Visual Molecular Dynamics. J. Molec. Graphics. 14(1): 33-38.


www.ijsir.co.in 36

ANTIBACTERIAL ACTIVITY OF SPICE EXTRACTS AGAINST VIBRIO SPECIES FROM DIFFERENT AREA OF

UTTAR PRADESH

1,2 3 4*Ashish Tiwari , Uma Shankar , Divya Sahni

1 2Department of Microbiology, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India, ICAR- Indian Institute of Sugarcane

3 4Research, Lucknow, Division of Biotechnology, CytoGene Research & Development, Lucknow, ICAR- Central Soil Salinity Research Institute, Regional Research Station, Lucknow , U.P., India

Today antibiotic resistance is turning out to be major challenge for the medical world. Thus, focus shifts to medicinal plants and natural sources as an alternative to the antibiotics. Herbal sources of drugs have been of interest since ancient times, thus easily accepted by general population. Considering the rich source and easy availability, five common spices (Cardamom-Elettaria cardamomum, Clove- Syzygium aromaticum, Asafoetida- Ferula assa-foetida, Oregano- Origanum vulgare, Garlic- Allium sativum) have been selected for the study to screen them for their antibacterial property against both pathogenic and non-pathogenic species of Vibrio ( V. cholerae, V. parahaemolyticus, and V. vulnificus, V. mimicus and V. alginolyticus). Extraction of the spices were done in three solvents i.e., acetone, ethanol and methanol. The study revealed that the methanolic extracts of oregano and garlic showed a distinct inhibitory effect against V.mimicus and V. cholera respectively. Clove, cardamom and asafoetida also exhibited a range of activities between intermediate to susceptible. Also, some of the extracts of spices showed no activity at all against some or all of the target vibrio species.

Keywords: Indian spices; Extracts; Vibrio; Water borne; Inhibition; Susceptible

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTION

It's been almost a couple of centuries, as depicted by modern history; our world is under severe threat of several water borne bacterial diseases, cholera is one of those major concerns. Though the history of cholera can be traced back into the era of Gautam Budhha or Hippocrates, its 1817 when the first pandemic of cholera was documented (WHO, 2015). The bacterium invades the human body via ingestion of contaminated water and food, usually by fecal materials, and resides in human gut, attached by a toxin co- regulated pili (TCP produced by tcp gene of V. cholerae). Upon attachment, it exerts its effect by producing multi subunit cholera toxin which in turn results in water and salt loss from the body. If the complication is untreated, this drastic fluid loss can lead to severe dehydration and finally death (Chakraborty and Nandini, 2015).Spices are a group of esoteric food adjuncts that have

been in use for thousands of years to enhance the sensory quality of foods, the quantity and variety consumed in tropical countries is particularly ex tens ive . These sp ice ingredients impar t characteristic flavor, aroma, or piquancy and color to foods. It is a common experience that their distinct aroma stimulates the appetite. Not only are spices used as flavorings and seasonings, but many are also used in perfumery, cosmetics and toiletries. In addition, several spices have long been recognized to possess medicinal properties such as tonic, carminative, stomachic antispasmodic, and antihelminthic (Nadkarni and Nadkarni, 1976). Although these observations are largely empirical, these undoubtedly e f f i c a c i o u s a t t r i b u t e s h a v e e a r n e d t h e m pharmacological applications in the indigenous system of medicine in India and other countries.

*Address for correspondence: Ashish Tiwari ( Research Scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India), ICAR-Indian Institute of Sugarcane Research, Lucknow , U. P, India ;

Email ID : [email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in37

Over the past two to three decades many beneficial effects of the common food spices on the health have been understood. There are also new concerns about food safety due to increasing occurrence of new food-borne disease outbreaks caused by pathogenic micro-organisms. This raises considerable challenges, particularly since there is increasing unease regarding the use of chemical preservatives and artificial antimicrobials to inactivate or inhibit growth of spoilage and pathogenic micro-organisms (Arques et al., 2008; Aslim and Yucel, 2007; Brandi et al., 2006). Spices can be added to foods in several forms: as whole spices, as ground spices, or as isolates from their extracts.Many of the spices used today have been valued for their antimicrobial effects and medicinal powers in addition to their flavor and fragrance qualities. Most of the food borne bacterial pathogens examined was sensitive to extracts from plants such as cinnamon, clove, garlic, mustard, onion and oregano. The antimicrobial compounds in spices and herbs are mostly in the essential oil fraction. Shan et al. (2007) found that of 46 spice extracts evaluated, more than 50% exhibited antibacterial activity against food borne pathogens (Staphylococcus aureus and Echerichia coli). The Gram-positive bacteria were more sensitive to the antimicrobial compounds in spices than Gram-negative bacteria. The extent of sensitivity varied with the strain and environmental conditions imposed. Certain spices can have a direct effect on the rate of fermentation by stimulating acid production in starter

cultures such as grains, seeds, or nutrient liquids that have been well colonized by the microorganisms used for the fermentation. Phenols, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, ethers and hydrocarbons have been recognized as major antimicrobial components in spices (Tajkarimi et al., 2001).Spices are some of the most commonly used natural antimicrobial agents in foods. Addition of spices in foods not only imparts flavor and pungent stimuli but also provides antimicrobial property (Hirasa and Takemasa, 1998; Nevas et al., 2004). Natural antimicrobial compounds in spices were found to possess antimicrobial activity (Shelef, 1983; Kim et al., 1995). Although some researchers have studied the antibacterial activity of spices against several species of bacteria, few serotypes of Salmonella have been tested. In addition, the antimicrobial property of spices may differ depending on the forms of spices added, such as fresh, dried, or extracted forms. The objective of the present study was to investigate the antimicrobial properties of ten of the commonly used Indian spices which are consumed by Indians in their regular diet. If these spices show some antimicrobial property against the fatal diseases causing Vibrio species, it could help to curb their growth.

MATERIALS AND METHODSCollection of SpicesAll the 5 different spices were purchased in dried form from local vendors in Lucknow (Uttar Pradesh). Table- 1 lists the spices used for the study:

Table 1: List of the spices with their botanical name

S.No Common Name Botanical name

1 Cardamom Elettaria cardamomum

2 Clove Syzygium aromaticum

3 Asafoetida Ferula assa-foetida

4 Oregano Origanum vulgare

5 Garlic Allium sativum

Preparation of the ExtractSpices were grinded and sieved using cheese cloth. 20 gm of each of the spices, after grinding were soaked in 200 ml ethanol, methanol and acetone separately. These mixtures were soaked for 48 hrs, with intermittent vigorous shaking. The mixtures were then filtered and the filtrates were vaporized to dryness and stored at 40°C until use.

The Bacterial isolation Vibrio species were isolated and identified as described earlier by Tiwari and Shankar (2015). Isolation was done from water samples and identification of different Vibrio spp- V. cholerae, V. parahaemolyticus, and V. vulnificus, V. mimicus and V. alginolyticus was done using mPCR technique.


www.ijsir.co.in 38

Preparation of bacterial culture All the bacterial isolates were separately inoculated in a liquid media Tryptone Soya Broth (TSB) and incubated at 37°C for 24 hours. These bacterial cultures were further used for antibacterial assay.Screening of spice extracts for their Antibacterial activityThe Disc Diffusion method was used for testing the antibacterial activity of the spices extract. TSA media were prepared, sterilized at 121°C and 15 psi for 20 min. This media was then spread with 200 µL of the bacterial suspension and wells punched in the plates

0were filled with the extract. After incubation at 37 C for 24 h, diameters of inhibition zones were measured. Each experiment was done in triplicate. Well filled with only the solvent (ethanol, methanol and acetone) served as negative control whereas as well containing 50 µg amoxicillin was placed in the plate as a positive control.RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONThe results of the agar well diffusion test indicated that spice extracts of clove, cardamom, oregano, asafoetida and garlic exhibited different degrees of inhibition against five isolated and identified Vibrio species (V. cholerae, V. parahaemolyticus, and V. vulnificus, V. mimicus and V. alginolyticus) as reported in the earlier work (Tiwari and Shankar, 2015).The zone of inhibitions observed in the study is shown in the Table 1-5.

It was observed that three extracts (acetone, ethanol and methanol) of spices exhibited varying degrees of antimicrobial activity against various vibrio species. Oregano extracted with methanol showed the highest activity with maximum zone (22.1 ± 0.60) against Vibrio mimicus (V ).Other extracts which exhibited a M

significant activity were ethanolic (13.2±0.52) and acetone (13 ± 0.59) of Cardamom against Vibrio alginolyticus (V ) in contrast to the activity reported by A

Britto et al. (2012) where methanolic extract showed a significant activity, Asafoetida ethanolic extracts against Vibrio cholera (13 ± 0.59) and Vibrio parahaemolyticus (16 ± 0.52). The results of this study have also shown that a distinct antibacterial activity was observed by Clove and garlic extracts. Similar zones were observed for clove acetone extracts against Vibrio alginolyticus and Vibrio mimicus (20 ± 0.62) and 21.2 ± 0.6 against Vibrio vulnificus, a similar inhibitory effect of clove against Bacillus, Klebsiella, Pseudomonas, E.coli, Serratia, Citrobacter, Proteus and Staphylococcuswere reported by Sethi et al. (2013) Garlic methanolic extract (21.1 ± 0.63) and acetone extract (20 ± 0.62) also showed an inhibitory effect on growth of Vibrio cholera and Vibrio mimicus which was similar to the effect reported by Indu et al. (2006) where methanolic extract of garlic showed distinct activity against gram negative bacteria.

Figure 1: Antibacterial activity of spices by agar well diffusion method; Media used- Tryptone

Soya Agar media; well size-4 mm (a) Garlic extract activity against V (b)Clove extract activity against V (c)Clove P M

extract activity against VC

(a) (b) (c)


www.ijsir.co.in39

Table 1: Antimicrobial activity of Oregano (Origanum vulgare) extract in 3 different solvents against different Vibrio spp.

Oregano (Zone of Inhibition in mm)

Bacterial Spp. AE EE ME PC NC

VC 8.10±0.43 12.4±0.68 9.1± 0.39 30±1.0 0.0±0.0

VP 0.0±0.0 20±0.7 0.0±0.0 33±1.0 0.0±0.0

VA 6±0.21 6.5±0.20 7±0.34 29±0.71 0.0±0.0

VM 0.0±0.0 0.0±0.0 22.1±0.60 29±0.71 0.0±0.0

VV 17.33±0.57 11±0.31 13± 0.52 28.7±0.68 0.0±0.0

* V = C V. cholera; V =V. parahaemolyticus; V = V. vulnificus; V = V. mimicus; V = V. alginolyticusP V M A

*AE= Acetone extract; EE=Ethanol extract; ME= Methanol extract; PC= Positive control; NC=Negative control

**Values are expressed as mean ± standard deviation of the three replicates (n=3); Zone of inhibition not include the diameter of the

well.

Table 2: Antimicrobial activity of Cardamom (Elettaria cardamomum) extract in 3 different solvents against different Vibrio spp.

Cardamom(Zone of Inhibition in mm)


VC 0.0±0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 28.7±0.7 0.0 ± 0.0

VP 4.1±0.23 3.8±0.18 4.2±0.21 28.7±0.7 0.0 ± 0.0

VA 13±0.59 13.2±0.52 11.1±0.1 32±0.84 0.0 ± 0.0

VM 5.4±0.21 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0 30±0.74 0.0 ± 0.0

VV 0.0±0.0 10±0.41 5.8±0.33 28.7±0.7 0.0 ± 0.0




well.

Table 3: Antimicrobial activity of Asafoetida (Ferula assa-foetida) extract in 3 different solvents against different Vibrio spp.

Asafoetida(Zone of Inhibition in mm)


VC 12.6±1.5 13±0.59 0.0 ± 0.0 28.7±0.7 0.0 ± 0.0

VP 0.0 ± 0.0 16±0.52 7.3±1.4 32±0.84 0.0 ± 0.0

VA 10±0.41 11.5±0.36 0.0±0.0 30±0.74 0.0 ± 0.0

VM 8±0.31 0.0 ± 0.0 2.8±0.10 30±1.0 0.0 ± 0.0

VV 12±0.41 15±0.41 6±0.11 33±1.0 0.0 ± 0.0




well.


www.ijsir.co.in 40

Table 4: Antimicrobial activity of Clove (Syzygium aromaticum) extract in 3 different solvents against different Vibrio spp.




well.

Clove(Zone of Inhibition in mm)


VC 0.0 ± 0.0 20±0.62 20.6±0.66 30±0.71 0.0 ± 0.0

VP 0.0 ± 0.0 19.1±0.61 0.0 ± 0.0 32±0.71 0.0 ± 0.0

VA 20±0.62 18.3±0.54 16.6±0.52 29±0.64 0.0 ± 0.0

VM 20±0.62 16.4±0.52 12.3±0.43 29.5±0.64 0.0 ± 0.0

VV 21.2±0.6 21.8 ±0.71 15.9±0.42 30±0.66 0.0 ± 0.0

Table 5: Antimicrobial activity of Garlic (Allium sativum) extract in 3 different solvents against different Vibrio spp.

Garlic(Zone of Inhibition in mm)


VC 0.0 ± 0.0 18±0.33 21.1±0.63 30±1.0 0.0 ± 0.0

VP 20.1±0.62 16±0.52 11.3±0.39 32±0.98 0.0 ± 0.0

VA 0.0 ± 0.0 20.7±0.61 0.0 ± 0.0 29±0.72 0.0 ± 0.0

VM 20±0.62 18.4±0.32 16±0.52 29.5±0.73 0.0 ± 0.0

VV 19±0.59 17±0.32 15.7±0.41 30±1.0 0.0 ± 0.0




well.

Some extracts displayed no inhibition zone including acetone and ethanol extract of oregano against Vibrio parahaemolyticus and Vibrio mimicus. Cardamom extract showed zero zone of inhibition against Vibrio cholera and Vibrio mimicus.Spices are heterogeneous collections of a wide variety of volatile and non-volatile staple dietary additives. India with its wide climatic conditions and topographical features naturally possesses wide variety of spices which are being used in the diet. These spices turn an ordinary meal to an extraordinary experience. They contain multiple constituents with antimicrobial activity including phenols, quinones, flavones, tannins, terpenoids, and alkaloids. Some spices and culinary herbs also possess anti- adhesive properties, or substances that prevent the adhesion of the microbe to the host tissue, thus preventing the primary infection point (Pavithra, 2014).This

investigation was an effort to explore more such properties of spices which could prove beneficial for the living beings. As these natural properties of spices could be exploited to obtain bioactive components which turn out to be potential drugs.

CONCLUSIONWater is one of the basic need for all living organism, microorganism prevalent in water are the major cause of water borne diseases. The microorganisms which play a paramount role in water borne diseases are vibrio species. The aim of this work was to identify certain active compounds in spices which could inhibit the growth of these fatal microbes. It was observed that few spices extracts contain high antibacterial property and can be further explored for the isolation of its bioactive compound.


www.ijsir.co.in41

Methanolic extracts of Oregano (Origanum vulgare) and Garlic (Allium sativum) exhibited significant antibacterial property in susceptible range against Vibrio mimicus and Vibrio cholera. Since Vibrio cholera is one of the microorganisms which have the most devastating effect, thus garlic can be good source of antimicrobial compounds and in future, it can be used to isolate the bioactive molecule and characterize using more advanced analytical techniques to identify and explore them further.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT The corresponding author of the present manuscript Ashish Tiwari is highly indebted to his advisor Dr. Uma Shankar, Division of Biotechnology, CytoGene Research & Development, Lucknow, U. P., India and Dr. B. R. Pandey, Dean, Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India for their guidance and constant supervision as well as for providing necessary information regarding the present study.

REFERENCES1. A John De Britto, D Herin Sheeba Gracelin, P.

Benjamin andJeya Rathna Kumar (2012). Antibacterial potency and synergistic effect of a few South Indian spices against antibiotic resistant bacteria. Indian Journal of Natural products and resources,3(4), pp. 557-562.

2. Arques JL, Rodriguez E, Nunez, M and Medina, M (2008) Inactivation of gram negative pathogens in refrigerated milk by reuterin in combination with nisin or the lactoperoxidase system. European Food Research and Technology, 227(1), pp. 77–82.

3. Aslim B. and Yucel N (2007) In vitro antimicrobial activity of essential oil from endemic Origanum minutif lorum on ciprofloxacin-resistant Campylobacter spp. Food Chemistry, 107(2): pp. 602–606.

4. Brandi G, Amagliani G, Schiavano GF, De Santi M, and Sisti M (2006): Activity of Brassica oleracea leaf juice on food borne pathogenic bacteria. Journal of Food Protection, 69(9): pp. 2274–2279.

5. Chakraborty S. and Nandini V. (2015), Treatments of cholera, their restraints and the necessity for

simple prevention strategies: a comprehensive review, Int. J. of Res. 2(3) 544-569.

6. Global epidemics and impact of cholera (2015): Cho le ra : Hea l th Top ics . Wor ld Hea l th Organization. WHO.

7. Hirasa K. and Takemasa M (1998).Spice qualities and specifications. In: Spice Science and Technology. Marcel Dekker. New York, NY. USA. PP. 29-52.

8. Kim J, Marshall MR. and Wei C (1995). Antibacterial Activity of Some Essential Oil Components against Five Foodborne Pathogens, Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 43(11): pp. 2839-2845.

9. M.N. InduI, A.A.M. Hatha, C. AbiroshI, U. HarshaI, G. Vivekanandan (2006). Antimicrobial activity of some of the south-Indian spices against serotypes of Escherichia coli, Salmonella, Listeria monocytogenes and Aeromonas hydrophila. Braz. J. Microbiol, 37(2).

10. Nadkarni KM, Nadkarni AK (1976). Indian Materia Medica, Mumbai, India: Popular Prakashan Pvt. Ltd.

11. Nevas M, Korhonen AR, Lindtröm M, Turkki P. and Korkeala H (2004). Antibacterial Efficiency of Finnish Spice Essential Oils against Pathogenic and Spoilage Bacteria, Journal of Food Protection, 67(1): pp. 199-202.

12. Pavithra G. Effect of Spices on Bacteria – A Short Review. J. Pharm. Sci. & Res. Vol. 6(8), 2014, 268-270.

13. Shan B, Cai YZ, Brooks JD, Corke H (2007). The in vitro antibacterial activity of dietary spice and medicinal herb extracts. Int. J. Food Microbiol. 117(1):112–119.

14. Shelef LA (1983). Antimicrobial Effects of Spices, Journal of Food Safety, 6, pp. 29-44.

15. Sonia Sethi, Aparna Dutta, B. Lal Gupta, Saksham Gupta (2013) . Antimicrobial Activity of Spices against isolated Food Borne Pathogens. In ternat ional Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, 5(1)

16. Tajkarimi M, Ibrahim S, Cliver O (2010). Antimicrobial herb and spice compounds in food. Food Control 21:1199-1218.


www.ijsir.co.in 42

A REVIEW- BASICS OF LASER AND ITS ROLE IN PERIODONTICS:

PART I

* Pratima Srivastava Department of Periodontology and Implantology, Sardar Patel Institute of Dental Sciences, Raebareli Road,

Lucknow , U.P.,India

The use of dental lasers for treatment of periodontal diseases has been the area of interest in the recent years. First experiment for dental application in the 1960s, the use of laser has increased rapidly in the last couple of decades. This paper describes the fundamentals of laser and the basic elements of a device. The principles of laser-tissue interaction, photo-thermal events, and different absorption characteristics of dental tissues by laser energy are discussed. This paper has been divided into two parts, first part describes about the basic part of lasers and the second part will describe about the role of lasers in periodontal therapy.

Keywords: Laser; Periodontics; Implant; Er:YAG, Nd:YAG

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTION

Mainman developed the first laser in 1960 which was

based on Albert Einstein's theory stimulated emission [1]of radiation. He used crystal medium of ruby which

emits radiant light when stimulated by energy. In 1961, [2]

Snitzer developed prototype for Nd:YAG laser .

In the medical field, lasers have been successfully used

since the mid-1960s for precise photocoagulation of

the retina. Thus, ophthalmologists were the pioneers of [3]laser application and now the CO , Nd: YAG, Er: 2

YAG, Er ,Cr: YSGG, Ho: YAG and diode lasers are [4,5]

available for dental and medical surgical specialties.

Periodontal therapy utilizing a laser has been reported [6]as a monotherapy, as an adjunct to scaling and root

planing, for root debridement combined with surgical [7 ]

or nonsurgical therapy, and to perform surgical laser-[8,9]assisted new attachment procedures (LANAP).

[10,11,12 ]HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

1917, (Albert Einstein) - Stimulated emission

1959, (Schalow and Townes) - Principle of MASER

1960, (Theodore Mainman) - Prototype of ruby laser

1961, (Javan, Bennett and Harriott) - Constructed the

first gas laser and continuously operating laser.

1962, (Robert N. Hall) - demonstrated the first laser

diode device, made of gallium arsenide.

1965, (Goldman) -Laser for tattoo removal and

treatment of caries.

1971, (Hall and Jako et al.) -Tissue reactions to laser

light and wound healing.

1972, (Stern and Sognnaes)- In vivo laser inhibition of

dental caries.

1974, (Geusic et al.)-Used Nd:YAG laser

1985, (Frame, Pick and Pecaro) - Pioneer of oral

surgical application of CO laser.2

1988, (Hibst and Paghdiwala) - Er:YAG laser

1989, (Myers and Myers) - used modified Nd:YAG

laser for removal of dental caries, he also suggested its

use in soft tissue surgery.

1991, (Midda et al.) - Nd:YAG in periodontal surgery.

TYPES OF LASER

Laser are of various types depending on its spectrum of

light, its active medium and type of tissue on which it [13]

works such as soft tissue and hard tissue laser. The [14,15 ] characteristics of a laser depend on its wavelength.

(Figure 1)

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Pratima Srivastava,11/306, Vikas Nagar, Lucknow,U. P., India; E mail ID : [email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in43

[14]Table 1: Types of laser and their wavelength

Laser Type Active Medium Wavelength

Excimer lasers

Argon fluoride (ArF)

Xenon Chloride (XeCl)

193nm

308nm

Gas lasers

Argon

Helium Neon (HeNe)

Carbon Dioxide (CO2)

458nm-515nm

637nm

10,600nm

Diode lasers

(Semiconductor)

Indium Gallium Arsenide Phosphorus

(InGaAsP)

Gallium Aluminum Arsenide (GaAlAs)

Gallium Arsenide (GaAs)

Indium Gallium Arsenide (InGaAs)

655 nm

670–830 nm

840 nm

980 nm

Solid state lasers Frequency-doubled Alexandrite

Potassium Titanyl Phosphate (KTP)

Neodymium:YAG (Nd:YAG)

Holmium:YAG (Ho:YAG)

Erbium, chromium:YSGG (Er,Cr:YSGG)

Erbium:YSGG (Er:YSGG)

Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG)

337 nm

532- 632 nm

1,064 nm

2000-2200 nm

2,780 nm

2,790 nm

2,940 nm

Figure 1: A portion of the electromagnetic spectrum showing dental laser wavelengths being used

for treatment


www.ijsir.co.in 44

COMPONENTS OF LASER DEVICE[ 3,16]

Basic components of laser device are: (Fig 2)1. Gain medium/ laser medium- Can be solid, liquid or gas and is pumped by an external energy source.2. Resonating chamber/ Laser tube with two reflecting mirrors- one fully reflective and the other one partially trans missive, which are located at either end of the optical cavity.3. Power source/ Energy source- It can be mechanical,

chemical and optical which excites or “pumps” the atoms in the laser medium to higher energy levels.Laser light is produced by pumping (energizing) a certain substance or gain medium, within a resonating chamber. The various laser systems are usually named after the ingredients of the gainmedium. Three factors are important for the final characteristics of the laser light: composition of the gain medium, source of pump energy, and design of the resonating chamber.

Fig 2: Laser device component

LASER SCIENCEIn the 20th century Albert Einstein, described, three possible mechanisms involving proton radiation - absorption, spontaneous emission, and stimulated

[17] emission. Laser is an acronym for Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation. Laser is a device that utilizes the natural oscillations of atoms or molecules between energy levels for generating coherent electromagnetic radiation usually in the ultraviolet, visible, or infrared regions of the spectrum. It is a device that produces high intensity of a single

[13]wavelength and can be focused into a small spot. [18 ]

Light is a form of electromagnetic energy that behaves as wave and particle. Basic unit of this energy is 'Photon'. Normal light are significantly different they emit white light, which is the collection of many colours of the visible spectrum- violet, blue, green,

yellow, orange, and red. Whereas, Laser energy is, monochromatic, is of one specific colour. This possesses a property of coherency that is the waves produced are all in phase with one another and have identical shapes when plotted in graph.The beam is collimated, are in parallel direction with in the laser device. The lens system in the aperture focus the beam into a delivery system and the emitted energy either continues as constant or will diverge at an angle.The wave of photon travelling is defined by two properties-Firstly, Amplitude, the total height of the wave oscillation from top of the peak to zero line on vertical axis (larger the amplitude, greater the amount of work being performed).Secondly, Wavelength, distance between any two corresponding point on the wave on the horizontal axis. (Fig 3)


www.ijsir.co.in45

Fig 3. Graph demonstrating amplitude and wavelength.

Stimulated Emission- Max Planck, Germanphysicist, introduced quantum theory in 1900, further it was

[19 ]notion by Neil bohr , as relating to atomic structure.Quantum, smallest energy, absorbed by the electrons of an atom excitation occurs, since natural order prefers substance to be in a resting state, process known as

[20 ] spontaneous emission.In 1916, Albert einstien theorized that additional photon travelling in the field of excited atom that has the same excitation energy level results in a release of two quanta, or coherent waves of two photons, a phenomenon termed as stimulated emission.

Amplification- if process continues, more atoms energized, more identical photons get emitted, and propagation of this stimulatory wave would result. At a point, the atoms of the active medium are in the elevated rather than the resting state. Constant supply of energy is necessary to maintain this excitation. The photons are reflected back and forth within the active medium to further enhance stimulated emission, and successive pass through the active medium, increase the power and ultimately collimate the photon beam.

[18] Radiation - laser energy produced in the active model is radiated in a specific form of electromagnetic energy.Wavelengths below (approx. 350 nm) are ionizing radiation, can deeply penetrate biologic tissue, produce charged atoms and molecules, and have a

mutagenic effect on cellular DNA. Wavelengths ( �350 nm) cause excitation and heating of the tissue with which they interact .All available dental laser devices are classified as nonionizing because their emission wavelengths exceed 350 nm(fig 1) .

Lasers are heat producing devices converting

electromagnetic energy into thermal energy.Lasers can

interact with their target material by either being

absorbed, reflected, transmitted, or scattered.

Absorbed light energy gets converted to heat and can

lead to warming, coagulation, or excision and incision [13 ]

of the target tissue. There are two basic emission modes for dental lasers –

Continuous wave- in which energy is emitted constantly for as long as the laser is activated. Results in increase production of heat.

Pulsed wave - delivers smaller amounts of energy in an interrupted bursts, thereby countering the build-up of heat in the

[13 ]surrounding tissues .

Wavelengths can be classified into three categories:1. The UV range (ultra-spectrum approx 400-700 nm).2. The VIS range (visible spectrum approx400-700 nm).3. The IR range (infra-red spectrum approx 700 nm) to the microwave spectrum.

[21]How laser works? Atoms in the excited state spontaneously emit photon which bounces back and forth between the two mirrors in the laser tube, they strike other atoms, stimulating more spontaneous emissions. Photons of energy of the same wavelength and frequency escape through the transmissive mirror as the laser beam, which can be focused. As a small intense beam of energy that has the ability to vaporize, coagulate and cut if a lens is placed in front of beam.


www.ijsir.co.in 46

CHARACTERISTICS OF LASER Lasing process occurs when an excited atom is stimulated to emit a photon spontaneously. Spontaneous emission of a photon by an atom stimulates the release of a subsequent photon and so on. This stimulated emission generates a coherent,

monochromatic and collimated form of light. When laser light reaches a tissue, it can reflect, scatter, be absorbed or be transmitted to the surrounding tissues (Fig 4). In oral tissue, absorption is due to the presence of free water molecules, pigments, proteins, and other

[14,22 ]macromolecules.

Fig. 4: Schematic diagram showing the interaction of laser light in tissue

The photonic absorption within the tissue results in an intracellular or intercellular change. The shorter wavelengths (approx500- 1000nm) are readily absorbed in blood elements and chromophores. Argon is highly attenuated by hemoglobin. Diode and Nd:YAG have a high affinity for melanin. The longer wavelengths are more interactive with water and hydroxyapatite. The largest absorption for water is just below 3000 nm (Er:YAG laser). CO at 10,600 nm has 2

the greatest affinity for hydroxyl apatite and is well

[23]absorbed by water. THERMAL EFFECT ON TISSUESLasers designed for surgery deliver concentrated and controllable energy to tissue. For biological effect of laser on tissues the energy must be absorbed and this will vary as a function of laser wavelength and optical

[4] characteristics of the target tissues. At the surgical site with increasing temperature, the soft and hard tissues are subjected to various tissue changes as

[24]mentioned in table 2.

Temperature (0C) Effect

>37 Hyperthermia

>50 Non-sporulating bacteria deactivated

60 to 65 Tissue welding

65- 90 Coagulation

90-100 Protein denaturation

>100 Vaporization and carbonization

>200 Charring and irreversible tissue necrosis

Table 2: Thermal effect of laser on tissues


www.ijsir.co.in47

USES OF LASERS1. Removal of diseased pocket lining epithelium2. Antimicrobial effect on microbiota3. Removal of calculus4. Root surface detoxification

ADVANTAGES1. Dry surgical field2. Tissue surface sterilization3. Less operative time, minimum postoperative

pain due to protein coagulum that acts as a biological dressing and seals the ends of sensory nerves

4. Less mechanical trauma, minimal swelling and scarring observed

5. Because of low or no heat production, they can be used around dental implants.

6. Reach sites which conventional mechanical instrument cannot.

7. Faster healing8. Increased patient acceptance

DISADVANTAGES1. The cost of laser is significantly higher.2. Laser can cause eye damage, so protective

glasses are required during its use.3. There is a burning flesh odour. 4. Combustible gases must be turned off during

laser use.5. Laser plume requires use of a high-filtration

face mask, because of the possible presence of pathogens in the plume.

6. Because of the potential hazard of laser light, laser use requires a learning period and strict precautions.

[13]PRECAUTION TO BE TAKEN

1. Use of glasses for eye protection before treatment worn by patient, operator, and assistants.

2. Protect the patient's eyes, throat, and oral tissues outside the target site.

3. Use of wet gauze packs to avoid reflection from

shiny metal surfaces.4. Require adequate high speed evacuation to

capture the laser plume.

[13]RISKS WHILE TREATMENT

1. By direct ablation excessive tissue destruction can be seen and thermal side effects.

2. Excessive ablation of root surface and gingival tissue within periodontal pockets.

3. Thermal injury to the hard and soft tissue architecture.

APPLICATION OF LASER IN DENTISTRY

1. On Soft tissue The types of lasers used for periodontal applications are the diode, CO , Nd:YAG and erbium: yttrium-2

aluminium-garnet (Er:YAG). All lasers except CO2

laser transmit the energy through an optical fiber, with the use of a hand piece and contact to provide tactile feedback. The CO laser uses a light beam directly to 2

[25]guide the operator.

Non- Surgical Periodontal Therapy The use of lasers as an adjunct to conventional mechanical therapy is based on the claim that eradication of pathogenic bacteria will produce a sterile field, leading to elimination of periodontal

[25]pockets.

Surgical Periodontal Therapy Lasers have been used for a number of types of soft t i s sue su rger ies , inc lud ing g ing ivop las ty,

[26]gingivectomy, frenectomy, vestibular deepening, operculectomy, gingival troughing for impression taking, removal of mucocutaneous lesions, soft tissue biopsies and gingival sculpting techniques associated with implant therapy and flap surgeries. Lasers can also be used for clinical crown lengthening for esthetic and

[4,25 ] prosthetic reasons without gingival flap reflection. (Table 2)


www.ijsir.co.in 48

[14]Table 2: Current and potential soft tissue applications of lasers in dentistry

Laser Type Potential Soft Tissue Application

Gas Laser

Argon (Ar)

Helium Neon (He Ne)

Carbon Dioxide (CO2 )

Intraoral soft tissue surgery, Sulcular debridement

(subgingival curettage in periodontitis and peri -

implantitis)

Analgesia, Aphthous ulcer treatment

Analgesia, Intraoral and implant soft tissue

surgery, Aphthous ulcer treatment, Removal of

gingival melanin pigmentation and mucosal lesion

Diode

Lasers

Galium Aluminum Arsenide

(GaAlAs)

Galium Arsenide (GaAs)

Analgesia, Intraoral general and implant soft tissue

surgery, Sulcular debridement (subgingival

curettage in periodontitis and peri-implantitis)

Aphthous ulcer treatment, Removal of gingival

melanin pigmentation

Solid State

Lasers

Neodymium:YAG

(Nd:YAG)

Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG),

Erbium:YSGG (Er:YSGG),

Erbium,chromium:YSGG

(Er,Cr:YSGG)

Analgesia, gingival troughing, esthetic contouring

of gingiva, treatment of oral ulcers, Sulcular

debridement (subgingival curettage in

periodontitis), Removal of gingival melanin

pigmentation

Analgesia, Intraoral general and implant soft tissue

surgery, Sulcular debridement (subgingival

curettage in periodontitis and peri -implantitis),

Aphthous ulcer treatment, Removal of gingival

melanin/metal-tattoo pigmentation

2. On Hard Tissue:Dental lasers can be used to cut, incise, and ablate hard

[24] and soft tissues (table 2). Erbium lasers are unique in that these are the only lasers that can cut both hard and

[27]soft tissues. Hard tissue ablation results from micro evaporative expansive events that occur within the target due to an extremely rapid buildup of heat and

spontaneous evaporation of the available water content. This process also is referred to as a thermo mechanical effect due to the pressure buildup

[28]involved. Hard tissue lasers are used to remove a defective composite restoration, eradicate recurrent decay found underneath, and perform any soft/ hard

[24]tissue crown lengthening.


www.ijsir.co.in49

Table 3: Current and potential Hard tissue applications of lasers in dentistry.

Hard tissue Application Laser Type

1. Caries and calculus detection

Indium Gallium Arsenide Phosphorus (InGaAsP)

2. Hard tissue ablation, dental caries and calculus removal

Excimer lasers, Frequency-doubledAlexandrite, Er:YAG, Er,Cr:YSGG,

3. Treatment of dentin hypersensitivity

Nd:YAG, Er:YAG, Er,Cr:YSGG CO2, KTP, and diode lasers

4. Laser analgesia HeNe, CO 2, Nd:YAG, Er:YAG, and Er,Cr:YSGG lasers

5. Root canal disinfection Galium Aluminum Arsenide (GaAlAs) and Galium Arsenide (GaAs), Neodymium:YAG (Nd:YAG), Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG), Erbium:YSGG (Er:YSGG), Erbium,chromium:YSGG (Er,Cr:YSGG)

6. Bleaching/tooth whitening

Argon (Ar)

7. Root biomodification Defocussed CO2, Nd:YAG, Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG)

8. Osseous surgery Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG), Erbium:YSGG (Er:YSGG), Erbium,chromium:YSGG (Er,Cr:YSGG)

CONCLUSIONIn dentistry lasers and their use are relatively new, the lasers serve as an adjunctive or alternative to conventional mechanical periodontal and peri-implant treatment. Soft tissue surgery is one of the major indications of lasers. Nd:YAG, CO , diode, Er:YAG 2

and Er,Cr:YAG lasers are generally accepted as useful tools for these procedures. Currently, Er:YAG and Er,Cr:YSGG lasers possess characteristics suitable for dental treatment, due to their dual ability to ablate soft and hard tissues with minimal damage. Considering the numerous advantages of laser, its use with conventional treatment or alone has the potential to improve the condition of the periodontal pockets. Thus, laser systems, with the ablation effect of light energy different from conventional mechanical debridement, may emerge as a new technical modality for periodontal therapy in the near future. A laser has proved to be a blessing indisguise if used safely and properly.

REFERENCES1. Maiman TH. Stimulated optical radiation in

ruby. Nature 1960; 187:493-494.2. Cobb CM . Laser in periodontics: A review of

the literature. J Periodontol 2006; 77: 545-564.3. Ishikawa I, Aoki A, Takasaki AA, Mizutani K,

Sasaki KM, Izumi Y. Application of lasers in periodontics: true innovation or myth? Periodontol 2009;50 : 90–126.

4. Academy Reports. Laser in periodontics. J Periodontol 2002; 73: 1231-1239.

5. White JM, Goodis HE, Rose CL. Use of pulsed Nd:YAG laser of intraoral soft tissue surgery. Lasers Surg Med 1991; 11: 445-61.

6. Miyazaki A, Yamaguchi T, Nishikata J, et al. Effects of Nd:YAG and CO laser treatment and 2

ultrasonic scaling on periodontal pockets of chronic periodontitis patients. J Periodontol 2003;74: 175–180.


www.ijsir.co.in 50

7. Dilsiz A, Canakci V, Aydin T. The combined use of Nd:YAG laser and enamel matrix proteins in the treatment of periodontal infrabony defects. J Periodontol 2010; 81: 1411–1418.

8. Gregg RH, McCarthy DK. Laser ENAP for periodontal bone regeneration. Dent Today 1998; 17:88–91.

9. Nevins ML, Camelo M, Schupbach P, Kim SW, Kim DM, Nevins M. Human clinical and histologic evaluation of laser- assisted new attachment procedure. Int J Periodontics Restorative Dent 2012; 32: 497-507.

10. Bains VK, Gupta S, Bains R. Lasers in periodontics: An overview. J Oral Health Community Dentistry.2010;4:29–34.

11. Elavarasu S, Naveen D, Thangavelu A. Laser in periodontics. J Pharm Bioallied Sci 2012; 4:260-3.

12. Midda M, Renton-harper P. Lasers in dentistry. Br Dent J 1991; 170: 343-346.

13. Dang AB, Rallan NS. Role of lasers in periodontology: A Review. Annal of dent speciality 2013;1: 8-12.

14. Aoki A, Sasaki KM, Watanabe H, Ishikawa I. Lasers in nonsurgical periodontal therapy. Periodontol 2004; 36: 59–97.

15. Walsh LJ. The current status of laser applications in dentistry. Aust Dent J 2003; 48:146-55.

16. Elavarasu S, Naveen D, Thangavelu A. Lasers in periodontics. J Pharm Bioallied Sci 2012; 4: 260–263.

17. Pick R, Colvard MD. Current Status of Lasers in Soft Tissue Dental Surgery. J Periodontol 1993; 64:589-602.

18. Coluzzi DJ. Fundamentals of laser in dentistry-b a s i c s c i e n c e , t i s s u e i n t e r a c t i o n a n d instrumentation. J laser dent 2008;16 :4-10.

19. Bohr N. The theory of spectra and atomic cons t i tu t ion . Three essays .Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1922.

20. Einstein A. Strahlungs-emission und -absorption nach der quantentheorie. Verh Dtsch Phys Ges1916;18:318-323.

21. Mahajan A. Lasers in periodontics- a review. European jour of dent and medicine 2011;3:1-11.

22. Meshram P, Yeltiwar R. The Light Touch- Application of Soft Tissue Diode LASER in Periodontics: A Report of Three Cases. Int J Laser Dent 2012; 2: 47-50.

23. Gupta S, Kumar S. Lasers in Dentistry - An Overview. Trends Biomater. Artif. Organs 2011; 25: 119-123.

24. Lomke MA. Clinical applications of dental lasers. Gen Dent 2009; 3: 47-59.

25. Matthews DC. Seeing the Light — The Truth about Soft Tissue Lasers and Nonsurgical Periodontal Therapy. J Can Dent Assoc 2010; 76: 1-5.

26. Verma SK, Maheshwari S, Singh RK, Chaudhari PK. Laser in dentistry: An innovative tool in modern dental practice. Natl J MaxillofacSurg 2012;3:124-32.

27. M i s e r e n d i n o L J , P i c k R M . L a s e r s i n dentistry.Chicago: Quintessence Publishing Co.;1995.

28. Niemz M. Laser tissue interactions, ed. 2. Berlin,Germany: Springer;2002.


www.ijsir.co.in51

DESIGN PHYSIOLOGICAL MODEL USING FUZZY LOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL CONCEPT

1 2 2 2*Amod Kumar Tiwari , Ashok Kushwaha , Anurag Singh ,Shivesh Pandey1 2 Bhabha Institute of Technology, Kanpur, U.P., India, Research Scholar, Sai Nath University

Ranchi, Jharkhand, India

Fuzzy Physiological Approach is a hard key problem in the industrial core domain of computer-aided design (CAD) applications. A work piece must be represented in some standard CAD object description format such that its representation can be efficiently used in a CAD process like redesign. The proposed task adopted Optimum Shape Operator (OSO) to use the fuzzy concept for creating a new CAD model. In this change, the optimization ranking of each vertex pair and furthermore maintain the features of optimized models. In the paper, we want to create new feature of physiological model using fuzzy set theory and mathematical concept.

Keywords: Fuzzy design; Fuzzy model; Optimization theory; Fuzzy theory

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONA prominent class of volume-oriented CADF MODEL systems employs Constructive Fuzzy Solid Geometry (FCSG). The FCSG principle is to construct complex CADF MODEL objects from primitive objects. The resulting FCSG objects represent physical that is solid, objects. Curved Fuzzy, like certain parts of car bodies, are typically represented by triangulations that are a Fuzzy approximation by plane triangles. Another well-known representation uses non-uniform rational B-splines (NURBS), which are especially apt for the construction of a smooth curved Fuzzy by smoothly

[1, 2,3, 4]joining Curved Fuzzy . NURBS have the de facto standard for smooth-Fuzzy representations in the CADF MODEL world.They are a powerful tool for geometric design tasks, because they are fast to calculate, numerically stable and allow a rather intuitive use. CADF MODEL Fuzzy, like a saddle Fuzzy, while a volume-oriented Object is constructed by combining CADF MODEL volumes, like a sphere. Accordingly, there are Fuzzy or volume oriented CADF MODEL systems and hybrid systems used by a construction engineer for operating on such CADF MODEL objects. Many CADF MODEL objects mainly consist of primitive CADF MODEL objects like spheres, cylinders, cuboids or

[4,5]torus . Thus, a CADF MODEL system provides corresponding object libraries and supports the manipulation of such objects.Fuzzy design that is the automatic construction of a CADF MODEL object from data is a hard and industrially relevant problem. The task being considered in this paper is the design from a given 3D point data set. The problem core is that, in any given set represents infinitely many different geometrical Fuzzy, that is those and only those Fuzzy that have the set in common. However, the data set represents only one physical Fuzzy, which is the Fuzzy of that physical object from which a digitizing process generated the data set. Thus, a Fuzzy-design system must reconstruct a CADF MODEL object that approximates the

[6,7]physical object .This corresponds to the task of recognizing a physical object in a 3D point set, which is a special case of pattern recognition. The system must perform this task such that a construction engineer can start working with the resulting CADF MODEL object without being forced to introduce an expensive manual

[8,9]modification to the representation . Following is the problem identification for the present work, the scope and methodology

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Amod Kumar Tiwari, Professor & Director, Bhabha Institute of Technology,

Kanpur, U. P., India ; Email ID : [email protected]

www.ijsir.co.in 52


Lets the Neighbor vertex is ( v ) and their adjacent j

vertex's are {v , v , v ,…………v ). Where v {v , v , 1 2 3 i i 1 2

v ,…………), {v {v , v , v ,…………) }.3 i 1 2 3

if { U( v ) , U( v ), U( v ), …………… U (v )} are unit 1 2 3 k

normal vector of each vertex's v Therefore i.

U (v ) { U( v ) , U( v ), U( v ), …………… U (v )},k 1 2 3 k

{U (v ) { U( v ) , U( v ), U( v ), …………… U (v )}k 1 2 3 k

Where i and k are the positive integer values {(i, j ) (1, 2, 3, ……..n) }. If the vertex's (v ) connected two or more than two i

edges (e , e , e ,………………….e ), 1 2 3 n

Therefore at least {v (e , e ) or v (e , e , e ) or (v ) (e , 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 i 1

e , e , …..………….e )},2 3 n

Now {(v ) (e e e ……..………….e ) }, and for the i 1 2 3 n

common edges of triangle {(v ) (e e e ……..………….e ) },i 1 2 3 n

{ (v ) (e , e , e , ……..………….e )}.i 1 2 3 n

Where e , e , e , ……..………….e are the edge 1 2 3 n

weight.

Now optimum shape operator of the vertex along the curve (v , v) is defined as 1


www.ijsir.co.in53

CALCULATE TOPOLOGICAL ERROR OF KNOT VERTEXES

get (S , k, H , e, n) initialized variablej s

train for n steps - (end of first stage) Topological error Tv

if (T > T )v th

form adjacency edge and reorder variableend - (end of topology correction if required)doclassify and separateS into point subsets S , S ,…………S using variable1 2 k

find (S for S , i 1………n)p i

get (S , S , ... S ) find (v such that e is max)1 2 j i i

insert reference vectors near v ,imodify k and adapt node variablewhile (less than max triangle)end

Where v is the unit tangent vector of knot vertex, v is t b

the unit binormal vector of knot vertex and v is the unit n

binormal vector of knot vertex; k is the curvature and is the torsion.

Geodesic Normals in Fuzzy CurvedLet S is homogeneous sample space and H is s

enumerated knot vertexes, therefore H is directly s

proportional to the mean curvature (concavity, convexity, vector of doubly curved Fuzzy,

from

Where e , e are the orthonormal edges of triangular 1 2

mesh of homogeneous curved Fuzzy.

Put for each triangle

Science S is homogeneous doubly curved Fuzzy,

Here D is the geodesic normal distance

CALCULATE THE SPACE BETWEEN TWO POINTS CLOUDS�

Getsurf (s , s ) Initialize D, ds;1 2

Train (while (E= =0 to E = =1))

{2 If ((G = =g = =D ) && (E = G || F = = 0))

{

\\* Calculation for real and orthogonal Fuzzy *\\

Getnorm (G, g, D) \\* for normal calculation *\\

Dist (Getsurf (s , s )) 1 2

End

}

}

Where train, Getsurf are parametric recursive functions


www.ijsir.co.in 54

SHAPE OPTIMIZATION USING FUZZY CONCEPT

Get Pi i=1, 2….s, k, n , , geodesic: max

Termination Creatione , gen , fungeterm max max

Var : u : i =1, 2…s and ni

Dependent Var : x : j= 1, 2,…(n+k+1) /* Calculate as per knots method*/j

Init: initialize super close points t=1;

While n ==n =2,3,….geodesic | gen <= gen /* From equation 5.7*/1 j t max

Evaluate e from equations rms,

t = t + 1;

end;

Var : u : i = 1, 2….s Const : n = ni opti

Dependent Var : x : j= 1, 2,…(n+k+1) /* Calculate as per knots method*/j

While (e e || gen <= gen )rms geterm t max

Evaluate erms

t = t + 1;

end;

further t =1; /* Initialize variable */

While (e e || gen <= gen )rms geterm t max

Evaluate e * Optimize by Quasi-Newton method*/rms /

t = t + 1;

end; end;

Performance report of five iterations runs algorithm with different parameters

Iterations I II III IV V

Max joins distance 1.000 0 .090 0 .010 0 .009 0 .001

Max bridge distance 1.980 1.250 1.010 0 .871 0 .213

Consistency range 1.000 1. 000 1.000 1. 000 1.000

Tolerance 0.172 0.087 0.025 0.012 0.00

Table1.1: Performance Report of runs algorithm


www.ijsir.co.in55

CONCLUSION

As the dataset we have analyzed is in the form of

numerical vertexes for design fuzzy logic and the

number of windows has been predefined, the fuzzy

concept algorithm of shape optimization has been

considered for the classification of the same. Although

in general, vertexes distance has been used in the fuzzy

shape optimization algorithm, we tried it with two

more distances namely Max joins distance and Max

bridge distance to see the differences in the table. It has

been reflected in the results as Consistency range and

Tolerance.

REFERENCES

1. Cox Robert W,Processing, Analyzing, and

Displaying Functional MRI Data Robert W Cox,

PhD SSCC / NIMH / NIH / DHHS /

2. USA / EARTH BRCP Hawaii 2004 Shocking.

3. Zeid Ibrahim, “Mastering CAD/CAM” SBN:

9780072868456, Pub Date: JUL-04Pages: 992

4. Ashley Steven, “Rapid prototype system”,

Mechanical Engineering, Volume 113, Number 4,

1996, pp.385-397

5. Kochan D, Chua C. K, “ State of the Art and Future

trends in Advanced Rapid Prototyping and

Manufacturing” International Journal of

Information Technology, Volume1, Number2 1995

pp.173-184

6. Kochan D, Chua C. K, RP trends, Rapid

Prototyping Volume 3 Number 4 pp.150-152

7. Dolenc A, An Overview of rapid prototyping

technology in manufacturing, ISBN 951-22-2123-

3, Finland-1994

8. Dolenc A, Makela I, Slicing Procedure for

manufacturing technology, Computer Aided

Design, Volume 26, number2, 1994.

9. Fadel G, Kirsch man c, “Accuracy issue in CAD”

Rapid Prototyping Journal Number-2 Volume-2

10. Burn M, Automatic Fabrication, Prentice hall,

Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1992


www.ijsir.co.in 56

USE OF APPLET IN AN ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY COURSE* 1 2 2 Rajendra Kumar Dwivedi , Saurabh Dwivedi , Ashish Kumar Mishra

1 2Bhabha College of Engineering, Kanpur, U.P., India, Research Scholar, Sai Nath University Ranchi, Jharkhand, India

Universities are constantly searching for new methodologies and tools, aiming an improvement on the quality of the teaching process. The University of state is no different. The modernization of the university installation of new computers, projectors in the classroom and the use of online tools for education turned possible a dipper use of computation as a tool for the learning process. Thus, the significance of education is going through an evolution. The paper presents new scenario of applied engineering for use of Java Applet and their tools in hybrid technology.

Keywords: Applets; Chemistry; Simulations

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONTeaching, as well as learning, is an action that has been

[1]changing a lot lately. In the dictionary , to teach is: “Education: action, profession, art of teaching, to transmit knowledge.” Other researchers see education through different points of view. Perhaps the teaching methodology is the major core of the issue. New ways of teaching are being proposed, ways that use new tools to help the action of transmitting knowledge. The computation and computer science are examples of new technologies which can serve this purpose. The history of computer science in education has a very important landmark, the sprouting of the personal computers, which has provided the democratization of the use of the computers. This made possible, among others things, the development of technologies focused on the improvement of the transmission of knowledge. The first step for the creation of a technology that surpasses the previous ones is to deeply understand the problem we are dealing with. Following this thought, different forms had been searched to transmit knowledge, to teach.“According to Freire, the communication is the relation which becomes effectuated by the co-participation of the subjects in the act of knowing. It is considered that the educative process is a particular form of communication. In the social relations among the learning subjects, a dialectic synthesis happens, as moments of a communicative and educative process, in a given socio-cultural context, which comprehension requires considering its inter-subjective nature, or either, the active

[2]participation of the subjects of the process” . It is defended, therefore, that the individuals must

participate in an active form in the social interactions, and not as mere listeners, or objects, or depositaries. This form of learning can be associated with a “banking education”, where the teacher “only deposits” the knowledge. The student in turn, to have a good education, has to absorb the maximum of what is presented to him, for a future reproduction of this knowledge. Therefore, the majority of the students, when facing new situations, do not know how to behave, how to solve the problems. In the world we live in, which is constantly changing and extremely fast, this type of education does not make any sense, because new difficulties, problems, appear each and every moment. What we are looking for are people with capacity to solve new and challenging problems. Following this line of thought, an education where the student participates actively, treading its way, seems more reasonable. Thus, a new perspective of education would be an active, interactive, dynamic education to construct a better learning in spite of a traditional pedagogical approach, based on the transmission and reproduction. The constructivism sees the knowledge as a construction made by the human beings in contrast to a perfect representation of the world. By this means, the learning must take an active character, where the students construct and reconstruct their knowledge. This new form of interpretation of the knowledge modifies some foundations of the education from “what are we teaching and how can we to deliver it to what are students learning and how do we make sense

[3]of what they do” .

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Rajendra Kumar Dwivedi, Director, Bhabha College of Engineering,

Kanpur, U.P., India ; Email ID : [email protected]

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015; 3(2): 57-62, P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971

www.ijsir.co.in57

NEW TECHNOLOGIES IN EDUCATION AND NEW TEACHING METHODOLOGIES

Looking at the way in which the new technologies have been used, we perceive that they had been understood as media of messages transmission between sender and receiver. This was an option chosen by some educators and it resembles the “banking education”, therefore it does not instigate the student to think, to reflect on the involved questions, on the opposite, only stimulates him to absorb the knowledge as it is proposed to him, nothing more. With the modernization of the world, the way learning takes place has acquired a more active character instead of the traditional passive one. “The digital style produces, obligatorily, not only the use of new equipment for the production and apprehension of knowledge, but also new behaviors of learning, new

[2]rationalities, new percipient stimulus” . The technology provides access to the most diverse information, in an enormous amount, however only this is not enough for the production of knowledge and the transmission of it. Many educators possess an ingenuous, “magical” vision, as for the technologies and its potentialities. Without changes in the ways of education, of learning and communication, the advances on new technologies will be of little help. Some points are raised to provide these changes: a bigger participation and intervention of the subject, being able to modify, to reconstruct in a more adequate way, the course of the message to be transmitted, acting more in the individual; a bi-directionality in the communication, knocking down the walls that separate the student from the teacher, the sender and the listener. With a co-creation, the teaching generates a bigger interest and, thus a bigger learning and finally, the interchangeability, or either, not to present only one way, an alternative for the learning, but yet to create an offer of multiple alternatives. “We assume that the effectiveness of computer simulations is determined by two factors: the simulation design and the context in

[4]which simulations are used” .A way to reconstruct the knowledge is to contradict the previous conceptions of the students. The idea to submit the student to a situation where there is a pre-established conception, contradicting it, causes a solid reconstruction in the knowledge. “Discrepant events can be demonstrations that demand that the student makes assumptions or a phenomenon in which the

[4]student has that to explain why and how” . The computer simulations can be used to generate these situations. For this, the simulations need to explore the

interactivity of the student with the process, allowing the user to create assumptions referring to a definitive event, and to test them, for possible confrontation of ideas. In this case, the student can interact with the process, visualizing the consequences of its modifications in the process. These, on the other hand, are made through changes of parameters and variables. Thus, the user has total freedom to explore a micro-universe created by simulation.

THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF APPLETS

Applets are software applications, which are executed in the context of another program, in the majority of the times a web browser, to create an interface with the user. The Applet normally interacts with this host program through restricted privileges of security. The use of Applets can be very interesting; therefore these simulations can present characteristics that make the active learning of the students possible. These simulations, in their great majority, are being developed in the Java language, due to better accessibility and integration. Simulations created in this language do not need any adjacent hardware and no installation through software is necessary, making it very easy to access the information. To visualize the simulations a computer with minimum configurations is necessary. The only prerequisites for the visualization of the simulations are a Java platform installed in the computer, what it is very common nowadays and a browser, as the Internet Explorer or the Mozilla Firefox. This makes Applets very flexible, what is very positive for the active learning of the students. Java applications are currently very spread out, what makes the creation of simulations more easy and agile. Innumerable libraries, collections of subprograms used in the development of software, had been created with the intention of facilitating the development of the programmers, including graphical libraries, essential to Applets. The learning of the student is facilitated if visual tools have been used in education. Taking this into account, the graphical part of the simulations becomes a point of basic importance for the success of the transmission of the knowledge.Taking in account everything what it was argued until the moment, we can notice the importance of breaking the barriers that separate teachers and students, for education to become a co-creation between human beings. Thinking about this, the technologies need a development and a necessary use, to allow this change and not to be only faster technologies.


www.ijsir.co.in 58

Applets can be very useful in this new form of education, if developed and used in accordance with the methodology proposal. In determined disciplines, such as in Physics and Chemistry, Applets can be even more useful. In forums and specialized magazines a frequent subject in relation to these disciplines, either in average education as in superior education, is the difficulty of “visualization” of the models and boarded concepts. Experiences in laboratories and equipments used as the microscope help the learning, but they still do not get to deplete the possibilities that can result in the understanding of a determined content. A possible form to improve this situation is to use Applets. With the assistance of the simulations the students have at their disposal another resource to facilitate the learning process, a resource with strong visual aspect. In many concepts developed by teachers, where the visualization is difficult, the students end up being dispersed, defocused and finally they lose interest in

the subject. With the assistance of Applets, the students can, besides having a better visualization, control the dynamics of the learning process, or either, “pause” an event at some opportune moment, where a possible doubt has appeared. For creating a proper reality and an environment, Applets allow the student to control the process or event in the most satisfactory way, differently from a laboratory where this control cannot be made in such broad way. However, the learning process cannot be made exclusively by the student. The function of the teacher in classroom does not cease to be essential. With the correct use of Applets, the teacher can facilitate and extend the form of transmitting the knowledge for his students. There must be noticed that it was not said that Applets simulations can substitute neither the laboratories nor the lessons. They only complement education, being no more important than the practical classes in the laboratories for example

Figure. 1. Simulation developed by Gerd Kortmeyer of the Michigan State University

“The simulations (on-line, or others) do not have to be used to substitute experimental work. They must before serve where, for a reason or another, the experimental work does not obtain useful experimental resource (an example is the study of the lines of force in electrostatics). On the other hand, these simulations are simply resources to add in education and learning, allied to other already existing resources, as books, videos, etc., not being able to be seen as a miraculous solution for the multiple pedagogical problems that

[5]exist in the schools” . A simulation developed by Gerd Kortmeyer, to introduce the notion of lines of electric field, shows us how an abstract concept, of difficult visualization, becomes more concrete and palpable for the student. In these Applets, the student can modify the position and the magnitude of electric loads. The

Applet then traces the lines of electric field in accordance to the parameters introduced for the student. This visualization, that portrays a physic/mathematical model , faci l i ta tes the understanding of the content.Another example of simulation, in the area of chemistry, deals with the concepts of heat and temperature, allowing the observation of the water molecules in movement. The students can change parameters, as for example, supplying heat to the system through a button in its right inferior corner, and with this verifying the reply of the system, that increases its agitation and the indication of the thermometer. This simulation can be found in the Portuguese Portal of science and scientific culture “Mocho” ( ).www.mocho.pt


www.ijsir.co.in59

Figure. 2. Molecularium simulation (Trindade, Paiva & Fiolhais, 2001)

Some universities of Canada have developed a project called “Modular Approach to Physics (MAP)”, with the intention of helping students to learn the physics concepts. A series of Applets simulations was developed, each one approaching a concept of the physics, with the constructivist character. After the use of Applets in classroom, similar interviews and researches had lead to discover how much these simulations had helped the students and teachers. “During the interviews and focus group discussions, we heard supporting comments from students as well: The Applet helps. It allows you to see what is going on. Anything visual, in my opinion, helps, and the applets help us do the transformation (from the physical

[4]situation to physics language)” . After the analysis of the obtained results, the improvement of the students when the simulations had been used to assist a co-creation of the knowledge was clear. The following regarding a teacher who said that he has made use of the Applet at two distinct moments of the school year: “He was honest when he described his different ways of using MAP applet in two terms. According to our class observation records, in the winter term he taught new concepts in the traditional way and used Applets after he had taught the concept. On the other hand, in the fall term he quite often used Applets in the exploratory stage of conceptual construction. The above analysis leads you to conclude the MAP Applets are more functional in a constructivist teaching environment. They work best only when they are included in the right spots in the process of teaching and learning. It is no wonder that the same project can produce different results when used by different teachers. They teach using different style and uses Applets in a different

[4]way” .

A CASE STUDY OF THE UNIVERSITY

The Polytechnic School of the University of São Paulo offers 15 engineering courses, as follows:

Civil Engineering Chemical Engineering

Electrical Engineering - Emphasis Automation and Control

Electrical Engineering - Emphasis Computer and Digital Systems

Electrical Engineering - Emphasis Electrical Energy and Automation

Electrical Engineering -Emphasis Electronic Systems

E l e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g - E m p h a s i s Telecommunication

Environmental Engineering Materials Engineering Mechanical Engineering Metallurgical Engineering Mining Engineering Naval Engineering Petroleum Engineering Production Engineering

Its curricular structure was elaborated in such way that the first year is common to all the courses. In this common year, the following disciplines are taught:

General and Experimental Physics for Engineering I

Introduction to Computing for Engineering Differential and Integral Calculus for

Engineering I Linear Algebra for Engineering I Graphical Geometry for Engineering Introduction to Engineering General Technological Chemistry General and Experimental Physics for

Engineering II Numeric Calculus Differential and Integral Calculus for

Engineering II Linear Algebra for Engineering II Graphical Representation for Engineering Mechanics A Introduction to Materials Science for

Engineering


www.ijsir.co.in 60

The discipline General Technological Chemistry (QTG), in particular, deals with the following items:

Chemistry bond: ionic, covalent, metallic, Vander Waals and hydrogen

Electrochemistry Corrosion of metallic materials Surfactant Combustion and fuels

The official contents of the discipline are: “Topics: the chemical composition in microscopic level and how the constituent units of materials for Engineering are arranged and interact with each other; concepts on chemical behavior of materials, that is, the reactions of degradation of metallic materials (electrochemical and corrosion); the mechanisms of action and the main uses of substances that act as surfactants; the use of fuels; aspects related to environmental chemistry. Objectives: develop critical awareness about the importance of environmental management in the

[6]exercise of Engineering” . Beyond the expositive lessons the students have activities in laboratory, with the intention to create more proximity with the chemistry and the concepts which have been worked in classroom.

THE CHEMISTRY PROFESSORS IDEA ABOUT THE APPLETS

The teachers of this discipline had mentioned that the students have many difficulties to interrelate the concepts approached in the course. Much of this problem comes from the difficulty of the teachers in order to elaborate a better chronogram for the discipline. Because it is a basic course, the number of concepts taught is high and the number of lessons is restricted, what causes a difficulty for the teachers, once they cannot deepen the concepts and do not have enough time to relate them in the way that they would like. Thus, the students end up not understanding the relation between the topics, which leads to the student's loss of interest. Taking this into consideration, to choose a topic, to be developed in the Applets, which could be broad, showing how it could be related to other topics, was one of the priorities. Then a proposal comes up to develop Applets covering all the topics developed in class, and to join them in a virtual chemistry laboratory. This laboratory would be an Applet that would “host” all the other Applets, showing how they interact among themselves, so that the student does not lose sight of the connections at any moment of his learning process. This set of Applets

would be available in the discipline's website, becoming a tool of assistance that aims at the improvement of the student's learning. To reach the expected effect, the Applets need to congregate a high interactivity with the user beyond a clear and efficient interconnection among the topics taught in the course. Therefore, the first step is the elaboration of a conceptual map of the concepts taught in the course. Conceptual maps are graphical representations that aim to show the relations between a set of concepts. The concepts appear inside boxes and the relations are specified through linking phrases, which connects the boxes. From the conceptual map it is possible to start the development of the Applets.Based on a methodology directed to active, interactive and dynamic participation of the student, a proposal for creating a set of Applets for disciplines of General Technological Chemistry of the Polytechnic School of the University of São Paulo was made. This set of Applets has as its objective to help the student to have a better vision of the concepts taught in the course and of how they relate to one another, making the learning more interesting and efficient. The Applets relate accordingly to a conceptual map of the subjects of the discipline, forming a virtual chemistry laboratory. This work will be available in the website of discipline.

CONCLUSIONS

The improvement of education may be done with the use of new technologies, but it is very important to be aware. Some professors use these resources just to illustrate an issue or to present the contents clearly. The researches and authors presented in this article defend the participation of the students in class, and this is not possible if the professor use, for instance, the Applets just to demonstrate a concept. According to the presented arguments in this paper, the active participation of the students is essential. The Applets could provide some positive learning experiences; such simulate an atom or a reaction. However, if the student just sees the simulation, without an interaction, the result will be less than expected. The pilot program proposed to the chemistry course of the Polytechnic School curriculum will implement an interactive Applet in order to assert the ideas presented in this article. This is also important because the professors interviewed pointed to this direction. The professors also show a concern about the interrelation of the contents of the course. Maybe, linking the subjects in the Applets, making a virtual chemistry laboratory could resolve this problem.


www.ijsir.co.in61

REFERENCES

1. Larousse Cultural Dictionary

2. C. R. D. Aragão, “A interatividade na prática

pedagógica online: relato de uma experiência,”

Revista da FAEEBA Educação e Contempora-

neidade, vol. 13, n.22, pp. 341, July 2004.

3. E. F. Redish and R. N. Steinberg, Teaching

physics: Figuring out what works. Physics Today,

vol. 52, pp. 24-30, 1999.

4. G. G. Zhou, W. Brouwer, N. Nocente and B.

Martin, Enhancing conceptual learning through

computer-based applets: the effectiveness and

implications, JI. of Interactive Learning Research

(2005) 16(1), pp 31-49.

5. A. J. Martins, C. Fiolhais and J. Paiva, Simulações

online no ensino da física e da química, Revista

Brasileira de Informática na Educação, vol. 11,

n.2, 2003

6. General Technological Chemistry contents.

Retr ieved from http: / /s is temas2.usp.br/

jupiterweb/, May 2008.


www.ijsir.co.in 62

DESIGN COMPLEX SURFACE USING DIFFERENTIAL LAPLACIAN AND COMPLEX MATHEMATICS

1 2Sharad Chandra Shukla , * Agraj Tripathi

1 2Research Scholar,Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand,India, Bhabha Institute of Technology, Kanpur, U. P. India

Shape design and representation of complex objects is a hard key problem in the industrial core domain of computational mathematics applications. A work piece must be represented in some standard complex object description format such that its representation can be efficiently used in a complex process like redesign. To that end, a digitizing process represents the object surface as a weakly structured discrete and digitized set of 3D points. Surface design attempts to transform this representation into an efficient mathematics representation. The paper presents functions of complex topology and complex surface geometry redesign of complex surface using complex mathematics.

Keywords: Complex design; Complex topology; Complex surface; Complex geometry

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTION

Modeling as the name sometimes synonymous with geometrical modeling is rapidly emerging as a central area of research and development in many mathematical applications. All these applications require representing the shapes of Solid Complex physical objects and such representations and basic operation on them can be provided by Solid Complex modeling. That can model certain classes of piecewise parametric surfaces. Geometric or surface modeling traditionally identifies a body of techniques that can model certain classes of piecewise parametric surfaces, subject to particular conditions of shape and smoothness. It developed as a separate field in several industries, including automobile, aerospace, and shipbuilding, it has some of its intellectual roots in approximation theory. It is our view that the streams of geometric and Solid Complex modeling are converging. As Solid Complex modeling strives to extend the geometric coverage, there is an emerging need to research the use of surface forms and the techniques to interrogate them. Similarly, as geometric modeling contemplates building complete Solid Complex representations from surface patches, the usefulness of traditional Solid Complex-modeling techniques is more widely recognized.Surface design that is the automatic construction of a mathematics object from data is a hard and industrially relevant problem. The task being considered in this paper is the design from a given 3D point data set. The

problem core is that, any given set represents infinitely many different geometrical surfaces, that is those and only those surfaces that have the set in common. However, the data set represents only one physical surface, which is the surface of that physical object from which a digitizing process generated the data set. Thus, a surface-design system must reconstruct a mathematics object that approximates the physical object. This corresponds to the task of recognizing a physical object in a 3D point set, which is a special case of pattern recognition. The system must perform this task such that a construction engineer can start working with the resulting mathematics object without being forced to introduce an expensive manual modification to the representation.

LITERATURE REVIEWVarious efforts have been made to Shape design a three-dimensional object's structure (geometrical, topological and unstructured). Till date many function/formulas have been proposed for the unstructured surface Shape design. An intense discussion on categorization of irregular surfaces is going on in academics and R&D community. Although it is yet to develop best fit function/formula for the Shape design of unstructured three dimensional surfaces. This paper presents a survey conducted on the valuable efforts made by the researchers in the field of Shape design of surfaces.

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Agraj Tripathi, Associate Professor, Bhabha Institute of Technology, Kanpur, U. P. India; Email ID: [email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in63

Partition of unity (POU) method is to divide the global [3]

domain into a sub domain where the problem can be solved locally. More formally, the global difficult problem p is decomposed into several smaller local problem p and their local solutions S are combined i i

together using the weighting coefficients w (p) of S that i i

act as gluing functions to obtain a global solution S.Consider a global domain and divide it into M “slightly” overlapping sub domains

Consider a global domain and divide it into M “slightly” overlapping sub domains

Where i

By this local Shape design functions f can be computed i

Here two families of the functions have to be built(i) The weighting functions W andi

(ii) The local Shape design function f i

The above both Shape design functions are using only for local domain. This local domain function is capable to capturing the local shape of surface.

[4]The exact geodesic function/formula has been used by a simple parameterization of the distance function over the edges; the implementation is actually practical even though, the best of knowledge, it is never been

[ 5 ]d o n e p r e v i o u s l y . We c a n s e e t h a t t h e

2function/formula's worst case running time of O (n log n) is pess imist ic , and that in pract ice the function/formula runs in sub-quadratic time. For instance, we can compute the exact geodesic distance from a point to all the vertices of a 400K-triangle mesh in about one minute. The basic idea of the MMP (Mitchell Mount and Papadimitriou) function/formula is to track together groups of shortest paths that can be parameterized automatically. This is achieved by partitioning each mesh edge into a set of intervals that we call surface's and show that all the shortest paths with in a surface can be encoded locally using a 6 tuple (b ,b ,d ,d ,σ ,τ) .The surfaces are then propagated 0 1 0 1

across faces of the mesh in Dijkstra-like sweep. The distance eld D (p) over the surface is expressed as a tuple (b , b , d d , σ, τ) where b ,b define the endpoints 0 1 0, 1 0 1

of w, d ,d are the corresponding distances to the 0 1

pseudo source, σ is the geodesic distance from s to the

source v , and τ encodes the direction of s from the s

directed edge e.

TOPOLOGICAL SURFACE�A classic surface-design method uses the idea of constructing an approximating surface with a usually very large number of plane pieces. Triangulation, for instance, yields an approximating surface consisting of triangles as plane pieces. In this context, an intuitive idea of smoothness of the approximating surface is used: the surface is considered “smooth” in a certain area if the angles between the area's plane pieces are not “too wide”. The formalized search for a smooth triangulation of a point coordinate is hard. Different

[8, methods yielding smooth triangulations can be found 9, 10, 11]

.There are several topological properties of a surface that may be used by an advanced classic surface-design method. In order to determine the peculiar properties of a given surface, a gridded triangulation may be calculated from a smooth triangulation. A triangulation is called “gridded” if and only the triangle corners are in the normal vectors of the points of a uniform 2D grid. The grid represents a physical plane area on which the physical object rests during the digitizing process. A grid point represents a point that is aimed at by a sensor, like a pin of a tactile digitizing hardware. The sensor aims at this grid point along a vector that is orthogonal to the plane area. For a gridded triangulation, the indicated topological properties can be easier determined than for a non-gridded triangulation. Two examples of such properties are a “normal vector” and

[12]“Gaussian curvature” .

POLYNOMIAL LAPLACIANA two-dimensional, three-dimensional, polynomial curve with Laplace parameterized curve

2 3Where , ,…… , R , and R a a a a0 1 n1 n


www.ijsir.co.in 64

Missing surface may be regular and irregular both types, it is easy to say that the surface may be repaired either to be surface patch or to be extended boundary curves according to grid projection. Parametric curves can be extended

[3]with the help of chain rule (CR) . (3)If f(x , x , x ) is a parametric function defined as f (x , x , x ) = {f (x , x , x ), f (x , x , x ), f (x , x , x )} R . If x1 2 3 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 1 2 3 1

x (t) and x2 x (t) and x x (t). = 1 = 2 3 = 3 (3)Where x (t), x (t), x (t) R then 1 2 3

Further if x = x (u , u , u ) and x = (u , u , u ) and x = (u , u , u ) Where x (u , u , u ), x (u , u , u ), x (u , u , 1 1 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 1 2

(3). R

u ) are the control points of curve.3

s called Jacobian matrix of reparameterizations. Its determined is called the Jacobian, of the transformation.

Laplace Function Tolerance of model Purification of Node

L( ) 7.5 .02

x1= x (u1, u2, u3) 12.5 .01

x2 = (u1, u2, u3) 13 .01

x3 = (u1, u2, u3) 14 .05

Table -1 Tolerance of mathematical model


www.ijsir.co.in65

To use of chain rule, jacobian surface patch (JSP) can be developed through a given parameters

CONCLUSIONThe present results show the correct and consistent representations of three-dimensional objects are required by applications as varied as modeling, simulation, visualization, mathematics and finite element analysis. However, most acquired 3D models, whether created by hand or by using automatic tools, contain errors and inconsistencies. The result represents the tolerance of Laplace function use by the given parameter with specific mathematic formula.

REFERENCES1. Armin Iske, Ewald Quak, Michele floater. Scatter

data modeling using radial basis function 2. Banzhaf, W. (1997), “Interactive evolution,” in

Handbook of Evolutionary Computation, Z. M. T. Back, D. Fogel (Ed.), pp C2.9,1–7, Oxford University Press.

3. Banzhaf, W., Nordin, P., Keller, R., and Francone, F. (1998), Genetic Programming - an Introduction; on the Automatic Evolutionof Computer Programs and Its Application, dpunkt-Verlag, Heidelberg. Morgan Kaufmann, San Francisco.

4. Barequet G and Mocha Shair. Filling Gaps in the boundary of a polyhedron. CAGD March 1995

5. Piegl, L. and Tiller, W. (1997), the NURBS Book, Springer. Project team SURREAL (1998),

“Fl¨achenrekonstruktion mit Genetischem Programmieren,” Technical report, University of Dortmund, Computer Science Department, Dortmund, Germany.

6. L. Piegl, "On NURBS: A Survey, "IEEE CG&A, Vol. 11, No. 1, Jan. 1991, pp. 55-71. Citation: Gerald Farin

7. Piegl L., Tiller W., Curve and surface constructions using rational B-splines, Computer Aided Design, Volume19, Number-9, 1987,pp.485-498.

8. Prabir Bhattacharya, Azriel Rosenfield “Convexity Property of space curves” ScienceDirect, Dec-2002

9. Praun E., McLennan T.J. Smooth surface reconstruction from noisy range data. In Proceedings of Graphite 2003, pages 119–126,

10. Qinmin D.X., Tian, Z.X., Zhang, Y.X., Feng J.B., The method of numeric polish in curve fitting, ACTA MATHEMATICA SINICA, 1975, 18(3): 173-184. (in Chinese)

11. Rechenberg I. (Ed.) (1994), Evolutionsstrategie '94 , volume 1 of Werksta t t Bionik und Evolutionstechnik, Stuttgart, Frommann- Holzboog.

12. Reed, K., Kelly, J. C., Harrod, D., and Conroy, W. (1991) , t he In i t i a l Graph ic s Exchange Specification (IGES) Version 5.1., Fairfax, VA: N a t i o n a l C o m p u t e r G r a p h i c s A s s o c . , Administrator-IGES/PDES Organization


www.ijsir.co.in 66

MODELLING LABORATORY ONLINE: CASE OF AN IMPLEMENTATION OF PRACTICAL WORK REMOTELY ON

A DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING KIT1 2*Amod Kumar Tiwari , Ashraf Ali , ,

2 2Afza Meraj Priyanka Srivastava1 2 Bhabha Institute of Technology Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, Research Scholar, Sai Nath University,


Higher Institutes of Technological Studies in India promote Intensive Technology Based Education. The lessons are mainly based on practical work engaging 60% of the student total work load that includes lectures and tutorials. In this context, due to the increasing high number of various laboratory toards to design and implement, after our e x p e r i m e n t s , w e n o w b e l i e v e t h a t o n l i n e l a b o r a t o r y c o n c e p t i s a n a s s e t f o r I S E T.In this paper, we present our way of modelling online laboratories based from an analysis of the patterns of achievement of classroom based laboratory work that we are calling her “presential”. The e-learning environment used for our experimental model is called ECLATE a French acronym meaning “Laboratory and Course Environment with Education Technology”, which on purpose, we revised to take into account the recommendations of both theoretical (models) and the latest Web technologies such as service oriented Web 2.0 and Mashups as well as norms and standards of e-learning that prevails nowadays. In order to test our proposed model, we are showing how we implemented some remote laboratory activities based on a digital signal analysis kit (DSP KIT). In fact, within the framework of a given learning scenario, the implemented model allows students to write, load, execute and analyze codes to the remote device.

Keywords: Online laboratory; Engineering remote laboratory, Collaborative environment, Web-Based Laboratory experiments

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONSince their emergence in 1995, the Higher Institutes of Technology Studies (ISET) didn't stop evolving both in number (24 ISET and two others currently projected for the year 2009)and in size (between 3 and 13 department by ISET). Their technological nature gave them an opportunity to focus on practical work learning with a rate of 60% compared to the hourly amount of integrated courses. Now, several ISET are equipped with educational materials having a high technological value. In addition, the relatively high cost of such equipment did not allow its distribution throughout the ISET network. It is obvious that a solution for sharing its resources would be highly recommended, especially as India has witnessed the birth of a bold experiment in January 2002 based on the Virtual University of Tunis (UVT), which currently hosts more than 320 courses and serves more than 7200 students (much of them emanates from the ISET network). Some UVT modules offer laboratory work(LW) as a software simulation form (experience

in chemistry or physics), however, LW using online learning models still need attention.

ONLINE LABORATORY EXPERIENCE ON DSPAn application that will illustrate our approach is a LW on programming a Digital Signal Processor (DSP). The activity is to take DSP programming model kit model, to connect an operative device such as a stepper motor or a digital phone keyboard. Then the whole program can be tested using a computer connected to the Kit. The real challenge now is how one might view this resource from distant place and then share it with multiple users. We solved of this need using some

TM[1]functionalities provided by an industrial Lab VIEW . This environment has the advantage to publish all developed program on the web, so we can easily access our DSP kit via the Internet. The standardization used in Lab VIEW to aggregate electrical equipments made him a good choice to perform several applications to implement online laboratories.

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Amod Kumar Tiwari, Professor & Director, Bhabha Institute of Technology , Kanpur , Uttar Pradesh, India, Email ID : [email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in67

For the DSP, we were therefore called upon to write a driver for communication between the Kit and Lab VIEW software. This was made by writing a set of reusable libraries.

This will result in the possibility of indexing libraries in [2]special database, in the form of ontology , depending

on their uses (we must take into account the diversity of the DSP Kits).

Figure 1.0 (a) The DSP kit with stepper motor applicationFigure 1.0 (b) The DSP Kit connected with a PC of command (executing Lab VIEW environment and the application of a stepper motor control

This environment is integrated in a macro-environment that offers some specific properties:

Managing a set of online laboratories platform Manage access to critical resources Manage views (student view, tutor teacher

view, designer teacher view …) and their respective access rights

In the next paragraph, we explain how we implement this solution.

THE EXPERIENCE OF ECLATE PLATFORM WITH IN THE INDIAN CONTEXT In order to make it more effective, we add some features to ECLATE, a Remote Educational Laboratory platform (Environment de Course et de Laboratories Assisted par la Technologies de l'Enseignement) first developed at Lab @DER

[3](Laboratory at Distance for Education and Research) .We have used Mashups technologies to implement a number of functionalities we had in our previous

[4-9]research work , when the users access ECLATE web

site, based on each one's role, they see, in a transparent manner, information retrieved from multiple web sites. Each one of the later has a specific function such as Authentification web site, Online Laboratory Instrument Interface web site in context with the session, Scenario and Interface Repository site and relative tools. Such architecture provides more flexible way to implement a variety of online LW. The user can switch from a laboratory to another easily. The tutoring activity becomes easy too for the teacher so that he/she can follow synchronously students doing their laboratories. The technology used here was mixed between two concepts. A rich AJAX based technology GUI interface with low bandwidth consuming and a We b s e r v i c e s a p p r o a c h f o r e s t a b l i s h i n g communication between the servers with a high level efficiency. Using of AJAX technology in the client side made the human machine interface more intuitive and ameliorates the overall performance of the environment.


www.ijsir.co.in 68

Figure 2 : ECLATE architecture using multiple specific servers and a web service based on SOAP specification

The communication between the servers was made by the SOAP web service. We built this web service to return a list of files related to the student, created and stored on the server.In our case, we have several SOAP servers residing in a single web server. Each server SOAP references list of files created by each student. By this architecture, we can manage easily the student documents. The main language used to develop ECLATE was the PHP, so no need to complicate the development by using other language, therefore we decided to preserve this PHP thin client advantage and we have implemented SOAP service.

Among the possibilities offered in this new version of ECLATE, the ability to automatically load the necessary documents for a LW and the possibility to have three types of documents for a particular LW (Theoretical, technical and the demanded tasks).All these features and this architecture have allowed us to validate a model for online laboratory work. In fact, we have started with an attendance Lab Work modelling and attempt to model an online lab work activities.

Typology of an attendance LW[10]Generally, a collective learning situation may belong

to one of the following types: 1. The situation - a problem2. The debate3. The project4. The resolution of problem5. The case study.6. The critical analysis7. The cyber-survey8. Exercises

ALW of automation or DSP programming is a situation which could well take one of the forms presented below, but the practical side, consisting of the manipulation of physical objects constituents the operative part and the programming component of the party command to the inside a laboratory designed for that purpose in order to observe behaviour, produce an effect, assimilate theoretical concepts with tests / errors, or complete a project, promotes rather types 1,3,4,5,8.


www.ijsir.co.in69

Cycle of an attendance LWIt is divided into three phases (Figure 1):

A preparation phase (outside laboratory). It consists of two stages:

o Theoretical Stages TS: the student made a thorough reading of the record of LW exhibitor: the definition of LW, the objectives of LW, the means used for the creation of LW and the scale of assessments associated with detailed LW.

o Practical steps PS: The student is preparing its manipulation. This step may give rise to: physical manipulation around the functional chains such as wiring, for example.

The LW meeting itself (three hours). It usually starts with a reminder of the objectives of LW

and presentation of the equipment. In the context of the Automation LW, the student is asked to:

[11] Develop a grafcet according to a system viewpoint to develop a grafcet operative part (OP) and then a grafcet for the control part (CP).

Program a PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) or DSP with CP grafcet.

Validate the behaviour of the operative part vis-à-vis all or part of CP grafcet.

The redaction of the report of the lab.At the completion of these three tasks the student encounters difficulties of different origin:

Problems related to automated systems such as: identification of input and output of the system

P.S. (Practical Stage)

Manipulation Report

T.S.

(T heoretical Stage)

OutsiderLab. Inside Lab

Preparation Phase

OutsiderLab.

Figure 3: a LW life cycle

Problems related to the operative part as: Identifying an actuator and its power interface or identification of the nature of the information input of a sensor.

Problems related to command as part: The identification of sequences (alternatives, repetitive, parallel etc.) or the realization of a truth table of a logical function associated with a receptivity or a conditional order.

Problems related to dialogue "operator - part" which can be summarized in identifying constituents of dialogue and an indication of their function.

Problems related to the implementation of automated systems such as connecting of an actuator, or a sensor with a PLC I/O module or a Entering a programmable

while constituting or part of GRAFCET or validation of the observed behaviour related to all or part of GRAFCET

A phase of drafting an account (excluding LW).

Description of an attendance LWA LW in attendance is generally characterized by the three dimensions:

Hardware Dimension: In the laboratory work classics practices, we can distinguish three types of system according to their similarity to real industrial systems: Didactical, realistic or real systems. Using one of these system categories depends mostly on educational objectives and the economic factor.


www.ijsir.co.in 70

The objectives of teacher

BDesign of tasks (here we can

use ATRIUM method

[12])

CWhat do students now

D

What students are in the

course learning?

Scientific

teacher

viewpoint

Learning

teacher

viewpoint

Scientific

student

viewpoint

Learning

student

viewpoint

Satisfaction

?

A

Figure 4: model of practical teaching

Communication dimension:Information flows are easy given the closeness between students, instructors and (optional) technicians. There are two types of communication:

During the LW(instructor-student- technician) and

Outside the LW: reports (instructor-students) and design (instructor-author-technician)

Educative Dimension: The set of the rules to be hold according to pedagogical concept or administrative constraints.It is very useful to identify in this model the steps involved in the design and evaluation of the activity of a classic LW. A simple model of the process of implementing a practical teaching is presented in Figure 4.

The advantages of online laboratoryAn activity of online practical work means a classic LW (you can find in a school or an engineering school), which was eventually changed but more importantly

[7]expanded to be attained remotely (via Internet) . The immediate benefits of online LW derived from the limitations of this type of activities in a classical context which are:

The time:The time slots are limited in time and job rotations. LWs (due to the low number of systems available compared to the number of students) may not take place in the most appropriate order for certain groups. In addition, the constraints of timetables mean that some LW comes before the course

Documentation: The subject is given (latest) at the meeting and is sometimes unavailable outside of the meetings of LW.

The equipment: Some LWs require heavy equipment and expensive that you cannot duplicate (robotics, engineering, etc.). However, other types of benefits attached to the computer aspect of online LW may be made by the availability of a computer next to the platform TP:

Contextual Online Help Simulation and Mathematical Tools, Recording experimental data, (in part) Automated Marking Laboratory management: preparation of program,


www.ijsir.co.in71

Co-simulationThe automatic aim is to solve the problem of the command systems. Usually, there are two types of systems: the continuous systems and systems for discrete events. The simulation is complementary with the actual experiment. Generally, they are essential if the simulated system is not accessible by students: lack of resources, processes destructive… The simulators are widely used in industry because they help to validate the command party, to study its behaviour related to failures of the operative part, and optimize cycle time. Two types of simulator exist: simulators of command party, that avoid the use of PLC, and the operative part simulators, which are based on an original model, but relatively abstract of the production system. However, in practical work, mostly students schedule industrial PLC, a DSP or micro-controller and test their applications through a model or a default of a box to simulate the buttons' state sensors. It is obvious that in this case, the use of simulated models for training is a very interesting. The simulation is an essential tool for automation. However, the simulation cannot and should not completely replace the practice. Another approach, which seems very promising, is to allow the student to schedule a remote PLC, while having a simulated 3D operative party on his workstation. This implies to integrate two classes of activity: the activities of "real laboratory" (in our case programming commands component) and the "virtual laboratory" (simulation of the operative part). The main objective of our experiment was to achieve an online LW which underlines these concepts.

The 4 dimensions of online LWThere are four dimensions in the online laboratory:

Online manipulation dimension: here we must enhance the HMI development (rich interfaces, 2D, 3D, AJAX…)

Educative dimension: the same with attended LW, but here we use method to create and execute a pedagogic scenario for students (it becomes more interested if the LW must be done on collaborative way). We can have two type of scenario:

o Scenario created by teachers and executed by students

o Uses of scenario modelling method like:

ATRIUM method [12] Editing learning scenario (IMS-

L D , o n t o l o g i e s , W e b services…)

Communication dimension: here we study the Data flow between :

o Student - studento Student – teacher tutoro Teacher designer- teacher tutor o teacher designer – technician

Management dimension :o Scheduling online LW sessionso Security management and access

controlo preparation of resources and necessary

right access to create new LW

CONCLUSIONThese experiences that we have presented in this paper, allow us to understand the behaviour of the student and the teacher in a collaborative co-simulation environment. We hope that such platform can be used in Indian university to allow, for some regions, the facility to access expensive materials. However online laboratory is not a simple extension of a classical LW, or a remote access to a shared component, but it is really a new approach of pedagogic learning and it can help us break down barriers between classes, assisted works and laboratory works. All the technologies used in this work is well selected to perform an optimal use of the Internet and PC resources.

REFERENCES1. G. W. Jhonson, R. Jennings, " LabVIEW Graphical

Programming", McGraw Hill, 20062. M. Grandbastien, F. Azouaou, C. Desmoulins,

Faerber, R.; Leclet, D.; Quenu-Joiron, C."Sharing an ontology in Education: Lessons learnt from the OURAL project" Advanced Learning Technologies, 2007. ICALT 2007. Seventh IEEE I n t e r n a t i o n a l C o n f e r e n c e o nVolume , Issue , 18-20 July 2007 Page(s):694 - 698

3. H. Saliah-Hassane, W. Bannour, "Environnement de cours et de laboratoires avec les technologies de l'enseignement (ECLATE)", 1st Afra Conference on Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) in Teaching and Learning in Nuclear Science and Technology” Niamey, Niger, 19-20 November 2007


www.ijsir.co.in 72

4. H. H. Saliah, C. Loizeau, P. Dumont-Burnett, "Design of a Web-Based Virtual Laboratory Instrument Measurement Interface”, in W. Aung, P. Hicks, L. Scavarda, V. Roubicek, C. Wei (eds.), Engineering Education and Research 2001, A Chronicle of Worldwide Innovations, BEGELL HOUSE PUBLISHING, 2002, Chap. 13, pp.127-134.

5. M. Saad, H. Saliah-Hassane, H. Hassan, Z. El-Guétioui, M. Cheriet, "A Synchronous Remote Accessing Control Laboratory on the Internet”, in W. Aung, P. Hicks, L. Scavarda, V. Roubicek, C. Wei (eds.), Engineering Education 2001, A Chronicle of Worldwide Innovations, BEGELL HOUSE PUBLISHING, 2002, Chap. 16, pp.161-167.

6. H. H. Saliah, "Activity Management Tools for Open thEngineering Laboratories”, Proceedings of the 7

Baltic Region Seminar on Engineering Education, St. Petersburg, Russia, September 4-6, 2003, pp. 245-248.

7. H. H. Saliah, M. Saad, H. Hassan, De La Teja, "Virtually and remotely accessing and controlling laboratory real devices: A new trend in teaching and learning in engineering”, Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Technology Based Higher Education and Training ITHET 2000, Istanbul, July 3-5, 2000, pp. 107-114.

8. M. Mhamdi , H. Sal iah, “A Generic 3D

Environment to Remotely Drill and Practice on Embedded Automated Systems”,The International Conference on Engineering Educationand Research, iCEER 2004, July 27-30, 2004, Olomuc, Czech Republic.

9. P. Permezel, O. Marcoux, H. H. Saliah, M. Saad, C. Nerguizian, "Generic Simulator Model for Training a n d L e a r n i n g i n Vi r t u a l L a b o r a t o r y Environments”, E-Learn, World Conference on E-Learning in Corporate, Government, Healthcare and Higher Education, Montreal, QC, Canada, October 15-19, 2002.

10. H. William Fink, "Web-Based Prelaboratory and P o s t l a b o r a t o r y A c t i v i t i e s f o r G e n e r a l C h e m i s t r y ” , E D U C A U S E A N N U A L CONFERENCES 2003.

11. M. Mhamdi, R. Braham, M. Moalla. H. Saliah-Hassane, "A Virtual Verification and Execution of Grafcet Using VRML”, in W. Aung, P. Hicks, R. Altenkirch, T. Cermak, R. W. King (eds.), INNOVATIONS 2004, World Innovations in Engineering Education and Research, BEGELL HOUSE PUBLISHING, 2004, Chap. 34, pp.381-396.

12. P. Leroux, M. Vivet, “Micro-Robots Based Learning Environments for Continued Education in Small and Medium Enterprises”Journal of Interactive Learning Research, 2000


www.ijsir.co.in73

AFFORDANCES AND FORM: APPLYING LESSONS FROM INFORMAL LEARNING TO FORMAL LEARNING ON THE WEB

1 2 *Amod Kumar Tiwari , Anup Kumar Patel , 2 2

Afza Meraj , Priyanka Srivastava1 2Bhabha Institute of Technology, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, Research Scholar, Sai Nath

University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India

For most of us, learning online is performed with a web browser and a search engine. With experience, we develop and hone skills at finding, filtering, and assessing resources made available on the World Wide Web. This kind of informal learning is entirely self-directed. We regulate our goals and time allotted in reaction to what we find as our inquiries proceed. New scaffolds, such as rating and recommendation systems, increasingly aim to improve our effectiveness.The paper presents current affordance and phenomena of regular web page using World Wide Web portal for learning.

Keywords: Online learning environments; Instructional design patterns; Scaffolds; Affordances

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONBut we are simultaneously confronted by many

obstacles and distractions. Our searches return overwhelming hits with rankings reflecting many influences. Site and page designs present myriad organizational strategies and user experiences. The information we find varies widely in its motivation, targeted audience, reliability, and currency. Advertising vies endlessly for our attention in subtle or intrusive ways. Yet, despite its efficiency, we persist in this daily pattern of searching and browsing simply because the web is the most extensive and accessible source of information in history, servicing a lifelong need for learning.Since its inception, attempts to employ the web as a medium for formal learning have also been pursued. Perhaps not surprisingly, many of these attempts have strongly reflected what existed before the web. In the academic community, we find simple “ports” of the classroom experience, with pod-casted lectures supplemented by notes, slides, and discussion forums. In the computer-based training community, we find click-through “tell and test” modules rooted in the CD-ROM era. More promising are newer constructivist and adaptive learning environments, with their foundations in hypermedia and intelligent tutoring systems. While the latter presents more indigenous user experiences, especially in terms of user navigability, they make only limited appeals to our everyday experience using the web for learning.

In designing a new corpus of online instruction, one that addresses information security for adult learners, we have attempted to use what is best about the web as a guide, while contending with its liabilities to gain back efficiency and effectiveness. We have introduced familiar web affordances, such as assisted searching and recommendations, with features adapting to the learner's situation. Foremost, we have emphasized freedom of action and the ability of learners to adapt the training to better suit their individual learning styles. This freedom is counterpoised by explicit activity structures that facilitate action with intention exercised through familiar interfaces and interactions.We begin the paper by discussing advantages and disadvantages of informal learning on the web through the lens of modern constructivist and adult learning theories. We then describe the use of an explicit macro-structure of learning activities as a means of addressing efficiency and adaptability. Since this design stratagem is a refinement of prior work principally addressing classroom learning, we present and discuss modifications we have made to address online learning. We continue by describing the use of familiar web affordances in our learning designs to leverage the pervasive experience using the web for informal learning. We conclude with a discussion of future work.

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Amod Kumar Tiwari, Professor & Director, Bhabha Institute of Technology, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, Email ID: [email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in 74

INFORMAL LEARNING ON THE WEB

A predominant characteristic of informal learning using the World Wide Web is that it is self-directed. The primary use elements of the web, searching and browsing, are well suited to learning experiences in which , as Malco lm Knowles descr ibes i t , “…individuals take the initiative, with or without the help of others, in diagnosing their learning needs, formulating learning goals, identifying human and material resources for learning, choosing and implementing appropriate learning strategies, and

[1]evaluating learning outcomes.” In his views on

[2]andragogy , Knowles further recognizes in adult learners the influence of existing knowledge and experience on future learning, a process attribute shared more basically with constructivist learning

[3]theories. Consider an everyday web inquiry. A learner enters some search phrase into a search engine and is promptly presented with a list of links and citations pertaining to those terms. The learner then scans this list attempting to make a connection between some of these choices and his or her objectives. Links are followed and the learner must quickly discern if the material presented will be useful, prioritizing and filtering these choices. How long should he linger in a single resource? How far down the list of resources should he venture? Is a given resource truly accurate, reliable, and unbiased? Is the current search phrase leading in the right direction and when should changes be made? How will he know when the original learning objectives are met and if they were the right objectives?An obvious problem with learning in this way is reliance onmet cognitive skills to efficiently and effectively realize learning objectives. For individuals lacking such skills, the freedom the web offers can become something of a tar-pit. As sociologist C. Wright Mills wrote, when examining the role of intellectuals in a Post-WWII society, "Freedom is not merely the opportunity to do as one pleases; neither is it merely the opportunity to choose between set alternatives. Freedom is, first of all, the chance to formulate the available choices, to argue over them and

[4]then, the opportunity to choose” .

We see dual challenges in designing formal learning experiences for the web as (1) to compensate for individuals with poor skills as self-directed learners and (2) to help cultivate those skills. In addressing these challenges for an adult training regime on information system security, we have employed modules that utilize a common macro-structure based on a paradigm for technology-based learning called

[5]anchored instruction . This design pattern is an inquiry cycle, called STAR Legacy, consisting of a set

of complementary learning activities overarched by a [6]challenge providing the context for the inquiry . For

adult learning, we have simplified this cycle based on an earlier approach taken for adult continuing

[7]education . The following sections present and discuss this learning cycle and our adaptations.

STAR LEGACY

In an ideal scenario, all of the freedom afforded by the web would be a powerful tool in the hands of the learner. It could be considered the ultimate adaptive learning environment where individuals select resources that best suit their learning style. The process would be efficient and effective, but as we have mentioned earlier, this is most often not the case. A major goal of the Star (Software Technology for Action and Reflection) Legacy cycle developed by Daniel Schwartz and others in the Cognition and Technology Group at Vanderbilt was to help teachers and learners

[6]see where they are in a complex sequence of learning .

In an online setting, where the instructor is not part of the environment, we employ the explicit structure of Star Legacy to show the users all of the learning activities that are available to them with no enforced order. Learners are invited to adapt the structure to suit their individual needs, using the activities in an order that best suits them and selecting only those activities that they need to solve the proposed problem. This explicit structure adds the scaffolding necessary for even the most inexperienced online learner to begin constructing his personalized training immediately. Presented with five learning activities and the freedom to move in and out of them as he pleases, the first time user often visits each activity in order, as they are presented in the model. A new user will most likely begin by visiting the Challenge activity to gain context for the other phases. This challenge is drawn from real-world situations or cases related to the subject being taught.


www.ijsir.co.in75

He will then move on to the Thoughts phase for problem setting. Here learners are presented with a set of probing questions that serve to lead them into the Resources phase. After studying the thought questions, students see the problem from multiple perspectives and identify what they need to know to solve the problems posed in the challenge.

These first two phases in essence provide the framework necessary to preserve efficiency as the user is faced with a list of unfamiliar learning activities. Unlike the common web experience, where the lack of scaffolding or any other trusted guidance can lead to aimless and uninformed "clicking", here the student is empowered. He has been given a motivating problem to solve and support in examining this problem to account for the applicability of current knowledge and needs for new learning.Continuing on in the cycle, the Resources phase contains the bulk of the learning activities used for problem solving. In keeping with

[5]the principles of anchored instruction , learners are free to move throughout these resources which address various aspects of the challenge. Ideally, several resources will cover the same material using different instructional methods. This multiplicity is particularly important in areas where learners have greater d i ff icul t ies and a l ternat ive t reatments can accommodate learners with differences in individual learning styles. To support reflection on progress towards learning goals, no-stakes self-assessment resources are provided in the Assessment phase. Finally,the Wrap Up phase supports reviewing what he has learned and presents an opportunity to relate it to a similar challenge. As the learner gains knowledge about the subject presented, he/she is also gaining an understanding of the underlying structure of the learning experience. Each new module will be laid out in exactly the same way; Challenge, Thought questions, Resources, Assessment and Wrap Up. Some learners will continue to follow a sequential path through each module; others will experiment with new paths as they find which learning activities afford them the best learning opportunities and possibly, which activities are unnecessary or not useful to their learning experience at all.In the next section, we examine some modifications we have made in phases of the Legacy

[6]Cycle presented in an effort to construct an online environment suited to adult learners. We then examine a set of web affordances we have incorporated into the learning platform as a whole.

OUR ADAPTATIONS TO STAR LEGACY

Our first departure from the classical six-phase Star Legacy Cycle can be found in the Thoughts phase. In a traditional learning environment where an instructor is present, students are presented with a challenge and then proceed to a phase called Generate Ideas. Here students work alone or in collaboration to list issues and possible answers pertaining to the challenge. Once an initial list of questions has been created, they tackle the Multiple Perspectives phase which helps students to further define issues about the challenge based on the perspectives of relevant stakeholders. The purpose of these learning activities is to help students make their own thinking explicit rather than allow it to remain vague and tacit. The multiple perspectives provide a way to introduce students to vocabulary and perspectives that are quite different from their own and that often characterize expert approaches to the topic.In our modules, students are presented with the Thoughts phase. Here, the relevant questions have been posed for them, with no answers provided. As mentioned previously, these questions can be used as a general guide for students to assess what they do and don't already know about the challenge. Some questions and their answers may be obvious to the learner and require no further study. Others may bring a fresh new perspective to the problem and can serve as a catalyst for learning. The questions are typically posed from different perspectives, allowing the user to see the challenge in a much broader context. Many of our learners are themselves professionals. They will most likely find their own perspective among the questions posed, but it may be the first time they have seen the challenge from a different point of view. This can be critical to enlarging the learner's understanding of the challenge beyond their current scope.

The freedom of movement afforded by the Star Legacy Model encourages students to revisit the Thoughts phase periodically throughout the training. George Polya, writing in his book “How to solve it”, clearly defines the course that students take as they are grappling with a new skill. "Trying to find the solution, we may repeatedly change our point of view, our way of looking at the problem… Our conception of the problem is likely to be rather incomplete when we start the work; our outlook is different when we have made some progress; it is again different when we have

[8]almost obtained the solution." Returning to this phase throughout the training affords the learner a chance to rethink his initial impressions; to challenge his current beliefs concerning the problem; to construct and reconstruct a model for his solution.


www.ijsir.co.in 76

The Assessment phase of our modules provides a no-stakes formative assessment similar to those found in the “Test Your Mettle” phase of the classic STAR Legacy Cycle. Everything about these self-assessments is a departure from the typical online exam. Here, we introduce progressive remediation the notion that assistance provided to a learner attempting to answer questions or solve problems should initially

[9]be limited and become increasingly stronger . The goal is to help learners recognize their own mistakes and miscomprehensions, rather than simply “hinting” about the correct response. Students decide when they are ready to attempt the self-assessment. They can take it as often as they like; their score and the number of attempts will have no bearing on their course qualifying exam. CAPE (Courseware Authoring and Packaging Environment) , the authoring tool that supports our current online development efforts, makes it possible for us to use a rich variety of question forms

[10,11]to include fill in the blank and short answer . A learner attempts to answer a question and the response is evaluated immediately. If the answer is incorrect, the first stage in the feedback loop clarifies the question for the learner to be sure that he understood what was being asked. If he answers incorrectly again, a second remediation stage provides a brief explanation of what is wrong with his answer. Here, the user not only recognizes that he may not yet fully understand the concepts being examined, but his misconceptions are addressed and corrected. Finally, if he fails to answer correctly on his third attempt, feedback is given in the form of a list of suggested resources found within the module that will help in better understanding the new concept. A learner may take the assessment one question at a time, moving in and out of the other learning activities as needed, or he may take it all at once, as preparation for the summative assessment.

Our final phase, the Wrap Up, is another divergence from the classic Star Legacy Cycle and complements the Thoughts phase. The primary purpose of the phase is to support synthesizing what has been learned viz. the module's challenge. Our Wrap Up is divided into two stages. In the first, students revisit the thought questions that were posed in conjunction with the challenge. A discussion of possible solutions is presented which refer to the module resources. Here the learner has a chance to compare his solutions with

[12, 13]that of subject matter experts .The second stage is essentially a transfer task, where a related challenge is posed along with another set of thought questions. The aim of this section is to lead the user to extend his newly gained knowledge to a different situation. Here

discussions of the thought questions are presented so that the learner can see how his new knowledge and skills can be extended.Our changes to the classic Star Legacy Model were born out of necessity the online training environment we are addressing lacks a real time instructor and does not afford collaboration

[ 1 4 , 1 5 ]among users . Taking advantage of the technological advances that CAPE has to offer, we have created an online experience that is as adaptive and rich as the web environment, but also contains structure and guidance necessary for efficient training. It is a complete departure from the tell-and-test training still commonly seen in online learning. As stated in our introduction, the goals for designing online formal learning experiences have been two-fold; to contend with the liabilities of the web while still using what is best about it, in each case seeking to increase both efficiency and effectiveness. We now discuss our efforts to capitalize on the strengths of the web those affordances that make the web a popular environment for informal learning.

AFFORDANCES

From basic searching and browsing to newer scaffolds like rating and recommendation systems, the World Wide Web has evolved into an extremely rich and powerful information resource while preserving its usability. When we began designing our formal online learning environment, we wanted to make it as familiar as possible to the user. Little time would be spent learning how to use our courseware and more time would be spent actually using the learning activities. The hallmark of Star Legacy, as we have employed it in this paper, is the freedom of movement given to the learner, allowing learners to "drive" the courseware while providing sufficient guidance to promote efficiency and effectiveness. When a user is granted the freedom to adapt and design their own learning sequence, an environment emerges that is personalized with respect to both their existing knowledge base and their unique learning style.While constructing formal online learning environments as hypermedia is nothing new, the companioning of link-based navigation with the explicit learning activity structures of STAR Legacy addresses an important efficiency concern. The typical use of hyper-linking on the web is subject-based, which is good when the available information is addressed at multiple depths, in multiple contexts, and from multiple perspectives. Within a formal learning experience, the available treatment of subjects is far more constrained, yet the ability to traverse the available activities and resources to find alternative treatments remains an important feature.


www.ijsir.co.in77

Within our modules, we have chosen to use hyper linking principally to address navigation within the Legacy Cycle and among available resources. We support subject-based traversal through the common web affordance of searching.

Strongly influenced by live-search features provided in web browsers such as Mozilla Firefox, the search facility we provide in our courseware is an assisted search, where feedback regarding the presence of a word, fragment, or phase in the search indices is provided continuously in a Suggestions area. The scope of searches can be adjusted from the current module to the entire course. Both the learning resources provided in the Resources phase of modules and the reflection resources provided by the Assessment phase are indexed. In this way, learners can use searching to freely move back and forth between learning and self-assessing what they have learned by subject.

Glossaries are a common feature of online learning resources that are not typically found in web resources. While valuable additions, glossaries can present usability concerns when presented as distinct resources accessed through hyperlink-based navigation. The inline glossaries we employ in our courseware are small pop-up windows that appear when a user moves the cursor over a term that is double-underlined, an approach widely used on the web for such things as targeted advertising. In this way, a user can easily access word definitions without leaving the resource they are currently studying.We believe that the affordances we have included in our courseware create an environment that is familiar to the user and embodies the strengths of the web. Users should immediately feel at home with the freedom of navigation, active search, annotated remediation, and inline glossaries featured in every course. These common tools, placed in what may first be viewed as an uncommon environment by the learner, will put him at ease and serve as a guide. Each user should be able to begin work quickly, customizing the environment to facilitate their study.

CONCLUSION

At the outset of this paper the authors had one goal in mind, to harness the best of what the web had to offer in an effort to create efficient and effective online training. We relied on well studied learning models

such as anchored instruction to create a scaffold that would provide the user the guidance needed to navigate the learning activities that we provided. We took full advantage of the technological advances of the CAPE authoring tool to create resources that were rich, assessments that were challenging and tools that were familiar as well as useful. We have succeeded in removing web frustrations, distilling the World Wide Web learning environment to create a new, familiar but more efficient framework. As we continue in our research in the area of online learning, we hope to discover more about today's online learner and to create learning environments that are not only pedagogically sound but also on the cutting edge of what technology has to offer the teaching and learning community.

REFERENCES

1. Knowles, M. S. (1975) Self-Directed Learning. A guide for learners and teachers, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall/Cambridge.

2. Knowles, M. S. et al (1984) Andragogy in Action. Applying modern principles of adult education, San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

3. Prince, Michael J., and Richard M. Felder. "Inductive Teaching and Learning Methods: Definitions, Comparisons, and Research Bases." Journal of Engineering Education, 2006: 123-138.

4. Mills, C. Wright. The Sociological Imagination. New York: Oxford University Press, 1959.

5. Bransford, J. et al. "Anchored instruction: Why we need it and how technology can help." In Cognition, education and multimedia, by D. Nix and R. Sprio. Hillsdale: Erlbaum Associates, 1990.

6. Schwartz, D. L., X. Lin, S. Brophy, and J. D. Bransford. "Toward the development of flexibly adaptive instructional designs." In Instructional-design theories and models: New paradigms of instructional theory: Vol 2, by D. (Ed.) Reigeluth. Mahwah: ERlbaum, 1999.

7. Smith, D. D., et al. "The IRIS Center for Faculty Enhancement: On-line course enhancement modules and materials for use in the preparation of education professionals." New Horizons for Learning Online Journal, 2005, Fall ed.

8. Polya, George. How to Solve It. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1945.


www.ijsir.co.in 78

9. Roselli, R. J., L. Howard, and S. Brophy. "Integration of formative assessment into online engineering assignments." Computers in Education, 2006: 8-17.

10. Howard, L. "CAPE: A visual language for courseware authoring.",Second Workshop on Domain-Specific Visual Languages, Seattle, WA, November, 2002.

11. Howard, L., "Adaptive learning technologies for bioengineering education.",IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine, 22, 4, pp. 58-65, July, 2003.

12. Anderson, Gretchen L., and Marsha L. Heck. "Theme-based tests: Teaching in context." Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Education 33, no. 1 (2006).

13. Paivio, Allan. "Dual Coding Theory: Retrospect

and Current Status." Canadian Journal of E x p e r i m e n t a l P s y c h o l o g y ( A m e r i c a n Psychological Association) 45, no. 3 (September 1991): 255-287.

14. Moore, M., J. K. Burton, and R. J. Myers. "Multiple-channel communication: The theoretical and research foundations of multimedia." In Handbook o f re search for educa t iona l communications and technology (, by D. H. Jonassen (Ed.), 851-875. New York, New York: Macmillan, 1996.

15. Howard, L., Remenyi, Z. and Pap, G., "Adaptive blended learning environments International ."Conference on Engineering Education, Session T3K, July, 2006.


www.ijsir.co.in79

A STUDY ON ORGANIZATIONS EMBRACING GREEN MARKETING FOR A SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT WITH REFERENCE TO INDIAN MARKETS

1 2*Shalini Bariar , Anil Vikramaditya Verma1 2 Thakur Institute of Management Studies and Research, Mumbai, India, Delsey India

As it is a well-known fact that the humans are the most advanced living being on the planet earth using the resources of the Mother Nature as per their needs, wants, requirements, comfort and self development. During the process of development, the human beings have now started realizing that the resources they are using are not only limited but also at the verge of insufficiency. The humans have started realizing that their unlimited wants and desires are giving rise to extreme industrializations causing destructions to the natural resources.During the various discussions in the past, it was concluded that the human being have rights to fulfill their respective needs and wants but at the same time there have been discussions regarding not causing harm to the environment which may negatively affect the existence of human being. The American marketing Association gave importance to manufacturing and marketing of products that are acknowledged as environmentally less harmful. The environmental sustainability since then became a buzz among the entire marketing community and also the consumers with a foresightedness of endangered human species due to too much of negligence towards the environment causing distortion to the entire ecological system. Keeping this in mind the various marketing organizations are taking extra care for sourcing, producing, marketing, consuming and disposing products with a vision of causing least harm to the environment and reporting its success in their sustainability reports. This activity is not only related to a social cause but it also helps the organizations in successfully accomplishing its marketing objectives by incorporating the sustainability and green marketing initiatives as core business strategy by creating and generating positive influence in the mind of the customers.This paper involves a study about green and sustainability initiatives taken by some Indian organizations for not only influencing environmental concern but also as a tool for enhancing their market position by reporting itself as green.Keywords: Environmental sustainability; Green marketing; Green initiatives; Business strategy

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONThe hazardous deterioration of the global environment has evoked persistent concern in the mind of mankind towards the consciousness adoption leading to changing consumers' attitude towards eco-friendly products in order to safeguard the blue planet. They therefore, consider it extremely important to take preventive measures towards a sustainable environment by changing their attitude towards their consumption behavior by consuming those products which claim to be environmentally safe. Environment sustainability is emerging as a market driver with the potential to grow profits and present opportunities for value creation — a remarkable evolution from its traditional focus on efficiency, cost, and supply chain risk. Not only the customers but also the marketers consider it as their prime responsibilities towards the sourcing, making, producing, selling and disposing or recycling the products in environmentally safe manner.

Consumers and marketers support these practices and their aims are to make certain that there is a contribution supporting sustainable green environment and finally saving the environment deterioration. As explained by the American Marketing Association, green marketing is the marketing of products that are presumed to be environmentally safe. The green marketing activities are a wide range of actions, including product modification, changes to the manufacturing process, packaging changes, and also modifying promotions towards the environment sustainability. Green marketing is also known as Environmental Marketing and Ecological Marketing. Thus "Green Marketing" refers to holistic marketing concept wherein the production, marketing consumption, a disposal of products and services happen in a manner that is less damaging to the environment with growing awareness.

*Address for correspondence : Dr. Shalini Bariar , Associate Professor ( Marketing ), Thakur Institute of Management Studies and Research, Mumbai, India ; Email.ID : [email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in 80

The concept of environment protection is not new, in the 1987 report of UN commissioned research defined Sustainability as development that fulfills the requirements of the mankind without compromising the ability of the future generations to meet their requirements. This recognizes that there are limits of the natural resources and the ability of the biosphere to absorb human activities. Thus being sustainable, an organization must generate some acceptable level of activities for the environmental performance throughout the process of value chain process from raw material procurement to disposal. In the last few decades, lot many researches and conferences have been organized to discuss about the environment concern and measures to be taken by human being to save the mother earth. During such discussions, the term Green marketing was evolved, understood and explained by the intellectuals. Green marketing not only accepted and adapted by government and non government organizations, but consumer, suppliers, manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers and services firms also have shown similar concern and interest towards availing opportunities to contribute to green marketing. This also led to the understanding of the need of considering the production, distribution, and reclamation of products as integrated gears of the marketing efforts. Green marketing activities also requires the promotional efforts engaged in gaining customer support towards consumption of environment friendly products and show their concern towards the environment. Green marketing is a series of actions towards the establishment of link between the business and customers and this process entails the holistic approach as it integrates the all the activities in relation to environmental concerns.

GREEN PRODUCTSGreen products are known as ecological products or environment friendly products. Shamdasami (1993) defined green products as those products that doesn't pollute the earth or deplore natural resources and can be recycled or conserved. Elkington and Makower (1988), explained green products as those products that have more economically strong specifications or packaging helping in reducing the overall damage to the environment. Schorsch (1990) explained green products as those products that are grown organically, made of degradable materials, contain little or no phosphates, not tested on animals.The various researchers described green products in their own language, Weber (1991) explained that

green products are the products which claim to be environment friendly and also biodegradable, Berman (1993) stated green products to be environmentally sound product, Davis (1994) stated that green products are environment friendly or ecologically safe: and not harmful or more beneficial to the environment, Schuhwerk and Lefkoff-Hagius (1995) explained green products to be less harmful to the environment, Gurau and Ranchhod (2005) explained Ecological product: product that was manufactured using toxic-free ingredients and environmentally-friendly procedures, and who is certified as such by a recognized organization.As explained by Simon (1995) , green products are defined as the products made with reduced amount of material, extremely recyclable raw material, non toxic, not involving animal testing, without adversely affecting protected species, require a lesser amount of energy during production or use or have minimal or no packaging. According to Nimse (2007) green products use recyclable materials, less wastage, reduced water wastage, energy conservation, minimal packaging, reduce toxic emission.

GREEN MARKETINGPride and Ferrell (1993) explained Green marketing as environmental or sustainable marketing which refers to an organization's effort at designing, promoting, pricing, and distributing products that will not harm the environment. In view of the evident destruction of the biosphere due to pollution and extreme human modernization, current global warming discussions and concerns are undeniable. It is evident that chemicals, gases and pollutions released uncontrolled by human activities are responsible for most of the destruction caused to the environment on earth in the past many decades. These trends are projected to continue with greater intensity over the course of the 21st century and beyond (Green facts, 2007). The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of General Electric Jeffery R, stated that: "The opportunity to provide environmental solutions is going to be one of the big four or five themes of our generation of business leadership". The forum like World Wide Fund also referred that, all existing industries are utilizing more than its reasonable share of the earth's resources, retailers continue to procure and sell product that are highly dependent on natural resources without being worried about the limited supply of resources. The concept of green marketing has been discussed by many industries and forums.


www.ijsir.co.in81

Weiner and Sukhdail (1990) stated that Customer's perceived level of self –involvement towards the protection of the environment may prevent them from engaging environment friendly activities such as recycling. With reference to this, Innumerable businesses that promotes their products as green has continually grew (Mansvelt, 2011).The green marketing movement began in the US in 1994 (Kotler and Keller, 2006). It was evolved from the concept of societal marketing (Wong, 2008). Many organizations developed the objectives of green marketing and implemented in their marketing activities. Awareness of green products among customers and its demand has grown during the last two decades, as indicated by increased supply by companies (Chung and Wee, 2008), increased consumer demand (Chen, 2008), environmental p ro t ec t i on o ff e r ed by non - gove rnmen ta l organizations, various institutions offering specific environmental and green marketing courses, and increased number of research publications every year (Hartman and Ibanez, 2006; Nyborg, Howarth and Brekke, 2006). Charter (1999) argued that businesses are faced with increasing challenges of environmental protection and demand for environment-friendly products and services. According to Phillips (1999), consumers are willing to pay premium for green products because they prioritize green attributes in the green product.Prothero & Fitchett (2000) argued that greater ecological enlightenment can be secured through capitalism by using the characteristics of commodity culture to further progress environmental goals. Marketing not only has the potential to contribute to the establishment of more sustainable forms of society but, as a principle agent in the operation and proliferation of commodity discourse, also has a considerable responsibility to do so. Karna et al. (2003) interpreted that proactive marketers are the most genuine group in implementing environmental marketing voluntarily and seeking competitive advantage through environmental friendliness. Jain and Kaur (2004) in their study stated that environmentalism has fast emerged as a worldwide phenomenon. Business firms too have risen to the occasion and have started responding to environmental challenges by practicing green marketing strategies. Green consumerism has played a catalytic role in ushering corporate environmentalism and making business firms green marketing oriented. Quite a good number of experiential studies have

established the importance and advantages of the organizations favoring and going green. Many studies have shown that the green core competence of firms has positive influence on their green product innovation performance, green process innovation performance, and green image. The green product innovation performance and green process innovation performance are positively correlated with the firms' green image (Chen, 2008). This concludes that the firms handled an environment issue well can sustain a firm's competitiveness and increase its superior image. Considering this, many organizations have implied Green marketing strategies as one of the important aspect in its marketing strategies.

GREEN MARKETING INITIATIVES IN INDIAConsidering the customer desire and market trends favoring green marketing as the need of the hour, many organizations are embracing green marketing as one of the most important endeavor and have started acting as a responsible member of the society. It is very interesting to note that while, green marketing continues to be an issue of 5 global interest, Google Trends reports that, on a relative basis, more searches for “green marketing” originated from India than from any other country (Wigder, 2007). Environment sustainability being so important many organizations have started focusing on the sustainability acts through its green efforts by listing a number of activities in its sustainability business agenda.

RESEARCH METHODOLOGYThe objective of this paper is to explore the initiatives of some Indian organizations successful in implementing green strategies for maintaining a sustainable green environment.This study involves an exploratory research study on the organizations green marketing initiatives for environmental sustainability. The study was done on the secondary data available in various magazines, news papers, journals and company web sites. From the list of those organizations following genuine green practices, ten such organizations from the different product sectors were selected on convenience sampling and their green initiatives under the environment sustainability were studied and analyzed. It was interesting to note that most of the companies have successfully marked its presence in the field of Environment sustainability and marketing itself as green organizations and have presented i ts green ini t iat ives with proper documentations in their Sustainability report.


www.ijsir.co.in 82


COMPANIES INITIATING GREEN MARKETING STRATEGIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY As per the social awareness, government norms and consumer requirement for exploring options available for low carbon growth path, few Indian companies have taken a lead and made its decent status in global list of those forms which have opted for its leadership in saving the environment by cutting down its climate damaging emissions. Companies selected like Essar Oil, Tech Mahindra, Tata Consultancy Services and Wipro makes itself to be one of the top global companies following green practices. Few other Companies like, ITC, Indian Oil Corporation, Dabur, Maruti Suzuki, Sun Pharma and State Bank of India have also been successful in implementing its sustainability initiative programs to save the environment. Awarded an 'A' grade for their performance, these companies earn a position on the first global ranking of corporate efforts to mitigate climate change. The India 2014 report titled "Indian companies decouple business growth from carbon emissions" reveals that energy efficiency is the key means by which companies are acting on climate change. This study is a small effort towards the analysis of the steps taken by these companies towards making a difference in the world climate and environment sustainability.

Essar Energy Sushil Maroo, Chief Executive Officer, Essar energy, states that, “We are committed to minimizing pollution, reducing our environmental footprint and optimizing resource consumption by planning and carrying out operations through environmentally responsible processes and practices”. At Essar Energy, health, safety and environment ('HSE') continue to be among i ts cr i t ica l sus ta inabi l i ty pr ior i t ies and an integral part of the management of Essar's business from last many years. The organization's move toward sustainability is towards minimizing pollution, mitigating risks, reducing environmental footprint and optimizing resource consumption. All the environmental aspects, impacts and plans are part of an environmental management plan which is specific to each site. The organization's environmental management plans are aligned with the international environmental management system ISO 14001:2004. The company encourages all its businesses to get certified to the standard.

According to the organization's sustainability report, Environmental performance during the FY2014 by Essar is as follows:

Essar Oil ranked second in India looking across all sectors and industries in Carbon Disclosure Leadership Index in CDP India Climate Change Report 2013.

Essar Oil recommended by Det Norske Veritas for certification to Energy Management System – ISO 50001:2011.

Essar Oil's fuel switch project registered for carbon credits.

Its refineries save 95 million kWh of energy; over five times increase in the energy saved last year.

20% reduction in hazardous waste generation at its refinery, Zero oil spills reported by all sites.

Essar Oil was ranked second All-India in the Carbon Disclosure Leadership Index ('CDLI') in the Carbon Disclosure Project ('CDP') India 200 Climate Change Report 2013 that ranks the top 200 companies by market capitalization.Essar Oil, India uses the services of a sister company, Vadinar Oil Terminal Limited ('VOTL'), to manage crude oil imports and exports and for the distribution of petroleum products. VOTL is governed by the International Maritime Organization's guidelines and protocol. Offshore pollution prevention and control is managed by VOTL.

State Bank of India - Best Green IT Project In the recent news headlines, it was seen that SBI committed Rs 75K Cr to green projects. Sustainability is not only about the savings of recurring costs to the bank, the green project of SBI helps in reducing the carbon footprints which impacts the quality of life of the cardholders and society at large. With and objective of paper less banking, SBI introduced its green initiative which provided services of paperless banking with no withdrawal form, no deposit slips, no checks, no money transactions with the help of debit cards provided to customers.This idea also supports the cause of the bank's objective of diffusion of retail electronic payment culture and reducing the dependence on paper based transactions in the country with an objective of saving the environment and cutting of trees, through brisk expansion of ATMs and debit cards usage.

www.ijsir.co.in83

State Bank of India implemented a gigantic rollout during the financial year 2009-10 and installed more than 10,000 eco, friendly ATMs across the country while taking care of carbon footprint at the same time. In all of these ATMs, LCD monitors were deployed in lieu of CRTs. Usage of LCD, LEDs inside ATM and even for signage, and usage of energy efficient 5 star EER 3.1 rated ACs as an alternative of conventional high energy consuming ACs. SBI also installed Aluminum composite panels, instead of wooden supplies at the various sites. Along with modifications, SBI also developed and installed specially designed ATMs for the low energy consumption and reduced level of air conditioning. Also the solar powered were developed for rural locations. After deployment of these services at ATMs, SBI could save 48508500 KWH of electricity and saved around Rs 24 Cr in electricity bills. In the process of deployment of energy efficient ATMs the major challenge was ensuring compliance with consideration of agreed contractual terms not only with the main supplier but also with the outsourcing agencies.

Indian Oil Corporation Being an active partner of the Global Compact Program of the United Nations, Indian Oil completely focuses on “sustainable development.” Being a leading participant, the Indian Oil Corporation considers environment protection as its core business obligation. While fulfilling this commitment, the organization base all its operational unit's activities towards a comprehensive safety, health and environment management system and also periodically review the same for better performance in future. The various refineries of Indian oil comply are with the environmental standards and also incorporate the high-tech systems. The environment management systems of all Indian Oil refineries, pipeline Installations and major marketing installations/terminals are certified to ISO-14001 standardsIndian Oil refineries have adopted various measures for control of gaseous emissions. These include use of low-sulphur fuel oil, desulphurization of refinery fuel gas, tall stacks for better dispersion of flue gases, advanced process control systems; and energy conservation measures to reduce fuel consumption. Indian oil offers echo friendly Low Sulphur (0.5%) Diesel, Extra-low Sulphur (0.25%) Diesel, Diesel with 0.05% sulphur, Unleaded Petrol/Gasoline, Green fuels Euro-III etc. products as an efforts on its green initiatives. On an average, Indian Oil has invested

about Rs. 7,000 crore so far in green fuel projects at its refineries; ongoing projects account for a further Rs. 5,000 crore. All refineries have been provided with full-fledged effluent treatment plants consisting of physical, chemical, biological tertiary treatment facilities. 'Oilivorous-S '& 'Oilivorous-A' technologies are being used for the treatment of oily sludge and acid tar respectively. The treated effluent is far superior to the stipulated MINAS quality and quantum standards. Treated effluent is being reused to the extent of 65-70% in the refinery units. Panipat Refinery continues to maintain zero discharge since commissioning in 1998. Diesel quality improvement facilities are taken care in all the refineries of IOC for a sustainable environment. The R&D Centre of Indian Oil engrosses itself in the formulations of eco-friendly biodegradable lube formulations. All these efforts of IOC make it responsible organization and hence upgrade its brand perception. Indian oil is currently focusing its sustainability efforts towards CNG, LPG, Ethanol blended petrol, bio diesel, and hydrogen energy.

DaburDabur, with a portfolio of Ayurveda and nature-based products, conservation of environment and natural resources is deep rooted, environment and nature is the core compliance of the business. Dabur, not only incorporated the concept of sustainability into the core of its business but expanded it as its value and responsibilities towards the society and to the ecosystem. The responsibility towards the nature inspires the organization to perform challenging tasks of environment safety extremely well. Dabur has intensive focus on Conservation of Energy and Technology Absorption, along with Health, Safety and Environment Protection. Dabur uses many measure for energy conservation which includes, use of bio-fuels in boilers, generation of biogas and installation of energy efficient equipment – helped lower the cost of production, besides reduce effluent and improve hygiene conditions and productivity. Dabur makes incessant efforts towards technology absorption and innovation, for preservation of natural resources. Dabur works on the ideology of minimum use of water in process by pre-concentration of herbal extract and reduction in concentration time. It also uses water treatment plant with Reverse osmosis system for reutilization of waste water from pump seal cooling and waste water management. Dabur introduced water efficient CIP system with recycling of water in fruit juice manufacturing, also developed in-house


www.ijsir.co.in 84


technology to convert fruit waste into organic manure by using the culture Lactobacilus burchi. It also constantly scrutinizes its waste in adherence with the pollution control norms. The hard work includes execution of rainwater harvesting, which has helped the company on the path to becoming a Water-Positive Corporation. The Company has also taken a lead for green marketing in terms of product improvement, cost reduction, product development, import substitution, cleaner environment and waste disposal for its customers. Being an organic company Dabur also enjoys the customer loyalty for being safe and environment friendly product by promoting its green initiatives.

Wipro

Over the last many years Wipro have set momentum of corporate initiative towards the environment sustainability acts which involves its stake holders, employees, customers and suppliers, investors, government community and the education system. With this aspiration Wipro has many acts in its agenda which includes, GHG emission reduction, water, wastage, biodiversity, supply chains, education and community engagement. Wipro Company has launched a wide range of eco- friendly desktops under green ware initiatives to cut down e waste in environment. The system launched toxin free and operate under a total recycling policy. With the removal of the toxins, recycling of the electronic products are safer for customers and environment. Wipro has 17 e- waste collection centers in India where products are collected are recycled. 12 Wipro campuses in the country have been certified as green buildings. Green marketing is a core part of Wipro's business strategy, executing green across the entire value chain and communicating to the customers. The Go green campaign by Wipro furniture is to create healthy atmosphere at the customer's work place and making greener and healthier environment. For this initiative selection of raw material, processes, considering long-t e rm eco log ica l sus t a inab i l i t y fo r l owes t environmental impact. Wipro tests its products at independent testing labs, manufacturing for compliance with international air quality guidelines of BIFMA, ISO and RoHS standards for contributing to human health and environment protection. Wipro's green strategy rests on three main pillars: chemical management, energy and e-waste. It has also initiated a take back program running in partnership with authorized recyclers. Wipro's experience in the

adaptation of green manufacturing practices shows that organizations need to go beyond stand alone and adopt a holistic approach tied for a long term sustainability vision.

Tata Consultancy Services Playing far beyond the other green marketing organizations of India, TCS follows Green IT concept with efficiency and cost savings for not only for the IT organizations but also a range of disciplines such as manufacturing, engineering services, transportation and more. It is also vital for regulatory compliance with the rising number of environmental policies across diverse geographies.TCS implements few green initiatives which are not necessary pertaining to IT based organizations. Few of these are : (i) energy savings (for example, energy efficient LED lighting, sensor based light turn on/off, building design for cooling efficiency, automatic cooling system modulation based on need and load, alternate energy for lighting and cooking), ( ii) reducing water consumption (for example, recycling, rain water harvesting) and ground water recharging, (iii) waste reduction (for example, paper reduction, composting and digesters for bio- waste) and (iv) fuel and emissions reduction through cycling, car-pooling and buses. TCS also saves transportation and fuel costs by arranging online meetings and webinars. Laptops mobiles and high-tech devices play a positive role in reducing travel-induced carbon footprints. By going paperless by online forms, business processes and workflows have yielded a significant reduction in paper consumption for all its operations: Measures to enforce double-sided printing, shared printing services and recycling printer cartridges.With the rising desirability for employing green products and processes, TCS also is involved in marketing itself as green as a business opportunities to promote (i) environment-friendly products such as low power hardware, (ii) services for assessment, transformation and management for setting and attaining environmental impact targets and (iii) streamlined business and operational processes for increased efficiency. Products and capabilities that have environment friendly features offer a competitive advantage in the market. For instance, performance per watt of a server is now being used as a marketing pitch as opposed to just raw performance.Extensive awareness about green marketing practices the customers has superior choices in vendor selection based on Green IT practices.

www.ijsir.co.in85

Tech MahindraAs one of the responsible company in IT solutions, Tech Mahindra understands the rising discrepancy in the earth's environment, global warming and depletion of natural resources leading to ecological imbalances less safe ecological system for future generations and for all the other species that inhabit this planet. Along with a concern for the natural environment commitment, towards society is reflected in Tech Mahindra solutions and services that drive positive change in society. Tech Mahindra, helps its customers achieve their sustainability goals and objectives through green IT solutions and service offerings. In addition to conducting business consciously and responsibly, Tech Mahindra supports the communities through many environmental and social initiatives. Tech Mahindra Foundation, Corporate Social Responsibility arm, plays a key role in the field of education, employment, women empowerment and accessibility. Tech Mahindra has won a number of awards at various forums for its green initiatives like, Ranked #2 in the CDP's Carbon Disclosure Leadership Index 2014. Tech Mahindra was listed on DJSI - ROBECOSAM Year Book – 2015 as one amongst the 6 Indian companies to make it to Global Yearbook. Tech Mahindra got recognized as World Leader for corporate action on climate change by CDP under Supplier Climate Performance Leadership Index - 2014-15, and also as World Leader for CDP under Global “A” List Climate Performance Leadership Index – 2014. For creating sustainable environment, Tech Mahindra works for a number of initiatives like water conservation, energy conservation, echo efficiency, education and employability, health and safety, learning and development, ethical conduct in business, employee well being, customer privacy, quality delivery, integrity etc. The Green Marshals Program at Tech Mahindra works towards spreading awareness on how day-to-day activities can be done in an environmental friendly way and the importance of recycling and reducing pollution.Few Green Initiatives at Tech Mahindra include: Green Desktop Policy, Eco-Friendly Printer Policy , Solar Street Lights, Tree Plantation, Sapling sale, Green Quiz, Think Eco Act Eco Fair , Food waste reutilization for fertilizer and animal feed generation, Paper management , e-waste, recycling, organic foods, bicycles, jute bags, khadi sarees, organic makeup and health supplements and eco-friendly paper books and handicrafts, No Light Hour, Tech Mahindra Corporate Sustainability website for enthusiastic associates to be actively involved in going green, Idea Bank/Blog etc.

Sun PharmaListed by Forbes at 38th amongst the world's 50 most innovative companies, SUN Pharma uses innovations to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of processes and save energy. The organization continues to invest in technology for the sustainability of the environment. Many of the manufacturing facilities are 'Zero Liquid Discharge' and in process of emulating the same for the rest of its units. In FY 13-14, 4 million kWh of energy was generated through wind power. As the company's aim is to produce more sustainability, it accomplishes this by adopting and following environment-friendly manufacturing processes.Sun Pharma, sees every challenge in the path of environment conservation as an opportunity in disguise. It supports and sustains a culture of awareness and sensitivity towards conserving and preserving the environment. Sun Pharma has a robust Environment, Health & Safety (EHS) policy that guides its intentions and turns them into fruitful interventions.The Organization constantly directs its efforts to ensure statutory compliance, optimize natural resources, affect continuous improvement in environment management, innovate greener technologies and processes, and spread green awareness across internal and external stakeholders. The company operates in a way so as to reduce the production of waste, reuse recovered solvents and recycle numerous waste materials. The recycled materials include solvents, wastewater, glass, plastic liners, fibre drums, metal drum sheets, HDPE sheets and waste oil. Energy conservation, green investments, green operations include installation of boiler economizers and air pre-heaters, using condensate recovery pumps, hot water generation from Jacket Heat Exchanger, use of fuel-efficient packaged boilers that use heat from waste gases of engine exhaust, steam generation from exhaust gas and hot water generation from jacket heatAs a progressive and environmentally-concerned organization, Sun Pharma is switching from 'conventional' Furnace Oil/Light Diesel Oil boilers to 'eco-efficient' biomass briquette based boilers.Social well-being: It will generate employment opportunities and a source of income for the local Population. Environmental well-being replaces fossil fuels by a carbon neutral fuel - biomass briquettes. To make customer more involved in green initiatives it engages with customers through a healthy 'give' and 'take' relationship. It gives explicit information for all the products, which complies with the applicable labeling codes and specifications.


www.ijsir.co.in 86

Indian Tobacco CorporationThe ITC Company while fulfilling its green initiatives takes care of management approach, energy, air emissions, water management, recycling and waste management, raw materials, and biodiversity etc. ITC from last many years has been carbon positive, water positive, solid waste recycling positive, soil & moisture conservation, using renewable energy and greenest luxury hotel chain. ITC has been known for its social initiatives for years, which include primary education initiative, e-choupal, creating sustainable livelihoods for rural women, animal husbandry services, afforestation programme, bio-diversity programme.ITC is vertically integrated to a large extent; it provides unique opportunities for establishing synergy and thereby minimizing environmental impacts through optimum utilisation of raw materials, reuse/ recycling of wastes and optimum logistics. As agricultural produce are the key raw materials for most of ITC's businesses, they are accorded prime focus for addressing supply chain issues. ITC's interventions in this realm along with community development initiatives have not only supported sustainable agricultural practices but also contributed to sustainable livelihood creation for farmers. ITC's sustainability policies, for which each Business has developed specific phase-wise implementation plans, and associated code of conduct for vendors and suppliers provide the necessary framework to deal with aspects associated with labour practices, human rights, bribery, corruption, occupational health, safety and environment in the entire value chain.In line with the overall strategy to embed the principles of sustainability, as far as practicable, into the various stages of product or service life-cycle, ITC initiated life cycle assessments (LCA) of its products and services to evaluate the impacts and identify areas for improvement in the value chain.To address the key environmental issues ITC works for cont inuous improvement on environmental performance, ITC's Businesses have set voluntary targets in terms of specific energy reduction, specific water intake reduction, specific waste generation, etc. Accordingly targets are set at the Business/Unit levels for maintaining this performance. ITC also constantly endeavours to create a positive environmental footprint. Large-scale Social and Farm Forestry, Integrated Watershed Development, Sustainable Agriculture Pract ices and logist ic network optimisation of ITC's FMCG helps in environment

sustainability. Over the years ITC has won a number of awards of global recognition for its achievements in Green initiatives.Maruti SuzukiGreen Initiatives in Maruti Suzuki is especially concerned with global warming hence Maruti takes special care for fuel efficiency improvement, development of alternate fuel vehicles, reduction in energy consumption, use of cleaner fuel. Maruti was the first passenger car company in India to be certified for Environment Management Systems (EMS) as per ISO 14001:1996 in 1999. Maruti's Environment Policy insists on maintaining and improving environmental management system, prevention of pollution resulting from operations and products and adhere to environmental laws. The Guidelines which Maruti follows for green strategy are promote energy conservation, promote 3 Rs Reduce- Reuse- Recycle, p r o m o t e g r e e n p r o c u r e m e n t a n d p r o v i d e environmental education. Green Initiatives of Maruti involve water conservation with 100% recycling of treated effluent, air cooled air conditioners, closed cycle cooling towers and waste recycling, with reusable packaging, machinery, virtualization it can save up to 70% of the energy required to power servers with fewer servers need less energy for cooling and storage and displays with facility infrastructure and management, power saving improvement in incineration process. Maruti bases its green initiatives on Green technology for Green Computing with Processors/Servers/– Use every Watt efficiently, 63% of Data Center Energy Consumption is for cooling and developing more sophisticated control measures, technology to support people to work anytime anywhere wi th he lp o f t e lecommut ing – teleconferences and telepresence. Maruti believes in green procurement by procuring products from environmental friendly companies and making mandatory criterion for procurement. It also takes care of maintenance with data centre equipment and fire suppression systems. Maruti works for awareness of environment protection by promoting a culture “Energy Saving” with help of training programs. It also does e-waste management by maintenance and disposal of IT equipments in an environmental friendly manner. Clauses for disposal and e-waste management have been explained by the company and promoting buyback of all computer and peripherals is also taken care of by the company for environment protection.


www.ijsir.co.in87

CONCLUSIONThis study indicates that the organizations in India, continuously engaged in sustainable green environmental marketing are not merely talking about its environment concern and protections but are also fulfilling its responsibilities by engaging itself completely in the value creating activity. These organizations are not only concentrating on earning revenue but are also able to perform their duties as a responsible organizations by not only incorporating the green activities in their value chain and considering it as one of the business strategy by continuously working on creating a sustainable environment . Witnessing radical change in the world of business will be more prominent, if all nations make stringent rules for the same because green endeavors are essential to save world from pollution and destruction. With the increasing threat of global warming, it is extremely important that green initiatives become a part of culture rather than an exception or just a fad. Recycling of paper, metals, plastics, reduced emission of toxic gasses and chemicals etc. , with a safe and environmentally harmless approach should become much more systematized and universal. Finally, consumers, industrial buyers and suppliers need to pressurize effects on minimize the negative effects on the environment-friendly. Green marketing assumes even more importance and relevance in developing countries like India.The future of environmental marketing has huge responsibility in the shoulders of the responsible members of the society as the results of performing green activities are not much evident in comparison to the already caused harm to the environment. Still, one positive action taken by an individual organization may motivate other organizations in joining hands in the mission to environmental sustainability. Many organizations have been successfully adopting the green culture, the need is to keep working towards the same by educating more and more organizations and customers by communicating about the importance and benefits of cleaner, healthier, safer and error free environment. There is a need to develop a sense of responsibility in not only the organizations but the entire nation including individuals to work for environment safety.

SUGGESTIONS FOR GOING GREEN

It is commendable to note that a large number of

organizations are working positively on the concept of environment safety, with help of its green initiatives still there are a set of problem as reported by those organizations which are in process of going green facing difficulties of many kinds as those green initiatives act as hindrances while fulfilling their respective marketing objectives. One of the major hitch is that the firms using green sustainability marketing needs to make certain that their deeds are not confusing the consumers or the industry as far as the mission, vision and marketing objectives of the firm are concerned. It should not influence the customer's perception regarding the product performance and need fulfilment, not compromising with the demand of the customers and quality of the product, and do not breach any of the regulations or laws dealing with environmental marketing.To deal with these issues, the organizations using green marketing activities for the genuine concern or government regulations or competitive reasons, should clearly state the environmental benefits and characteristics to its stake holders. The firm should also explain its process and ensure justifiable comparative difference in the process. Without justifying the right process and need of going green, it is not a good idea for a firm to publicise its green endeavours. Many organizations like Coca-Cola, Walt Disney etc. have decided regarding going green quietly.

REFERENCES1. Oyewole, P. (2001). Social Costs of Environmental

Justice Associated with the Practice of Green Marketing. Journal of Business Ethics, 29(3), Feb, pp. 239-252.

2. Alsmadi, S. (2007), Green Marketing and the Concern over the Environment: Measuring Environmental Consciousness of Jordanian Consumers‖ , Journal of Promotion Management, Vol. 13(3–4), 2007.

3. Brahma, M. & Dande, R. (2008), The Economic Times, Mumbai.

4. Donaldson, R. H. (2005), ―Green brands, NZ Marketing Magazine, 24(8), 14–17.

5. Ottman J.A, et al., "Avoiding Green Marketing Myopia", Environment, Vol-48, June-2006

6. Karna, J., Hansen, E. & Juslin, H. (2003). Social Responsibility in Environmental Marketing Planning. European Journal of Marketing, 37(5/6), pp. 848-873.


www.ijsir.co.in 88

7. McDaniel, Stephen W.; David H. Rylander (1993). "Strategic green marketing". Journal of Consumer Marketing (MCB UP Ltd) 10 (3): 4–10. doi:10.1108/07363769310041929.

8. Kilbourne, W.E. (1998). Green Marketing: A Theoretical Perspective. Journal of Marketing Management, 14(6), July, pp. 641-656.

9. Kotler, Philip. Marketing Management – The Millennium Edition Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi.

10. Mathur, L.K., Mathur, I. (2000).An Analysis of the wealth effect of green marketing strategies, Journal of Business Research, 50(2), 193-200.

11. O y e w o l e , P. ( 2 0 0 1 ) . S o c i a l C o s t s o f Environmental Justice Associated with the Practice of Green Marketing. Journal of Business

Ethics, 29(3), Feb, pp. 239-252.12. Ottman, Jacquelyn. 1993. Green Marketing:

Challenges and Opportunities for the New Marketing Age. Lincolnwood, Illinois: NTC Business Books.

13. Prothero, A. (1998). Green Marketing: The 'Fad' That Won't Slip Slide Away. Journal of Marketing Management, 14(6), July, pp. 507-513.

14. Prothero, A. and Fitchett, J.A. (2000). Greening Capitalism: Opportunities for Green Community Journal of Macro marketing, 20(1), pp. 46-56.

15. Jain S. K. and Kaur G., (2004), Green Marketing: An Attitudinal and Behavioral Analysis of Indian Consumers?, Global Business Review, Sage Publications, 5:2 187-205.

Internet sites:

https://www.google.co.in/search?q=essar+oil+green+initiatives&oq=essar+oil+green+initiatives&aqs= chrome..69i57.9544j0j7&sourceid=chrome&es_sm=93&ie=UTF-8

http://www.wipro.org/resource/WiproSustainabilityBrochure.pdf

https://www.sbi.co.in/portal/documents/41076/60023/1403856255584_SBI_BR_13.06.14.pdf/02c5c712-375b-4c97-9c5f-3ea7de70a800

http://www.itenablinggreen.com/Rajesh-Uppal-%20Maruti-Suzuki-India-Ltd.pdf

http://www.tcs.com/Sitehttp://www.techmahindra.com/en-US/wwa/Company/Documents/Tech-Mahindra-Sustainability-Report-FY-2013-2014.pdf

CollectionDocuments/White%20Papers/tcs_innovation_whitepaper_Make-IT-Green.pdf

http://www.essar.com/ebook/Foundation/EOL_CSR_AR_2013-14/index.html

https://www.sbi.co.in/portal/documents/41076/60023/1403856255584_SBI_BR_13.06.14.pdf/02c5c712-375b-4c97-9c5f-3ea7de70a800

https://www.google.co.in/search?q=Ranbaxy+sustainibility+report&oq=Ranbaxy+sustainibility+report&aqs =chrome..69i57.13529j0j7&sourceid=chrome&es_sm=93&ie=UTF-8#q=sun+pharma++sustainibility+report

http://www.rila.org/sustainability/Documents/Sustainability%20Maturity%20Matrix/2015%20Retail%20 Sustainability%20Report.pdf


www.ijsir.co.in89

SOME PREDICTIVE ANTHROPOMETRIC VARIABLES OF FAST BOWLING IN CRICKET

1 2 2* Abhay Singh , Amit Kumar Singh , Hari shanker singh1

Department of Physical Education, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhad, India, 2Research Scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi , Jharkhad, India

The game of cricket requires considerable amount of physical fitness and mastery of skills. A key element of fast bowling is ball-release speed or peak bowling speed (V-peak). Ball-release speed in fast bowlers is influenced by various anthropometric factors. Certain anthropometric measurements are advantageous for a good performance in fast bowling in cricket like longer the arm length more the leverage which helps the bowler to bowl fast. In this study, the researcher has tried to find out the predictive anthropometric variables which contribute towards fast bowling in cricket. To achieve the purpose of the study, 45 male fast bowlers of inter-collegiate cricket teams in various colleges affiliated to University of Lucknow, Lucknow were randomly selected as subjects. 18 anthropometric variables namely: the height, weight, foreleg length, thigh length, leg length, upper arm length, forearm length, ponderal index, crural ratio, arm length, hand length, upper arm girth, forearm girth, wrist circumference, shoulder width, chest girth, thigh girth and calf girth were selected and their individual and multiple correlation with velocity of the ball were computed by using Pearson's Product Moment Method for Coefficient of Correlation and Multiple Correlation. Multiple regression equation was developed in order to predict the most contributory factors towards fast bowling performance for the anthropometric variables. Bowling performance of a fast bowler was found highly correlated to height (0.4241), Fore arm length (0.4573), Wrist Circumference (0.4753) and Shoulder width (0.4464), whereas it was found significantly correlated to Leg length (2983) and Ponderal index (0.2974).

Keywords: Fast bowling; Anthropometric variables; Correlation, regression.

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONThere are numerous factors which are responsible for the performance of a sportsman. The physique and body composition including the size, shape and form are known to play a significant role in this regard. The game of cricket requires considerable amount of physical fitness and mastery of skills. A key element of fast bowling is ball-release speed or peak bowling speed (V-peak). Ball-release speed in fast bowlers is influenced by various anthropometric factors.� Heyward (2006) included body weight, height, circumference, skin fold thickness and bony widths and lengths as major anthropometric measurements (Heyward, 2006:13). Certain anthropometric measurements are advantageous for a good performance in fast bowling in cricket like longer the arm length more the leverage which helps the bowler to bowl fast. Height is an important factor in fast bowling and this is evident from the fact that most of the great fast bowlers have an advantage of height. Although strength and power characteristics are purported to be

important factors influencing ball-release speed (Bloomfield, Ackland, and Elliott, 1994), the extent to which they explain variations in bowling speed between different fast bowlers is unclear.

REVIEW OF LITERATURE� Sharma (1983) found that fast bowlers were significantly taller than bats man. Mishra (1986) studied the relationship between flexibility, speed, and strength and body segment to bowling performance and found that shoulder, wrist, trunk, neck flexibility, speed, and arm length are reliable variables in predicting bowling performance in cricket. Results of the study conducted by Kumar and Gladykirubakar (2014) reveal that there was significant difference between the standing height, arm length, leg length, and body composition and there is no significant difference exit between the thigh girth of spin bowlers and medium pace bowlers in cricket.

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Abhay Singh, Assistant Professor, Department of Physical Education, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhad, India ; Email ID: [email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in 90

DEFINITION OF TECHNICAL TERMS USEDFast Bowling: Fast bowling in cricket involves the projection of ball with maximum velocity towards the opposite end of wicket at a distance of twenty-two yards (Fingleton, 1972:11).Anthropometric variables: Anthropometric variables are dimensions of the structure of the human body taken at specific sites to give measures of length, girth and width (Mathews, 1978:19). Anthropometric measurement plays an important role in fast bowling in cricket.HYPOTHESES1.� Performance in fast bowling is influenced by

selected anthropometric variables.2. � Anthropometric variables can be utilized in

predicting performance in fast bowling.

METHODOLOGYSelection of Subjects: To achieve the purpose of the study, 45 male fast bowlers of inter-collegiate cricket teams in various colleges affiliated to University of Lucknow, Lucknow were randomly selected as subjects. All the 45 fast bowlers were of fairly well-developed physique and all of them had been participating in cricket regularly for a number of years.

Selection of VariablesDependent Variables: Velocity of the ball was considered as the dependent variable.Independent Variables (Anthropometric Variables) 18 anthropometric variables namely : the height,

weight, foreleg length, thigh length, leg length, upper arm length, forearm length, Ponderal Index, Crural Ratio, arm length, hand length, upper arm girth, forearm girth, wrist circumference, shoulder width, chest girth, thigh girth and calf girth were selected.

Collection of Data� After establishing the reliability of the data, the data was collected by administering the standard procedure / tes t s for t ak ing an thropometr ic measurements as well as fast bowling performance.

Statistical Techniques used for analysis of Data � In order to f ind out the relat ionship of anthropometric variables, to velocity of ball, Pearson's Product Moment Method for Coefficient of Correlation and Multiple Correlation were applied. Multiple regression equation was developed in order to predict the most contributory factors towards fast bowling performance for the anthropometric variables.� For testing the hypotheses the minimum level of confidence was set at 0.05.

RESULTS � The scores of each of the independent variables selected under anthropometric variables and dependent variable (fast bowling performance) were correlated using Pearson's Product Moment Method for finding out the relationship between them. The Coefficient of Correlation have been presented in Table 1.

Anthropometric Variables Coefficient of Correlation 'r' (N=45) Height 0.4241** Weight 0.1060 Foreleg Length 0.1089 Thigh Length 0.1807 Leg Length 0.2983* Upper Arm Length -0.1464 Fore Arm Length 0.4573** Ponderal Index 0.2974** Crural Ratio -0.0075 Arm Length -0.0841 Hand Length 0.0703 Upper Arm Girth -0.1245 Fore Arm Girth -0.0821 Wrist Circumference 0.4753** Shoulder Width 0.4464** Chest Girth 0.1404 Thigh Girth 0.1192 Calf Girth -0.0169

Table No. 1: Correlation between Anthropometric Variables and Velocity of Ball

Note : * = Significant at df=43 and p=0.05 (r>0.294); ** Significant at df=43 and p=0.01 (r>0.380)


www.ijsir.co.in91

Table 1 reveals that bowling performance of a fast bowler is highly correlated to height (0.4241), fore arm length (0.4573), Wrist Circumference (0.4753) and Shoulder width (0.4464), whereas it is significantly correlated to Leg length (2983) and Ponderal index (0.2974).

� This t ab le a l so ind ica tes tha t o the r anthropometric variables namely weight (0.106),

Foreleg Length (0.1089), Thigh Length (0.1807), Upper arm length (0.1464), Crural ratio (0.1807), Arm Length (0.0841), Hand length (0. 0703), Upper Arm Girth ( 0.1245), Fore Arm Girth (-0.082), Chest girth (0.1404), Thigh girth (0.119) and Calf girth (0.0169) are not found significantly correlated to bowling performance of respondents.

Fig 1 : Relationship Between Anthropometric Variables and Velocity of Ball Combined Contribution of Significant Anthropometric Variables to Fast Bowling Performance

-0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5

Co

effic

ien

t of c

orre

latio

n

Height Weight Foreleg Length

Thigh Length Leg Length Upper Arm Length

Fore Arm Length Ponderal Index Crural Ratio

Arm Length Hand Length Upper Arm Girth

Fore Arm Girth Wrist Circumference Shoulder Width

Chest Girth Thigh Girth Calf Girth

0.294

0.380

0.294

0.380


www.ijsir.co.in 92

Table No. 2 : Correlation Matrix of Significant Anthropometric Variables to Fast Bowling Performance

Height Leg Length

Fore Arm

Length

Ponderal Index

wrist circum-ference

Shoulder Width

Velocity of Ball

Hight 1

Leg Length

0.2852 1

Forearm Length

0.2579 0.2622 1

Ponderal Index

0.7161 0.2152 0.3660 1

Wrist Circum-ference

0.2213 0.2297 0.4674 0.2511 1

Shoulder Width

0.2133 0.2124 0.4225 0.2427 0.3140 1

Vilocity of Ball

0.4241 0.2983 0.4573 0.2974 0.4753 0.4464 1

Table 2 presents the inter-correlation between Significant Anthropometric, variables of Velocity of ball delivered. This table shows that all significant Anthropometric variables of fast bowling performance are also significantly inter correlated to each other.

Table No. 3 : Multiple Correlation between Significant Anthropometric Variables and Fast Bowling Performance

Indicator Value

Multiple R 0.7192

R Square 0.5172

Adjusted R Square 0.4695

Standard Error 3.2190

Observations 45

Table 3 reveals that the combined contribution of height, leg length, Forearm Length, Ponderal index, shoulder width and wrist circumference was significant at 0.05 level as the computed value of 0.7192 for multiple correlation was much more than the value of 0.339 required for the multiple correlation coefficient to be significant at 0.05 level with 43 degrees of freedom. � Therefore, it can be observed that Height, Leg Length, Forearm Length, Ponderal Index, Wrist Circumference, Shoulder Width, Arm and Shoulder Strength and Leg Strength are the six important variables which contribute towards fast bowling performance.The Regression Equation developed for prediction

of velocity of ball on the basis of anthropometric variables has been given as follows:Xy = � 42.623 X + 0.300 X + 0.452 X + 0.357 X + H LL FL PI

1.009 X + 0.55 X + 3.251WC SW

Where,X � =� HightH

X � =� Leg LengthLL

X � =� Forearm Length FL

X � =� Ponderal IndexPI

X � =� Wrist CircumferenceWC

X � =� Shoulder WidthSW

� The findings of regression equation revealed that Height, Leg Length, Forearm Length, Ponderal Index, Wrist Circumference and Shoulder Width play a significant role towards fast bowling performance.


www.ijsir.co.in93

DISCUSSION � The findings of the present study are in

agreement with the findings of Bagchi (1990), Sharma (1983), Kumar and Gladykirubakar (2014). Therefore, the hypothesis stated earlier with respect to height, leg strength, shoulder width, leg length, ponderal index and wrist circumference is accepted. The significant relationship between Ponderal Index and velocity of the ball may also be due to the same reason as mentioned above because height plays an important role in the computation of Ponderal Index. A significant relationship between shoulder width and velocity of the ball may be due to the fact that main force is applied through shoulders. Greater shoulder width may mean well developed shoulder which may assist an individual to bowl fast.

� Height and leg length contribute significantly towards bowling performance because a player may be able to generate greater force due to longer limbs. Usually it is seen that fast bowlers have a greater height than that of the batsman or spinners. Even the research points out that fast bowlers who are between the heights six feet and two inches to six feet six inches can have greater bounce and effective line in order to achieve excellent performance as a fast bowler. Further, it has been pointed out that the height of a bowler is directly proportional to the point of release as it may help in accuracy as well as adequate bounce.

CONCLUSIONSBased on the findings of the study, the following conclusions are drawn:1. � Height, leg length and Ponderal Index contributed

to fast bowling performance.2. � Shoulder width and Wrist Circumference

contributed significantly to fast bowling performance.

3. � Height, Leg Length, Forearm Length, Ponderal Index, Wrist Circumference and Shoulder Width contributed significantly to fast bowling performance.

RECOMMENDATIONSIn the light of the conclusions drawn, the following recommendations have been made:1. � The selected anthropometric variables which limit

the performance in fast bowling may be taken into consideration by the physical education teacher and coaches while selecting potential fast bowlers.

2. � While preparing training programme for fast bowlers, the physical education teachers and coaches should give due emphasis to the selected anthropometric, variables which contributed significantly to fast bowling performance.

REFERENCE 1. Bagchi, Devashish (1983), "Relationship of

Strength and Flexibility with the Velocity of Ball in Fast Bowling iin Cricket," Unpublished Master's Thesis, Jiwaji University, Gwaliar.

2. Bhagat, U., Amarpreet Singh and Nishan Singh Deol (2015), Comparative Study of Selected An th ropomet r i c , Phys i ca l F i tnes s and Psychological Variables Between Softball and Cricket State Level Boys Players, The Global Journals, Vol. 5, Issue 6, June, pp. 257-60.

3. Bloomfield, J., T. Ackland, and B. Elliott (1994), Applied Anatomy and Biomechanics in Sport. Blackwell Scientific, Melbourne.

4. Fingleton, J. (1972), Cricket, Alan and Monbroy Publication, London.

5. Garret, H.E. (1979), Statistics in Psychology and Educat ion , In ternat ional Book Bureau, Hyderabad.

6. Glazier, P.S., G.P. Paradisis, and S.M. Cooper (2000), Anthropometric and kinematic influences on release speed in men's fast-medium bowling. Journal of Sports Sciences, 18 , pp. 1013-1021.

7. Heyward, V.H. (2006), Advanced fitness assessment and exercise prescription, 5th ed., Sage Publications Ltd., London.

8. Kumar, M. and Gladykirubakar, S. (2014), Comparative Analysis on Anthropometrical Variables of Spin Bowlers and Fast Bowlers in Cricket, Academic Sports Scholar, Vol. 3, Issue. 7, July.

9. Mathew, D.K. (1973), Measurement in Physical E d u c a t i o n , W. B . S a u n d e r s C o m p a n y, Philadelphia.

10. Mishra, Santanu Kumar (1986), "Relationship of Selected Motor Components and Body Segments to Bowling Performance in Cricket," Unpublished Master's Thesis, Jiwaji University, Gwalior.


www.ijsir.co.in 94

11. Parameswari, G. and V. Gopinath (2012), Body Dimension among Indian University Women Cricket Bowlers, Asian Journal of Science and Technology, Vol. 2, Issue 01, Jan., pp. 83-85.

12. Pauls, G., Giorgos, P.P. and Cooper, Stephen-Mark (2000), Anthropometric and kinematic influences on release speed in men's fast-medium bowling, Journal of Sports Sciences, 18, 1013-1021.

13. Pyne, D.B., G.M. Duthie, P.U. Saunders, C.A. Petersen, and M. Portus (2006), Anthropometric and strength correlates of fast bowling speed in junior and senior cricketers, J. Strength Cond. Res., 20(3):620-26.

14. Ra jendran , K. (2013) , Re la t ionsh ip of Anthropometric Measurements to Performance in Cricket, Star Phy. Edn., Vol. 1, Issue 1(9), Aug.

15. Sharma, Umesh Kumar (1983) "Variations in

selected Physical Variables and Anthropometric Measurements between bowlers and Batsman," Unpublished Master's Thesis, Jiwaji University, Gwalior.

16. Singh and Gaurav (2014), Comparative Study of Hand Grip and Shoulder Girdle Strength among Intercollege Level Cricket, Baseball and Softball Players, Research Directions, Vol. 2, Issue 3, Sep.

17. Stretch, R.A. (2003), Cricket injuries: A longitudinal Study of the Nature of Injuries to South African Cricketers, Brit. J. Sports Med., Vol. 37, pp. 250-53.

18. Stretch, R. (1991) Anthropometric profile and body composition changes in first class cricketers. South African Journal for Research in Sport, Physical Education and Recreation, 14:2 , pp. 57-64.


www.ijsir.co.in95

COMPARISON OF SELF-CONCEPT AMONG MALE CRICKET PLAYERS OF VARIOUS LEVELS

1 2Suyash Shukla , * Joseph Singh1 2 Research Scholar, Himalayan University, Itanagar, Arunachal Pradesh , India, Department of Physical Education, HNBGU (A Central University) ,Srinagar, Garhwal , Uttara Khand, India

The purpose of the study was to compare self-concept of male cricket players of various levels. The study was delimited to assessment of self-concept by using Self-concept Questionnaire of Dr. Raj Kumar Saraswat. It was hypothesized that there shall be any significant difference between means of Self-Concept of male cricket players of various levels. A total of fifty male cricketers of each level was selected for the study from the state of Uttar Pradesh. The age of the subjects ranged between 15 to 25 years. Total one hundred and fifty subjects from various cities were divided into three group of fifty each based on their age for the study from the state of Uttar Pradesh, those who have represented at least one time the state tournament of Uttar Pradesh state as shown below. Group I- Age group 15-17 years , Group II- Age group 17-19 years , and Group III- Age group 19-25 years. The self-concept scores of the subjects were obtained by using self-concept Questionnaire (SCQ) by Dr. Raj Kumar Saraswat. To compare the Self-concept between male cricket players of each level from the state of Uttar Pradesh Analysis of variance was applied at .05 level of significance. Result: The observed mean and standard deviation of Self-Concept was found to be 171.30 & 9. 86 for Group I, 174.45 &10.46 for Group II and 186.36 &10.88 for Group III respectively. There exists a significant difference among the three group, since the computed value of F (28.88) on cricket players belonging to various levels in relation to self-concept was more than the tabulated of 3.0576, at F (2,147) at .05 level, therefore hypothesis on cricket players belonging to various levels in relation to self-concept was accepted at 0.05 level. There exists significant differences between Group 1 and Group 3, & Group 2 and Group 3. There exists no significant difference between Group 1 and Group 2.

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONThe self-esteem is to be self-satisfied and seeing himself worthy, positive, worth of being liked and loved, without seeing himself lower or superior. The self-esteem has got its emotional, mental, social and also in an indirect way, physical elements. Feeling himself worthy, being able of demonstrating his capabilities, knowledge and skills, being successful, being liked within the society, being accepted, loved, accepting and internalizing his own physical properties, are the leading factors in the formation and the development of the self-esteem (İzgiç, 2001). Some researchers put the self-awareness on the basis of the human behaviour and acting from that basis, form the i r psychologica l theor ies . Some of the "personality/ego theorists” who divide among themselves in using some of the concepts, can reach different conclusions. However, these researchers who have been working in the field of personality and psychotherapy, have basically got similar views. According to various theorists, a few common points

have been obtained in the definitions of the self-esteem. First of them is that the information about their self-esteem that the individuals acquired regarding themselves, was subjective. And the other one is that the self-esteem is an evaluation process. And any other common direction is that the person reaches a judgement of worthiness regarding himself as the result of subjective evaluations he makes himself.

STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEMThe purpose of the study was to compare self-concept of male cricket players of various levels.

DELIMITATIONS1. The study was delimited to the male cricket players

with age ranging from 15- 25 years.2. The study was delimited to assessment of self-

concept by using Self-concept Questionnaire of Dr. Raj Kumar Saraswat.

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Joseph Singh, Assistant Professor , Department of Physical Education, HNBGU (A Central University), Srinagar, Garhwal, Uttara Khand, India


www.ijsir.co.in 96

HYPOTHESISBased on evidence available in the literature and on the basis of personal experiences, as well as discussion with experts, the following hypothesis was formulated. It was hypothesized that there shall be any significant difference between means of Self-Concept of male cricket players of various levels.

SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY1. The study may help the coaches to maintain the

optimum self-concepts level during the play.2. The coaches may inculcate the moral values in the

players by telling them not to be blindfolded by Self Concept.

3. The study may help the coaches in selection of the

suitable activities for the players according to their level of self-concept.

SELECTION OF SUBJECTSA total of fifty male cricketers of each level were selected for the study from the state of Uttar Pradesh. The age of the subjects ranged between 15 to 25 years. Total one hundred and fifty subjects from various cities of Uttar Pradesh were divided into three group of fifty each based on their age for the study from the state of Uttar Pradesh, those who have represented at least one time the state tournament of Uttar Pradesh state as shown below.

Cricket Group � � Subjects� � Age group

I � � � 50 � � � 15-17 years

II� � � 50 � � � 17-19 years

III �� 50 � � � 19-25 years

ADMINISTRATION OF SELF CONCEPT TESTThe self-concept inventory provides six separate dimensions of self-concept, viz Physical, Social, Temperamental, Educational, Moral and Intellectual Self-Concept. Each item is provided with five alternatives. Responses were obtained on test booklet itself. There is no time limit but generally 20 minutes is found sufficient for responding to all the items. The research scholar supervised the group and verified that they were responding in a desired way.

Scoring: The respondent were provided with five alternatives to give his responses ranging most acceptable to least acceptable description of this self-concept. The alternatives or responses were arranged in such a way that the scoring system for all the items remained the same i.e. 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 whether the items were positive or negative. If the respondent put () mark for first alternative the scores is 5, the second alternative the score was 4, third alternative the score was 3, the fourth

it was 2 and the last alternative the score was one. The sum of scores of all the forty-eight items provided the total self-concept of an individual. A high score on this inventory indicates a high self-concept, while a low score indicates a low self-concept. The scores of each item were transferred to the front page against that item. All the scores of eight items given in that column were added up which represented that particular dimension of self-concept.

Statistical procedureTo compare the Self-concept and Sports Morality between male crickets players of each level from the state of Uttar Pradesh, Analysis of variance were applied at .05 level of significance. Descriptive statistics was applied to characterize Self-Concept belonging to various levels. To study Self concept of cricketers at various levels mean and standard deviations were computed and data pertaining to that have been presented in table-1.

The self-concept scores of the subjects were obtained by using self-concept Questionnaire (SCQ) by Dr. Raj Kumar Saraswat.


www.ijsir.co.in97

Variables

Groups

Mean

Standard

Deviation

Self-

Concept

I 171.30 9.68

II 174.45 10.46

III 186.36 10.88

Belonging to various level (Cricketer)

Findings with regard to Self-Concept on cricket players belonging to various levels :

Table-1 clearly indicates the mean and standard deviation of players belonging to various levels. The observed mean and standard deviation of Self-Concept was found to be 171.30 & 9. 86 for Group I, 174.45 &10.46 for Group II and 186.36 &10.88 for Group III respectively.The observed mean on self-concept of all group are shown in graphical form (171.30 for Group I, 174.45 for Group II and 186.36 for Group III)

160

165

170

175

180

185

190

Group I Group II Group III

Self‐concept Gr.I

Self‐concept Gr.II

Self‐concept Gr.III

Table 2: ANOVA Table of cricket players belonging to Various levels in relation to self-concept

Source of

Variation

Sum of

Squares

d.f. Variance F p

Between

Groups

6189.50 2 3094.76 28.88* 0.000

Within

Groups

15752.93 147

107.16

Total 21942.44 149

*Significant at .05 level, F0.05 (2,147) =3.0576

Table-1 Mean and Standard Deviation of Self-Concept


www.ijsir.co.in 98

It appears from the Table- 2 that there exists a significant difference among the three groups, since the computed value of F (28.88) on cricket players belonging to various levels in relation to self-concept was more than the tabulated of 3.0576, at F (2,147) at

.05 level as shown in table -2, therefore hypothesis on cricket players belonging to various levels in relation to self-concept was accepted at 0.05 level. To find the difference between the groups the post hoc test is done, the post hoc test is shown in table-3

Table -3 Post-hoc test of cricket players belonging to various levels on self-concept

Group 1 vs

Group 2

Diff=2.9500 95%CI=-1.9517 to

7.8517

p=0.3308

Group 1 vs

Group 3

Diff=14.8600 95%CI=9.9583 to

19.7617

p=0.0000

Group 2 vs

Group 3

Diff=11.9100 95%CI=7.0083 to

16.8117

p=0.0000

It is evident from the table-3 that there exists significant differences between Group 1 and Group 3, & Group 2 and Group 3. There exists no significant difference between Group 1 and Group 2.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The results of the study have shown significant Self-concept difference between cricket players belonging to various levels in Uttar Pradesh. Group 1 and Group 3 & Group 2 and Group 3 differ in Self-concept. The results of this study have also shown insignificant Self-concept difference between cricket players belonging to various levels in Uttar Pradesh (Group 1 and Group 2). It has been observed that Group 3 have better self-concept than Group 1 and 2, because the mean of Group 3 is more than the Group 1 and 2. This difference is attributed to the fact that Group 3 have more past experience, much mature and older than Group 1 and 2 and Group 2 have better self-concept than Group 1 as it is evident from table-1. This difference may be attributed to the fact that Group 3 have better Physical strength, their Individual view of their body health, physical appearances and strength are better than Group 1 and 2. This difference is also attributed to the evidence that Group 3 cricket player's sense of worth in social interaction is better than Group 1 and 2. The Group 1 is poorest in social interaction as compare to other two groups. The difference may be also attributed to the fact that Group 3 players have better Temperamental. Their Individual views of their prevailing emotional state or predominance of particular kind of emotional reaction is much better than Group1 and 2. The Group 1 is poorest in emotional reaction as compare to other two groups. This difference may be again attributed to

the evidence that Group 3 have more moral values than other groups. Their estimation of their moral worth, right is good as compared to Group 1 and 2. This difference is attributed to the evidence that Group 3 is having much more Intellectual capacity than the other two groups. Their Individual's awareness of their intelligence and capacity of problem solving and judgments is far better than other two groups. The Group 1 is poorest in intelligence and capacity of problem solving and judgments as compare to other two groups.

REFERENCE1. Izgiç F and Akyuz G. Investigating the

Relationship between the Social Phobia and the Body Image and the Self-Esteem of the University Students .3p Journal 9 (4) 2001: 592-598,

2. B ıy ık l ı L . Se l f -Concept o f Phys ica l ly Handicapped Children, PhD Thesis, Ankara University, Basımevi. Ankara 1989, retrieval date 17 April 2015.

3. Bong Mimi and Skaalvik Einar M. Academic self-concept and self-efficacy: How different are they really? Educational Psychology Review, Volume 15, Number 1/ March, 2003.

4. Campbell and Jennifer D. Self-esteem and clarity of the self-concept. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. Vol 59(3), September 1990, 538-549

5. Civan Adem. The relation between self-esteem levels and life quality levels of disabled and non-disabled tennis sportsmen. Educational Research Review Vol. 10(3), pp. 351-356, Feb. 2015, retrieval date 17 April 2015.


www.ijsir.co.in99

EDUCATION AND TRAINING OF GENERAL WOMEN EDUCATION IN INDIA

1 2*Virendra Singh Yadav ,Neelam Shukla1

Scholar, Sai Nath University 2K.M. College of Education, Ghatampur, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, Research


The paper deals with the field of social Generaleducation and its relevance and sustainability in the future. With increasing concerns about global warming and greenhouse gases, the electricity education generation, conversion and utilisation will play an important part in future growth and development. The author has highlighted the present state of General Women Education and suggested few areas, which can invigorate and sustain its development in the new emerging areas.

Keywords: Education; Social education; Energy consumption

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONSocial Education is a well-established field of study and General education is the oldest sub-discipline of it. Social Education field has expanded much rapidly over the last few decades with rapid advances in solid-state education, communication, computer systems and microprocessors, computer control, artificial

[ 1 - 4 ] intelligence etc. .It was rather natural to accommodate new developments in already crowded curricula by removing or rationalizing existing course structures. Due to huge new developments, new degree programs have emerged as specialist disciplines e.g. e lec t ronic educat ion , computer educat ion , communication education, control education and of course social Generaleducation and even highly specialized sub-discipline of photovoltaic and solar

[5-7]education . Generaleducation has gone through various stages including earlier golden era of large-scale electrification, later an era of automation and computer control and more recently an era of restructuring/ deregulation and privatization and

[8-13]education conservation . It is expected that the future of Generaleducation will concentrate on alternative social education sources, General quality issues, smart drive systems, distributed generation and electric vehicles and better forms of storage, use of superconductivity and other highly efficient and smart materials.Large numbers of Australian and overseas universities have eliminated Generaleducation teaching and research from their curriculum due to lack

[12,13]of student interest . It has produced a crisis in

General and education. With restructuring and rationalisation in electric utilities, many qualified General engineers have left the industry and very few have taken their positions. There is ensuing crisis in industry and academia in the next few years when such an important area of economic activity will not be well maintained. It is essential that Generaleducation should be taught as an essential component of any social education program with more emphasis on General conservation, new forms of electricity gene ra t ion , i nc lud ing r enewab le sou rces , embedded/distributed generation, General quality and

[14]EMC issues .

University of Western SydneyWestern Sydney has a population of 1.5 million people. It is the third largest regional economy in Australia and is home to 150 of the top 500 companies based in Australia. The region has a population that is young and ethnically diverse providing a multicultural and international environment for study. All six University of Western Sydney (UWS) campuses are conveniently located between 30 to 90 minutes from the Sydney Central Business District. The campuses are adjacent to suburban retail and commercial centres and are easily accessible from the city by the extensive road and rail network. Western Sydney home of the 6 UWS campuses is the 3rd largest economy in Australia. Figure 1 shows the Penrith campus where the school of Education is based.

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Virendra Singh Yadav, Principal, K.M. College of Education, Ghatampur,Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, Email ID : [email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in 100

With more than 37,000 students, UWS is one of the largest universities in Australia. The student population is comprised of undergraduate, postgraduate, cross-institutional and non-award students. Of these, 3,630

are on-shore International Students and 3,283 off-shore International Students. The total number of staff comprises of 995 Academic and 1,283 General Staff members.

Figure 1: University of Western Sydney, Penrith campus

School of Education

School of Education at UWS offers a diverse range of innovative professional degree programs at both undergraduate and postgraduate levels in a dynamic yet relevant mix of disciplines in education, construction and industrial design. Most programs are available with the flexibility of full-time and part-time attendance, which gives students control over the path they take to develop skills in their chosen profession.Within the degrees students also undertake an industry placement before graduation and this ensures that they have actively engaged with the community and have a sense of the commercial and public world prior to graduation. The development and expansion of strong industry links continues to provide a wide range of options for placements which often leads to full employment after graduation. The staffs within the school also conduct research, which is of both a fundamental and applied nature. The school has strong industry links ensures that the research serves the needs of the Greater Western Sydney area and beyond.The School of Education at Sydney (UWS) is off 3 major groups: Education, Industrial Design and Construction. The first year Education students have a common program. The common first year will enable all students to build a good foundation to education in their first year at university. The second year will be c o m m o n f o r t h e S o c i a l , C o m p u t e r a n d Telecommunication degrees. The school is graduating

students with different degrees. The following is a brief definition of 3 disciplines at the school of Education at UWS.Computer Education deals with the analysis and design of computer systems. It involves aspects of social education and information technology with an emphasis on software and hardware design and their integration. It is applicable to the development of information and database systems, the Internet, networked communication systems, embedded systems and robotics.Social Education concentrates on the application of a broad range of technologies dealing with electricity. Studies in Social Education enable analysis, design, and manufacture of social and electronic devices; generation, transmission and distribution of electric General; and design and analysis of control systems, signal processing and communication systems.Telecommunication Education combines the knowledge of sciences, social and electronic education and computers for the communication of information over distances or time. The course emphasises the fundamentals of modern telecommunication systems, including digital systems, signal processing, radio propagation, antennas, and communication hardware. I t also covers communication-theoretic aspects of wireless communication, coding and multiple-access techniques.


www.ijsir.co.in101

PRESENT STATE AND FUTURE CHALLENGES IN TEACHINGThe traditional components of social Generaleducation are as follows:

Social machines Social drive system Generaleducation General system analysis General generation transmission and

distribution High quality education General system protection and control

Some newly emerging areas of technologies also require the essential elements of social General engineers e.g. Mechatronics and robotics require essential of General electronic and control, social machines and drives.

Social MachinesThere is very little teaching done at undergraduate (UG) level in the designs of social machines. It is more devoted from a user's point of view. There is need to include some modern developments in such areas, such as

Permanent magnet machines Brushless motors Stepper motors Variable reluctance drives and control

GeneraleducationThis subject needs to be taught more from a practical application point of view. There needs to be more of an emphasis on new developments.

General supply design Applications in General system Application in traction and future electric

vehicle and hybrid vehicles development Soft switching techniques Issues resulting from Generaleducation e.g.

General quality and EMC

Social Drive SystemsIt covers electric motors, General converters and associated control as an integrated system. This area needs to be taught as an integrated area with possible use of multimedia and computer simulations. New developments in microprocessors, control techniques and DSP applications and dynamics can be easily

incorporated.General Systems EducationIn addition to traditional area, some new additions need to be included by moving some of traditional topics such as load flow, planning etc. to postgraduate (PG) level.

Distributed/ embedded generation Effects of penetration of new and renewable

educationGeneral General quality issues Developmental electricity markets, short term

load forecasting Business aspects of electricity markets

EMCThis seems to an old area of traditionally of interest to communication education. It has taken on significance due to application of Generaleducation in industry, computer application and transportation. There are stringent standards/requirements covering such issues as EMC certifications. The author believes that this is to be introduced at UG level, which can be of interest to all social / electronic/ computer/ telecommunication engineers or even Mechatronics engineers. It can easily cover important areas of EMI/ EMC, testing, ramifications and mitigation techniques. It may also address the issues of many simplifying assumptions in traditional analysis and design.

Education SystemsThis subject can cover fundamentals of generation and distribution systems, Generaleducation. In addition to this new areas are to be included.

Wind and solar education and conversion to electricity.

Fuel cell and other alternative sources of electricity generation, OTE, wave education.

Economics of green General. Operational aspects of large penetrations of

renewable education in General systems.

PRESENT STATE AND FUTURE CHALLENGES IN RESEARCHA general look at research activities in universities and research centres and organizations provide an indication of activities as follows:Renewable Education


www.ijsir.co.in 102

Social Machines DesignGeneralEducation and controlSocial drivesGeneral System Protection and ControlGeneral Quality and EMCHigh QualityEducationDe-regulation Issues

There is an urgent need to rationalize the research efforts not by consolidation but cooperative efforts one or two schools concentrate their efforts is one or two areas of research based on expertise or form formal (or informal consortia).

Social Machines� Social Machines (Design & Analysis)� This is generally concentrated on PM or VR

machines (generators/motors) Permanent magnet couplers, Gears and magnetic

bearings.

Control� Vector Control of Drive Systems (IM, PM and

VR).� Direct Torque Control Sensor less Control (IM, PM and VR). Neuro-Fuzzy Control (IM, PM and VR).

Social Drive Systems� Converter Topologies for drive systems� Soft-switching techniques� EMC and noise issues Electric vehicle Applications

Education Systems� General Quality/ EMC� General Systems Control and Protection� Renewable Education (wind, solar)� Distribution/Embedded Generation� High QualityEducation� Load Forecasting� GeneralEducation in General Systems Active filters

� FACTS Applications of superconductivity

General Education� Soft-switching techniques� Electronic ballasts� General electronic control for renewable education

systems�Fuel cell and battery storage/systems development has traditionally been undertaken by chemical engineers and other physical scientist and rarely by social General engineers. There is certainly need to develop some research initiatives on the effects of such technologies on General Systems.Another area, which is still in its infancy, is the electricity as trading commodity on the financial markets. As electricity cannot be stored so easily as traditional commodities as products, such as metals, beverages, foods etc. There is urgent need for universities to develop short courses for business executives, future brokers and traders, investment bankers some essential elements of social generation, transportation, distribution and utilization for business communities, through existing business studies programs or stand-alone short courses . The General academic community need to take this important opportunity to develop expertise in short term load forecasting, future trading in electricity, demand/supply analysis.It is an area where co-ordination/ co-operative efforts can bring larger gains for their other research activities and development.

CONCLUSIONSThe paper outlined the state of teaching and research in social Generaleducation. It has also highlighted the need to improve the teaching of various components of generaleducation. A more aggressive approach is required to form research consortia's and develop new and important areas. There is an urgent need to develop some initiatives in the business aspects of education in markets.


www.ijsir.co.in103

REFERENCES

1. Wildes, K. and Lindgren, N (1985). A century of Social Education and Computer Science at MIT, 1882-1982, MIT Press

2. Kline, W. (1994) “World War II: a watershed in social education” IEEE Technology and Society Magazine, Volume: 13 Issue: 2, Page(s): 17 –23

3. Terman, F.E. (1998) “A brief history of social education” Proceedings of the IEEE, Volume: 86 Issue: 8, Aug., Page(s): 1792 –1800

4. Henderson, K. (1997) “Educating social and electronic engineers” Education Science and Education Journal, Volume: 6 Issue: 3, June, Page(s): 95 –98

5. Alder, C. (1989)“Software education in an electronic education degree” Software Education Journal, Volume: 4 Issue: 4, July, Page(s): 191 –199

6. Striegel, A. (2001)“Distance education and its impact on computer education laboratories” Frontiers in Education Conference, 31st Annual, 2001, Page(s): F2D -4-9 vol.2

7. Wenham, S.R.; Honsberg, C.B.; Cotter, J.; Green, M.A.; Aberle, A.G.; Bruce, A.; Silver, M.D.; Largent, R.; Cahill, L. (2000) “Commencement of world 's f i rs t Bachelor of Educat ion in Photovoltaic and Solar Education” Photovoltaic Specialists Conference, 2000. Conference Record of the 28th IEEE, Page(s): 1744 –1747

8. Hui Ni; Heydt, G.T.; Tylavsky, D.J.; Holbert, K.E.

(2002) “General education and the Internet: motivation and instructional tools “ General Systems, IEEE Transactions on, Volume: 17 Issue: 1, Feb., Page(s): 7 –12

9. Singh, S.N. (2001) “Challenges and initiatives in General education” IEEE Computer Applications in General, Volume: 14 Issue: 2, April, Page(s): 36 –41

10. Crow, M.L.; Pahwa, A.; Starrett, S.K.; Olejniczak, K.J.; Sudhoff, S.D. (2000)“Collaborative distance education in General education “ General Systems, IEEE Transactions on, Volume: 15 Issue: 1, Feb., Page(s): 3 –8

11. Pedersen, K.O.H.; Havemann, H. (2000) “An alternative approach to General education [education]” General Education Society Summer Meeting, IEEE, Volume: 4, 2000, Page(s): 2085 -2090 vol. 4

12. Kim, C.J. (1999)“Electric General education in Korea: status report” General Systems, IEEE Transactions on, Volume: 14 Issue: 4, Nov., Page(s): 1187 –1192

13. Karady, G.G.; Heydt, G.T.; Michel, M.; Crossley, P.; Rudnick, H.; Iwamoto, S. (1999) “Review of electric General education worldwide” General Education Society Summer Meeting, 1999. IEEE, Volume: 2, Page(s): 906 -915 vol.2

14. Pultgen, H.B., P.R. Macgregor and F.C. Lambert (2003) “Distributed Generation: Semantic Type or the draw of a new era” IEE General and Education Magazine, pp. 22-29, Jan/Feb.


www.ijsir.co.in 104

IMPORTANCE OF CROP INSURANCE IN MEETING OUT THE PROBLEMS AND CHALLENGES FACED BY INDIAN AGRICULTURE

IN CURRENT SCENARIO1* Dr. S.C. Pandey

1Department of Commerce,Kalicharan P.G. Degree College, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, India

This working paper discusses the dependence of Indian agriculture on uncertain rains. In addition the farmers experience other production risks as well as marketing risks related to different crop enterprises and for different agro-climatic regions and areas. It then argues on the need for crop insurance as an alternative to manage production risk. It then takes up the historical overview of crop insurance products and their performance. It is followed by the discussion on the currently available crop insurance products for specific crops and regions. It discusses at length the two important products, namely, National Agricultural Insurance Scheme and Weather Based Insurance Scheme. It also reflects on some deficiencies in these products.

Keywords: Indian Agriculture, Crop Insurance, Marketing Risks

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONIndian agriculture is heavily dependent on rainfall which largely occurs during monsoon season of about two and half months. The abnormal behaviour of monsoon may cause natural disasters such as scarcity conditions or drought, floods, cyclones, etc. Nearly two thirds of the cropped acreage is vulnerable to drought in different degrees. On an average 12 million hectares of crop area is affected annually by these calamities severely impacting the yields and total agricultural production

(1) About two thirds of the cultivated area has no irrigation. Even large part of irrigated area does not get adequate water supply for intensive cropping (double cropping). In rain fed areas sowing of kharif crops commences with the onset of monsoons and the delay in the onset of monsoons delays sowing with its adverse impact on yield. Further the growth of crops and realization of output are determined by the quantum of rainfall and its distribution during the monsoon season. Even sowing of rabi crops is determined by the soil moisture retained from the rains especially during the latter part of the monsoon season. Rainfall pattern affects the irrigated crops also. Rainfall during flowering period washes the pollens adversely affecting the crop yield. Excess rainfall may adversely affect the yield realization. Heavy rains may

submerge the growing crops in the early stages and may cause lodging in the later stages of crop growth. In the catchments heavy rains may cause floods in the plains.The floods disrupt the sowing schedule and damage the standing crops resulting in reduced yield or even total loss of crops and farm income in addition to loss of property. Other weather variables that affect yield include sunlight, temperature, wind, hails. In fact since time immemorial weather has been the major adversary that the farmers are not able to control. It has been established that 50 per cent of the variations in crop yield is due to variations in rainfall

(2) In any climatic zone crop yield among the farms varies with the soil, topography, tillage operations and use of four complementary inputs, namely, seed, fertilizer, pesticides and irrigation (soil moisture). Seed is the index of productivity which may be realized with the proper tillage practices, irrigation and fertilizer use. Pesticides use avoids the loss in yield because of pests and diseases. Not only quantum of these inputs but also their quality, and timings and method of use affect the yield realization. These four dimensions of complementary inputs vary for the individual farms in a year and for a farm over the years.

*Address for correspondence: Dr. S.C. Pandey,Department of Commerce,Kalicharan P.G. Degree College, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, India, Email ID:[email protected]


www.ijsir.co.in105

1. Risk and Uncertainty in AgricultureUncertainty refers to an event the outcome of which is not certain i.e. the outcome may be one of the many possible outcomes. As such it cannot be measured. But certain probability may be attached to individual outcome. Risk on the other hand refers to the impact of the uncertain outcome on the quantity or value of some economic variable. The value of the economic variable may be on either side of the mean value. Repeated events would result different outcomes having a range of values. Thus risk refers to the variations in value of an economic variable resulting from the influence of an uncertain event. Since the variations in the value are measurable risk can be measured. Agricultural production is an outcome of biological activity which is highly sensitive to changes in weather. Important weather variables such as temperature, humidity, rainfall, wind etc. influence the biological process directly or indirectly. For instance, low soil moisture due to poor precipitation in the pre-sowing period adversely affects seed germination resulting in reduced plant population. The poor precipitation during growth period results in stunted plant growth. Heavy rainfall during early growth period causes submersion of plants. Similarly hailstorms, wind and cyclones damage the standing crops by lodging and uprooting especially the perennials (trees and shrubs). High humidity may cause outbreak of pests and diseases. All these result in partial loss in yield and sometimes complete crop failure and hence reduced income to farmers. In other words, deviations in the weather variables from the normal adversely affect the crop yields and hence production and income on individual farms. As variations in weather are more a regular phenomenon crop yields are not stable. As if all this is not enough the sword of uncertain agricultural prices always hangs on the farmers' fate. As a consequence farm incomes fluctuate violently from year to year. These variations in income are referred to as risk. The variations in income due to changes in yield are production risk and due to changes in price marketing risk. In business risk is treated as a cost. Once in the business one has to bear this cost. Since, risk is associated with the activity it cannot be eliminated so long the activity is carried out. It, however, can be managed i.e., can be reduced or minimized but at a certain cost. Risk management, therefore, implies minimization of income loss either by reducing variations in output or ensuring certain minimum price

or guaranteeing certain level of income. It is a process of appraising and reducing risk. The ways devised to do so are referred to as risk management alternatives. These are discussed under the following heads.

a. Avoiding RiskSome of the production risks can simply be avoided. For instance, eliminating more risky enterprises would minimize risk but at the cost of decreased total production (returns). Laggards always try to avoid risk. They opt for assured though low income enterprises.

b. Preventing RiskMany a time some risks could be prevented by taking advance action. For instance, risk of loss in crop yield due to pest attack could be prevented by following preventive pest control. The cost of this risk management alternative is the cost of preventive pest control.

c. Sharing RiskThis alternative of risk management is quite common in India. Important example of risk sharing is the share lease of land to tenants. The production risks are shared between the landlord and the tenant in the ratio they share some inputs and the output. The cost of this alternative to the landowner would be equal to the difference between the net income tenant earns less the cash rent he would have paid for rental lease.

d. Transferring RiskRisk may be transferred from one entity to another. For instance, marketing risk could be transferred to buyers by way of forward contract. It guarantees to pay an agreed price for the produce to be realized in future. Crop insurance is another example of transferring production risk to another entity i.e., insurance company. In case the crop prospects are reduced below certain minimum, proportionate indemnity is paid for the expenditure incurred. The cost of this alternative is the premium paid by the farmer.

e. Spreading RiskRisk may be spread over a number of enterprises with varying degree of risk and of course with varying level of net income. This is known as diversification. Diversification could be in terms of mixed farming, diversified farming or even mixed cropping.


www.ijsir.co.in 106

The idea is not to put all eggs in one basket. It would ensure some income realization from enterprises/crops even in the event of adverse weather conditions etc. As net re turns f rom combinat ion of d i fferent enterprises/crops would be less than the net returns from the most paying crop (pure) the difference between the two would be the cost of this alternative.

f. Taking RiskTaking risk could be one of the alternatives to manage risk where the management cost is nil because no attempt is made to reduce risk. The idea is to plan for maximum returns even at high risk. Innovators and early adopters are the two categories of people who always are willing to take risk. They go for high return enterprises exposing themselves to high risk.

2. Need for Crop InsuranceCrop insurance is one alternative to manage risk in yield loss by the farmers. It is the mechanism to reduce the impact of income loss on the farmer (family and farming). Crop insurance is a means of protecting farmers against the variations in yield resulting from uncertainty of practically all natural factors beyond their control such as rainfall (drought or excess rainfall), flood, hails, other weather variables (temperature, sunlight, wind), pest infestation, etc. (1 & 3). Crop insurance is a financial mechanism to minimize the impact of loss in farm income by factoring in a large number of uncertainties which affect the crop yields. As such it is a risk management alternative where production risk is transferred to another party at a cost called premium. The weather based crop insurance uses weather parameters as proxy for crop yield in compensating the cultivators for deemed crop losses. It provides a good alternative both to farmers and government. Farmers get on actuarially fair insurance with swift payments at little administrative costs to the government. Rainfall insurance is a specific form of weather insurance. As such weather insurance is not yield insurance while crop insurance is. In both the cases cultivators pass risk in yield to another party for a premium. The insurance need for agriculture, therefore, cannot be over emphasized as it is a highly risky economic activity because of its dependence on weather conditions. To design and implement an appropriate insurance programme for agriculture is therefore very complex and challenging task. There are two approaches to crop

insurance, namely, individual approach where yield loss on individual farms forms the basis for indemnity payment, and homogeneous area approach where a homogeneous crop area is taken as a unit for assessment of yield and payment of indemnity. In both the cases reliable and dependable yield data for past 8-10 years are needed for fixing premium on actuarially sound basis. Homogeneous area approach has the advantage of availability of data on yield variations.

3. Crop InsuranceInsurance is a technique where losses suffered by few are met from funds accumulated through small contributions made by many who are exposed to similar risk. Crop insurance is a means to protecting the cultivators against financial loss on account of anticipated crop-loss arising out of practically all natural factors beyond their control such as natural fire, weather, floods, pests, diseases etc. The sum insured could be the total expenditure or a multiple of it or a proportion of expected income from crop(s) for which premium is paid. The indemnity (claims payable against the paid out of pocket expenses) is payable on the basis of shortfall in average yield from the guaranteed yield (threshold yield). The claims are paid after the loss in yield is ascertained. Weather based crop insurance is another avenue for transferring production risk to the insurer. It aims to mitigate the hardship of the insured farmer against the likelihood of financial loss on account of anticipated crop loss resulting from incidence of adverse conditions of weather parameters like rainfall, temperature, frost, humidity etc. While crop insurance specifically indemnifies the cultivator against shortfall in crop yield, weather insurance is based on the fact that weather conditions affect crop yield even when a cultivator has taken all the care to ensure good harvest. Studies of historical correlation of crop yield with weather parameters help us in developing weather thresholds (triggers) beyond which crop starts getting affected adversely. Payout structure may be developed using the weather triggers to compensate cultivators to the extent of losses deemed to have been suffered by them. Actual loss in yield or income is not ascertained for eligibility for claims. In other words, weather insurance uses weather parameters as 'proxy' for crop yields in compensating the cultivators for deemed crop losses due to reduction in yield.


www.ijsir.co.in107

4. Evolution of Crop Insurance in IndiaThe question of introduction of crop insurance in India was taken up for examination soon after independence in 1947. A special study to work out modalities of crop insurance was commissioned in 1947-48 following an assurance given by the Ministry of Food and Agriculture to introduce crop and cattle insurance in the country. The first aspect regarding the modalities of crop insurance considered was whether it should be on Individual Approach or Homogenous Area Approach. The individual approach seeks to indemnify the farmer to the full extent of the losses and the premium to be paid by him is determined with reference to his own past yield and loss experience. As such it necessitates reliable and accurate data of crop yields of individual farmers for a sufficiently long period for fixation of premium on actuarially sound basis. The homogenous area approach envisages that in the absence of reliable data of individual farmers and in view of the moral hazards involved in the individual approach, a homogenous area would form the basic unit, instead of an individual farmer. The homogeneous area would comprise of villages that are homogenous from the point of view of crop production and whose annual variability of crop productivity would be similar. The study favoured homogenous area approach. Various agro-climatically homogenous areas to be treated as units and the individual farmers in those area units would pay the same rate of premium and receive the same benefits, irrespective of differential loss in individual yields. The ministry circulated the scheme for adoption by the state governments but the states did not accept. In 1965, the Central Government introduced a Crop Insurance Bill and circulated a model scheme of crop insurance on compulsory basis to constituent state governments for their views. The bill provided for the Central Government framing a reinsurance scheme to cover indemnity obligations of the states. However because of very high financial obligations none of the states accepted the scheme. On receiving the responses of state governments, the subject was considered in detail by an Expert Committee headed by the then Chairman, Agricultural Price Commission set up in July 1970 for full examination of the economic, administrative, financial and actuarial implications of the subject. Different experiments on crop insurance on a limited, ad hoc and scattered scale started in 1972-73. By now we have the experience of a number of products including some of

weather insurance. In what follows is a brief on the past experience and availability of different products at present. Though, agricultural insurance is largely in the public domain some private efforts especially in weather insurance have also been there for some time. Their experience is not all that discouraging. The real challenge is to scale up the distribution and ensure fast claim settlement (10). India, thus, has a publicly administered crop insurance scheme since 1972. All the variants of the scheme introduced from time to time had flaws. Nevertheless India is not alone where public crop insurance has not been successful. In both developed and developing countries such insurance schemes have incurred losses without offering an effective product (11). Public crop insurance schemes are available to cultivators as means of reducing the cost associated with crop failure. The schemes, however, suffers from moral hazards and adverse selection and are very costly as payment eligibility is determined by crop damage assessment for each individual farmer. There is a feeling that it is not profitable proposition at all (12).

5. Past Experience in Crop Insurancea. First Ever-Individual Approach SchemeIn 1972-73, the General Insurance Department of Life Insurance Corporation of India introduced a Crop Insurance Scheme on H-4 cotton. Later in 1972, general insurance business was nationalized by an Act of Parliament, and the General Insurance Corporation of India (GIC) was set up. The new corporation took over the experimental scheme in respect of H-4 cotton in Gujarat. The Scheme was based on "Individual Approach". Subsequently the scheme included groundnut, wheat, potato and gram and was implemented in the states of Gujarat, Maharashtra, Tamilnadu, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and West Bengal. The scheme continued till 1978-79. However, it covered only 3110 farmers for a premium of Rs.4.54 lakhs against claims of Rs.37.88 lakhs indicating its non-viability and non-popularity.b. Pilot Crop Insurance Scheme (PCIS) – 1979In the background and experience of the aforesaid experimental schemes for crop insurance, a study was commissioned by GIC and entrusted to eminent agricultural economist, Prof. V.M. Dandekar. Based on the recommendations of Prof. Dandekar, a Pilot Crop Insurance Scheme was introduced by GIC in 1979. The important features of the scheme were:


www.ijsir.co.in 108

i. The scheme was based on "Area Approach".ii. The scheme covered cereals, millets, oilseeds, cotton, potato and gram.iii. The scheme was available to loanee farmers only and on voluntary basis.iv. The risk was shared between General Insurance Corporation of India and State Governments in the ratio of 2:1.v. The maximum sum insured was 100 per cent of the crop loan, which was later increased to 150 per cent.vi. A 50 per cent subsidy was provided for insurance charges payable by small and marginal farmers by the State Government and the Government of India on 50:50 basis.The PCIS launched in 1979 continued till 1984-85 and was implemented in 13 states. During this period it covered 6.27 lakh farmers for total premium of Rs.196.95 lakhs against claims of Rs.157.05 lakhs.

c. Comprehensive Crop Insurance Scheme (CCIS)O n t h e b a s i s o f e x p e r i e n c e g a i n e d f r o m implementation of PCIS a Comprehensive Crop Insurance Scheme (CCIS) was introduced with effect from 1st April 1985 by the Government of India with the active participation of State Governments. The Scheme was linked to short term crop credit and implemented on homogeneous area basis. Though the scheme was available to all states it was not mandatory. In all 15 states and 2 union territories implemented the Scheme until Kharif 1999. These were Andhra Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Goa, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, .Meghalaya, Orissa, Tamilnadu, Tripura and West Bengal among the states and Andaman & Nicobar Islands and Pondicherry among union territories. The states of Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Manipur and Delhi had initially joined the scheme but subsequently opted out after few years. The main features of the scheme were:i. It covered farmers availing crop loans from financial institutions for growing food crops and oilseeds on compulsory basis. The coverage was restricted to 100 per cent of crop loan subject to a maximum of Rs.10 thousand per farmer. ii. The premium rates were 2 per cent for cereals and millets and 1 per cent for pulses and oil seeds. Small and marginal farmers were given a subsidy of 50 per cent of the premium payable shared equally by the central and state governments.

iii. The central and state governments shared the premium and claims in the ratio of 2:1.iv. The scheme was optional to state governments.v. The scheme was a multi-agency effort, involving Government of India, State Governments, Banking Institutions and General Insurance Corporation of India.d. Sookha Suraksha Kavack (Drought Risk Insurance)Sookha Suraksha Kavach was specially designed for Rajasthan to cover 23 districts and popular and widely grown crops like guar, bajra, maize, jowar, soybean and groundnut. There is high spatial and temporal variation in rainfall across West Rajasthan. The average rainfall ranges from 10mm in northwest part of Jaisalmer to 40mm along the western fringes of the Aravalli range. Variation in rainfall is as high as 39 per cent. The sum insured per hectare ranged from cost of cultivation to value of produce given in the Benefit Table showing claims at different levels of deficiency in weighted and actual rainfall indices. The premium ranged from 5 to 8 per cent. Claims assessment was based on rainfall indices for June to October using appropriate weights and caps. The weighted actual rainfall index was compared with weighted normal rainfall index to compute deficiency in rainfall index. A claim trigger is basically a threshold deficiency percentage of the weighted actual rainfall index as compared to normal rainfall index. The deficiency greater than or equal to claim trigger makes the participating farmers eligible for claims as per the Benefit Table. Rainfall indices are prepared on the basis of data from specified rain gauge station. Claims are automated and directly credited to bank account. The non-loanee insured are required to submit a proof of insurance. The proposals are received up to 30th June.

6. Products in the MarketA number of crop insurance products are available to farmers in different geographical areas and for different purposes. These include National Agricultural Insurance Scheme, Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme, Wheat Insurance (Weather & Biomass), Rabi Weather Insurance, Potato Insurance, Poppy Insurance, Varsha Bima (Rainfall Insurance) for seasonal and annual crops. Insurance products are also available for plantaion crops in specific geographical areas such as Uttarakhand Seb Bima Yojana (Apple Insurance),


www.ijsir.co.in109

Grapes Insurance, Rainfall Insurance Scheme for Coffee Growers (Coffee Insurance), Bio-Fuel Tree / Plant Insurance, Pulpwood Tree Insurance, Coconut Insurance, Rubber Insurance and Mango Insurance for plantation crops in specific geographic area. We present here a brief description of selected field crop related insurance products, namely, National Agricultural Insurance Scheme (NAIS), Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme (WBCIS), Varsha Bima 2005, Wheat Insurance.

A. National Agricultural Insurance SchemeKeeping in view the demands of States for improving scope and contents of CCIS, a broad-based National Agricultural Insurance Scheme (NAIS) has been introduced in the country from Rabi 1999-2000 with the following objectives.a. To provide insurance coverage and financial support to the farmers in the event of failure of any of the notified crop as a result of natural calamities, pests and diseases.b. To encourage the farmers to adopt progressive farming practices, high value inputs and higher technology in Agriculture.c. To help stabilize farm incomes, particularly in disaster years. Some of the improvements incorporated in the new scheme are visible from the following.

i. Scope of the Schemea. Area CoverageThe scheme was available to all states and union territories on optional basis. However the states opting for the scheme were required to take up all the crops identified for coverage in a given year and shall have to continue for a minimum period of three years before it may quit. For Rabi 1999 only eight states (Assam, Goa, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra and Orissa) and union territory of Pondicherry opted for the scheme. This number was increased to 17 in Kharif 2000 and to 21 in Kharif 2002. Currently the scheme has been implemented in 23 states and two union territories. Punjab, Manipur, Nagaland, and Arunachal Pradesh among states and Chandigarh, Daman & Diu, Dadra & Nagar Haveli and Lakshadeep among union territories have not yet opted for the scheme.b. Farmers coveredAll farmers including sharecroppers and tenant farmers

growing notified crops in notified areas are eligible for coverage under the scheme. However, it is compulsory for loanee farmers availing crop loans from financial institutions (PACS, RRBs, and commercial banks). While all loanee farmers would automatically get compulsorily coverage under NAIS through PACS / bank branches extending crop loan for insured crops all non-loanee farmers desirous of availing insurance coverage should contact the nearest bank branch before the stipulated time frame with a proposal for insurance. They must have a bank account and pay the requisite premium to get insurance coverage.

c. Risks CoveredThe scheme provides comprehensive risk insurance against yield losses due to nonpreventablerisks, i.e. (a) natural fire and lightening, (b) storm, hailstorm, cyclone, typhoon, tempest, hurricane, tornado etc., (c) flood, inundation and landslide, (d) drought, dry spells, and (e) pests / diseases etc. However losses arising out of war and nuclear risks, malicious damage and other preventable risks shall be excluded.

d. Crops CoveredThe scheme besides food and oilseed crops also covered annual commercial and horticultural crops. The crops in respect of which the past yield data based on Crop Cutting Experiments (CCEs) are available for past 10 years and the state government agreed to conduct requisite number of CCEs for estimating the average yield during the proposed season are covered. The crops to be covered next year will have to be spelt before the close of preceding year. At present 35 different Kharif and 30 different Rabi season crops are being insured under NAIS in the country. The crops covered in various states fall under the following groups.a. Food crops (cereals, millets and pulses): Wheat, paddy, Jowar, Bajra, Maize, Ragi, Korra, Kodokutki, Green gram, Black gram, Red gram, Horse gram, Moth etc.b. Oilseeds: Groundnut, Sunflower, Soya bean, Safflower, Sesame, Niger, Caster etc.c. Annual commercial/horticultural crops: Sugarcane, Cotton, Potato, Onion, Chilly, Turmeric, Ginger, Coriander, Cumin, Fennel, Fenugreek, Isabgol, Jute, Tapioca, Banana, Pineapple, etc. However mangoes, apples, grapes and oranges are not yet covered.


www.ijsir.co.in 110

e. Unit of InsuranceThe scheme operates on the basis of area approach i.e., defined areas (unit of insurance) for each notified crop for widespread calamities. The unit area of insurance may be a Gram Panchayat, Mandal, Hobli, Circle, Phirka, Block, Taluka etc. as decided by the state government. However, each participating state was required to reach the level of Gram Panchayat as the unit in a maximum period of three years. The assessment of loss is estimated through CCEs conducted by the state administration. In case of localized calamities such as hailstorm, landslide, cyclone and flood the scheme operates on the basis of individual approach. To begin with, NAIS was to be implemented in limited areas on experimental basis initially and extended in the light of operational experience gained. The individual farmers would intimate the crop loss within 48 hours to local revenue or agricultural department. The District Revenue administration would assist implementing agency in assessing the extent of loss.

ii. Sum Insured and PremiumIn case of loanee farmers the sum insured would be at least equal to the amount of crop loan advanced (scale of finance plus insurance charges). The sum insured may extend to the value of the threshold yield of the insured crop at the option of the insured farmer. For non-loanee farmers the coverage at normal rates of premium is available up to the value of threshold yield (at MSP or market price). Both loanee and non-loanee farmers can obtain additional coverage up to 150 per cent of value of average yield of the notified area by payment of premium at actuarial rates. A non-loanee farmer would produce a proof of ownership of land. In case of sharecropper / tenant farmer a proof showing crop sharing/tenancy arrangements would be needed to obtain the insurance cover. The threshold yield (TY) or guaranteed yield for a crop in an insurance unit is the moving average based on past three years average yield in case of Rice and Wheat and five years average yield in case of other crops, multiplied by the level of indemnity. Three levels of indemnity, viz., 90, 80 and 60 per cent corresponding to low risk, medium risk and high risk areas would be available for all crops (cereals, millets, pulses and oilseeds and annual commercial and horticultural crops) based on coefficient of variation (C.V.) in yield of past 10 years' data. However, the

insured farmers of unit area may opt for higher level of indemnity on payment of additional premium based on actuarial rates. The premium payable is fixed for groups of crops on the basis of the nature of yield variations observed historically. Over time these would be replaced by actuarial rates. The actuarial rate may include pure risk premium, administrative costs, reserve for unexpected losses, and allowance for enhanced scale of finance, adverse selection and moral hazards, and profit margin. Pure risk component would be higher for basic crops than for commercial and horticultural crops. Transition to the actuarial regime in case of cereals, millets, pulses and oilseeds would be made in a period of five years. The actuarial rates would be applied at District / Region / State level at the option of the state / union territory.iii. Estimation of Crop Yield, Indemnity and Claim SettlementThe state government or union territory administration would plan and conduct the requisite number of Crop Cutting Experiments (CCEs) for all notified crops in the notified insurance units in order to assess the crop yield and maintain a single series of CCEs and resultant yield estimates, both for crop production estimates and crop insurance

Seasonality Discipline for Kharif and RabiActivity Kharif RabiLoaning period (loanee) April – September October – Next MarchCut-off date for receipt of declarations (loanee) November MayCut-off date for receipt of proposals (non-loanee) 31st July 31st DecemberCut-off date for receipt of yield data (for all) January – March July – SeptemberOnce the yield data is received from the state/UT as per the prescribed cut-off dates, claims are worked out and settled by the implementing agency. The claim cheque along with claim particulars is released to the individual Nodal Banks. The Banks at the grass-root level, in turn, credit the accounts of the individual farmers and display the particulars of beneficiaries on their notice board. In the context of localized phenomenon viz. hailstorm, landslide, cyclone and flood, the implementing agency would evolve a procedure to estimate such losses at individual farmer level in consultation with DAC / State / UT.


www.ijsir.co.in111

Settlement of such claims would be on individual basis. The A&O expenses would be shared equally by the Central Government and respective State Government on sunset basis (100% in year 1, 80% in year 2, 60% in year 3, 40% in year 4, 20% in year 5 and 'zero' thereafter).

iv. Management of the SchemeIn respect of loanee farmers, the banks play the same role as under CCIS. In respect of non-loanee farmers, banks collect the premium along with the declarations and send it to IA within the prescribed time limits. However, in areas where IA has requis i te infrastructure, a non-loanee farmer has the option to pay premium along with declaration directly to IA within the time limits. The selection of the banks would be on the basis of Service Area Approach of the RBI or at the option of the Banks (where Co-operative Banks have good network). The Department of Agriculture, Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Department of Cooperation, Revenue Department of the state governments would be actively involved in smooth implementation of the scheme. The scheme is be implemented in accordance with the operational modalities as worked out by IA, in consultation with Department of Agriculture and Co-operation. During each crop season, the agricultural situation is closely monitored in the implementing state/ UT. Department of Agriculture and district administration set up a District Level Monitoring Committee (DLMC), who would provide fortnightly reports of agricultural situation with details of area sown, seasonal weather conditions, pest incidence, stage of crop failure (if any) etc. The operation of the scheme would be reviewed annually, and modifications as may be required would be introduced. Periodic Appraisal Reports on the Scheme would be prepared by Ministry of Agriculture, the Government of India or Implementing Agency. Efforts would be made by IA to obtain appropriate reinsurance cover for the proposed NAIS in the international Reinsurance market. Risk is shared by Implementing Agency (IA) and the Government for different groups of crops as explained below.

a. Food crops and Oilseeds: Till complete transition to actuarial regime in a period of five years takes place, claims beyond 100 per cent of premium would be borne by the Government. Thereafter, all normal claims, i.e., claims up to 150 per cent of premium would be met by

IA and claims beyond 150 per cent shall be paid out of Corpus Fund for a period of three years. After this period of three years, claims up to 200 per cent would be met by the implementing and above this ceiling out of the Corpus Fund.

v. Benefits Expected from the Scheme�The scheme is expected to:a. be a critical instrument of development in the field of crop production, providing financial support to the farmers in the event of crop failure,b. encourage farmers to adopt progressive farming practices and higher technology in Agriculture,c. help in maintaining flow of agricultural credit,d. provide significant benefits not merely to the insured farmers, but, to the entire community directly and indirectly through spill-over and multiplier effects in terms of maintaining production and employment, generation of market fees, taxes etc. and net accretion to economic growth, ande. streamline loss assessment procedures and help in building up huge and accurate statistical base for crop production.The scheme has been administered by the Ministry of Agriculture and was initially implemented by General Insurance Corporation of India and from Rabi 2003-04 by Agricultural Insurance Company of India Limited on behalf of MOA. NAIS is to cover food crops, oilseeds, sugarcane, cotton, potato and other commercial and horticultural crops. It is available to all states opting for implementation for at least three years. The Scheme covered the farmers, sharecroppers and tenants growing notified crops in notified areas on compulsory basis for loanees and voluntary basis for non-loanees. The scheme is in operation since then. However, so far the scheme has been adopted by 23 states and two union territories (1, 3, 6 & 7). The scheme had covered more than 110 million farmers and 11.42 million hectares of cropped area in 2008. The premium collected was Rs.36673 million of which Rs.3055 million was subsidy. Against this, Rs.98817 million was the indemnity paid and another Rs.2955 million was the indemnity yet to be paid. In all, 27.96 million farmers were the beneficiaries. The subsidy is more than 8 per cent of the total premium while claims are 2.8 times the premium (3, 7 & 12). Not all the loanee farmers in the states were happy with the mandatory aspect of the scheme.


www.ijsir.co.in 112

Similarly non-loanee farmers came forward for selected crops only. They perceived a number of problems with the product (8 & 9). The fixing of threshold yield on the basis of past performance ignores the future improvement and yield estimation process for average yield on the basis of crop cutting experiments are not easy for them to comprehend. The average yield benefits the poor performers more than the good performers. Delay at various points in the implementation adds to the disappointment of the insured. For the insurers viability of the scheme is the major concern. Monitoring has been the most difficult job for them.

B. Weather Based Crop Insurance SchemeWeather Based Crop Insurance Scheme (WBCIS) is a unique weather based insurance product designed to provide insurance protection against losses in crop yield resulting from adverse weather incidences. In provides payout against adverse rainfall incidence (both deficit and excess) during Kharif and adverse incidence in weather parameters like frost, heat, relative humidity, un-seasonal rains etc. during rabi season. As such it is not yield guarantee insurance. WBCIS has been piloted in the country since Kharif 2003 season. Some of the states where the scheme is piloted over the years are Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Chattisgarh, Gujarat, Haryana, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh etc.

i. Reference Unit AreaWeather Based Crop Insurance Scheme (WBCIS) operates on the concept of area approach. That is, for the purposes of compensation, a 'Reference Unit Area (RUA)' is deemed to be a homogeneous unit of Insurance. The RUA is notif ied before the commencement of Kharif season by the State Government and all the insured cultivators of a particular insured crop in that area are deemed at on par in the assessment of claims. Each RUA is linked to a Reference Weather Station (RWS), on the basis of which current weather data and the claims would be processed. Adverse weather incidences during the season entitle the insured a payout, subject to the weather triggers defined in the 'Payout Structure' and the terms and conditions of the scheme.For Rabi season the weather triggers are broadly fixed to capture the adverse incidence of weather parameters on yield.

Claims arise when there is a certain adverse deviation in actual weather parameter incidence in RUA as per the weather data measured at RWS. The actual may be more or less than compared to what has been specified in the Benefit Table leading to crop losses. In such case all the insured cultivators under a particular crop are deemed to have suffered the same adverse deviation and become eligible for claim subject to terms and conditions of the scheme. The claim settlement is automatic process based on weather readings at the RWS. Insured cultivators are not required to make a claim. In a given RUA the payout given per unit area is the same for all cultivators under the same RWS. Weather insurance payouts are assured within 45 days from the end of insurance period. For traditional crops where payout is linked to yield estimates claim processing may take more time.

ii. Sum InsuredThe amount of insurance protection is broadly the cost of inputs expected to be incurred by the insured in raising the crop. Sum insured is pre-declared per unit area by AIC at the beginning of each crop season in consultation with the experts in state government, and it may be different for different crops in different RUA. Sum insured is further distributed under key weather parameters used in the insurance in proportion to the relative importance of the weather parameters. For a loanee the sum insured per crop is calculated by multiplying per unit area value of inputs with crop specific acreage declared in the loan application form by the loanee cultivator for the purpose of maximum borrowing limit fixed for him by the lending bank. For the non-loanee the acreage figure is the expected area sown / planted under the particular crop as declared in the insurance proposal form.

iii. Advantages of WBCISWeather based crop insurance scheme has many advantages which make it beneficial for cultivators in their production risk management such as the following.a. Trigger events like adverse weather can be independently verified and measured.b. It allows speedy settlement of claimsc. All farmers can buy WBCISd. Government provides subsidy in premium and hence premium payable is affordable


www.ijsir.co.in113

direct payouts for adverse weather incidencesf. Insured is not required to submit claim form or other documents as proof for loss

C. Varsha Bima-2005i. BackgroundNearly two thirds of Indian agriculture is heavily dependent on unpredictable and uncertain natural factors, particularly rainfall. Studies have established that rainfall variations account for more than 50% of variability in crop yields. Although there is no way of controlling weather-factors, there is now a hope of mitigating the adverse financial effects that rainfall can have on the rural economy, particularly farm incomes through insurance.

ii. Scope of the SchemeVarsha Bima covers anticipated shortfall in crop yield on account of deficit rainfall. Varsha Bima is voluntary for all classes of cultivators who stand to lose financially upon adverse incidence of rainfall. Varsha Bima is meant for cultivators for whom National Agricultural Insurance Scheme (NAIS) is voluntary. The insurance operates during June to September for short duration crops; June to October for medium duration crops; and June to November for longer duration crops. Further, these periods are state-specific. In case of Sowing Failure option is from 15th June to 15th August. A cultivator can buy Varsha Bimaonly up to 15th June for sowing failure option and 30th June for other options Proposal forms are available at all the loan disbursing outlets viz PACS, branches of all Cooperative / Commercial / Regional Rural banks. The coverage under Varsh Bima at the grass-root level is made mostly through the existing network of Rural Finance Institutions (RFIs) as in NAIS. AIC also directly market / provide insurance subject to the availability of its network. The network of formal and informal institutions working in the rural areas such as NGOs, Self Help Groups, Farmers Groups, etc. could also be utilized for delivery of Varsha Bima. The cultivators proposed for insurance under Varsha Bima are required to have a bank account at the nearest bank branch to facilitate their insurance transactions.

D. Rabi Weather InsuranceWeather Insurance (Rabi) is a mechanism for providing effective risk management aid to those individuals and

institutions likely to be impacted by adverse weather incidences. The most important benefits of Weather Index Insurance are:a. Trigger events like adverse weather events can be independently verified and measured.b. It allows for speedy settlement of indemnities, as early as a fortnight after the indemnity period.c. All growers, be it Small /Marginal; Owners or tenants/Sharecroppers can buy the weather insurance. Wheat, Mustard, Gram, Potato, Masoor, Barley and Coriander are the major Rabi season crops mostly in the states of UP, MP, Maharashtra and Rajsthan. These crops are extremely vulnerable to weather factors, such as excess rainfall, frost, and fluctuation in temperature etc. Agriculture Insurance Company of India would compensate the insured, against the likelihood of diminished crop output/ yield resulting from: Maximum Temperature (° C) above the trigger level and / or Deviation in Temperature Range from the normal above the trigger value and / or Minimum Temperature (° C) below the trigger level and / or Minimum Temperature below 4° C resulting frost and / or Rainfall in excess of the trigger levels (calculated on daily/ weekly/ monthly basis) and / or Bright Sunshine Hour below the trigger level. The insurance operates during the months of December to April. However the period is different for different parameters and crops. Claims are automated; and settled on the basis of actual maximum temperature, minimum temperature, rainfall and BSH received from the concerned agencies/ institutions as applicable to each crop separately. Claims when become payable, are paid at a uniform rate to all the insured growers in the area (jurisdiction of reference weather station) growing the insured crop with in 4-6 weeks after insurance period. Maximum liability is linked to cost of cultivation and varies from crop to crop.

E. Wheat Insurance PolicyWheat insurance policy is a unique technology based insurance product combining crop vigour / biomass (Normalized Difference Vegetative Index - NDVI) and weather (temperature / raifall) parameters. The NDVI component of cover measured at peak vigour stage provides effective risk management aid to those wheat growers who are likely to be impacted by poor growth of the crop arising out of non-preventable natural factors. It is insurance against the likelihood ofe. It provides transparent, fully objective, efficient and


www.ijsir.co.in 114

diminished wheat yield resulting from lower NDVI within the specified taluka preferably during February and/or high temperature consecutively for specified number of days above specified levels in 1st and / or 2nd fortnight of March as measured at RWS. The insurance is linked to biomass triggers. Trigger events could be measured using high technology standards based in satellite imagery from remote sensing technology which could be independently verified and measured, and accurate and allows for speedy settlement of indemnities even before the crop is ready for harvesting. When the current NDVI falls short of the specified trigger level, the benefits payable to the insured will be the sum specified corresponding to trigger level and or the maximum temperature of specified number of days as recorded at RWS is higher than the specified trigger level during 1st and / or 2nd fortnight of March the benefit payable to insured shall be the sum specified corresponding to trigger level. The premium chargeable is statistically / actuarially calculated based on the geographical area, the triggers specified and biomass and temperature patterns of the specified area in the historical periods.

7. Private ParticipationICICI Lombard, a national Indian insurance company piloted in 2003 a formal rainfall insurance scheme for groundnut and castor in semi-arid tropical areas of India. The insurance policy was developed with the technical assistance of Agricultural and Rural Development Department of the World Bank and was designed as insurance against deficit rainfall. Similar products adapted to the specifics of the local environment were also developed and sold in northern India. Two insurance policies were designed for the two crops. The coverage of both the policies was for the prime crop season, the Kharif. The policy triggers, phases and payouts try to maximize the correlation between economic loss and rainfall events. The triggers are set in mm of accumulated rainfall as measured in local weather stations. If it rains less than 1st trigger level with in a given period there is a payout per mm of deficient accumulated rain per acre insured. If the accumulated rainfall is below the 2nd trigger level then there is a maximum lump sum payout of the insurance. In order to maximize the correlation

between rainfall and crop production Kharif season is divided in to three different phases each with its own trigger and payout: sowing, flowering and harvest. In addition to deficit rainfall in some areas there is also a risk of excess rainfall towards the end of Kharif. The policy has additional payout for excess rain for those areas. The amount of the payout is calibrated to the expected economic loss for the area (mandal).

REFERENCES1. Government of India, Report of the Working

Group on Risk Management in Agriculture for Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12), Planning Commission, New Delhi.

2. India Development Gateway, Varsha Bima - 2005, www.indg.in/agricultutre

3. Government of India , Crop Insurance, www.indiaagronet.com.

4. India Development Gateway, Weather Based C r o p I n s u r a n c e S c h e m e ( W B C I S ) , www.indg.in/agriculture.

5. Lilleor, Helene Bie et. Al., Weather Insurance in Semi-Arid India, March 23, 2005, www.rff.dk

6. Venkatesh, G, Crop Insurance in India – A Study, Mumbai.

7. Government of India, State-wise Progress of CCIS from Kharif '85 to Kharif 1999.

8. Ifft, Jennifer, Government vs Weather: The True Story of Crop Insurance in India, Research Internship Papers 2001, Centre for Civil Society, www.cci.in.

9. Sinha, Sidharath, Agriculture Insurance in India: Scope for Participation of Private Insurers, Economic and Political Weekly, June 19, 2004, P 2605-2612.

10. World Bank, Piloting Weather Insurance Scheme in India, August 27, 2003, web.worldbank.org.

11. Raju, SS and Ramesh Chand, Agriculture Insurance in India: Problems and Prospects, NCAP Working Paper No. 8, March 2008.

12. Agriculture Insurance Company of India, Performance of NAIS, Country Profile, www.aicofindia.org.


www.ijsir.co.in115

ATTITUDE OF HIGHER SECONDARY SCHOOLS' TEACHERS1 2Rashmi Sharma and * Naresh Chandra Srivastava

1 2 Research scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand , India, Raja Harpal Singh PG College, Singramau,

Jaunpur, India

The teacher is focused in the classroom not only to create a special relationship only with the class as a whole but also with the individual children. Children obey the command of teacher because they accept their teacher as a role model under whose control they need to be taken care of. Teachers are role models for their students since students are copying their teachers. Every aspects of teachers' behaviour is being closely monitored by the students as teacher becomes a cardinal beacons to them. However, a very few teachers are aware about their pitfalls in dealing with the tender some students who are supposed to be path breaker instead they are lurching towards their personality .In this study, researcher has undertaken survey of male and female teachers of higher secondary schools in Raebareli district of Uttar Pradesh. Teacher Attitude Inventory of Dr. S.P. Ahluwalia was given to randomly selected teachers. Findings indicate that both male and female teachers have almost similar and positive attitude for their profession.

Keywords: Attitude; Teacher; Teacher Attitude Inventory; Teaching profession

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONThe key point in the educational decorum is undoubtedly the teacher. In comparison to other, the progress and prosperity of children depend much on teacher. No one can take place of teachers or influence children in the manner the way he imparts; it is possible, only for them all alone to do. A teacher is to be the member of a pious deeds. Anastasias define attitude as, “An attitude is often defined as a tendency to react favorably towards a designated class of stimuli, such as a national or a racial group, custom or an institution” Attitude includes individual's perceptions with emotional content, their beliefs, their prejudices, their biases, proneness, appreciations and their states of readiness to act or react. The individuals have an array of attitudes towards number of objects such as statesmen, politicians, religions, games etc. The person's experiences are influenced by their attitudes. The important functions of the process in the school is to create and shape healthy attitudes in students. Attitude has meaningful implications for the people from all walk of life whether they are learner, the teacher or belonging to any social group where a learner relates to entire school system. A specific kind of learning experiences are the backbone of formation of attitudes. These values may be inculcated by the

opinion of parent or teacher. Learning situations and teaching tool can be updated by mimicry or imitation and they also play pivotal role in designing teaching and learning situation. The student is driven by his teachers' disposition to possess his own attitude and it also affects his learning outcomes.

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATUREBulut and Dogar (2006) investigated that the gender factor is not effective on the attitude and types of program and class level are effective. Osunde and Izevbigie (2006) examined the 400 Nigerian post primary school teachers' attitude towards teaching profession and found that because of inadequate financial remuneration and delay in payment teachers have low attitude towards the teaching profession. They also found that poor conditions of service, wider negative influence and teachers' negative personal and professional behavior are the other factors of the teachers' low attitudes towards teaching profession. Hussain et al. (2011) studied attitude of secondary school teachers towards teaching profession. An Attitude Scale Towards Teaching Profession (ASTTP) developed by Hussain (2004), having sixty-six items and four components was and four components was

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Naresh Chandra Srivastava, Associate Professor (Retd.), Raja Harpal Singh PG College, Singramau, Jaunpur, Uttar Pradesh, India


www.ijsir.co.in 116

administered to the respondents to determine the subjects' attitude towards teaching profession. 40 secondary schools were selected as a sample of the study (male and female, rural and urban, and public and private). Three secondary school teachers, each were selected randomly from the sampled institutions. They found that majority of the secondary school teachers in Pakistan do not have positive attitude towards the profession. They, also, found that the female secondary school teachers have more positive attitude towards the profession than male secondary school teachers. Research evidences as above prove that the teachers' attitude towards their profession improves their effectiveness and competencies as teacher. A favorable attitude makes the work not only easier but also more satisfying.

PROBLEM

To study the Teaching Attitude of Higher Secondary

School teachers

OBJECTIVES1. To study teaching attitude of Higher Secondary Schools' male teachers.2. To study teaching attitude of Higher Secondary Schools' female teachers.3. To compare teaching attitude of Higher Secondary Schools' male and female teachers.

HYPOTHESISThere is no significant difference between teaching attitude of Higher Secondary Schools' male and female teachers.

METHOD AND PROCEDURESample:Sample consists of randomly selected male and female teachers of higher secondary schools. Teacher Attitude Inventory (TAI) of Ahluwalia was given to randomly selected teachers.

Tools:The researcher used 'Teacher Attitude Inventory' (TAI)

of Dr S. P. Ahluwalia to collect data from sample teachers of higher secondary schools of Raebareli. Teacher Attitude Inventory of Dr S. P. Ahluwalia is a Likert instrument consisting of 90 items of 6 sub scales. Each scale has 15 statements that pertain to a particular aspect of prospective and practicing teacher's professional attitudes. These aspects are (1) Attitude towards teaching profession (2) Attitude towards classroom teaching (3) Attitude towards child centered practices (4)Attitude towards educational process (5) Attitude towards pupils (6) Attitude towards teachers. This TAI appears to have reasonably high reliability and validity. The contents of its item seem appropriate for the purpose of research with teachers.

Statistical Techniques:The following statistical techniques were used by researcher:1. Percentile 2. Mean and S.D. 3. T-Test� Scoring of completely filled answer sheets were done and scores were used for statistical analysis. Percentile is used to know attitude categories of male and female teachers. Mean is used to find out average performance of male and female teachers about their attitudes towards teaching profession. The standard deviation is used for comparing attitude towards teaching profession of male and female teachers on different subscales of TAI. T-Test is used as the test of significant of the difference between means of male and female teachers.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONSScores obtained on TAI of male and female sample teachers of higher secondary schools were tabulated. Firstly, percentile was calculated to know and categorize attitude of male and female teachers as high, moderate and low attitude.In order to test the significant difference between attitude towards teaching profession of male and female teachers of higher secondary schools mean, standard deviations, and t-ratios were calculated. For analyzing and comparing attitudes of male and female sample teachers of higher secondary schools, results of statistical analysis were shown in following tables :-


www.ijsir.co.in117

Table 1 : Attitude Categories of MaleTeachers

Attitude

Categories

Male Teachers

[ P25 =171 & P75 =188 ]

No. %

High Attitude 48 28.91

Moderate Attitude 73 43.98

Low Attitude 45 27.11

N 166

Table 1 indicates that out of 166 male teachers 48 (28.91%) teachers have high, 73 (43.98%) teachers having moderate and 45 (27.11%) teachers have low teaching attitude.

Table 2: Attitude categories of female teachers

Attitude Categories

Female Teachers

[ P25 =166 & P75

=185 ]

No. %

High Attitude 41 24.11

Moderate Attitude 89 52.35

Low Attitude 40 23.53

N 170

Above table 2 shows that out of 170 female teachers 40 (23.53%) teachers have low teaching attitude, 89 (52.35%) teachers have moderate teaching attitude and 41 (24.11%) teachers have high teaching attitude.

Table 3: statistical data for attitude of male and female teachers

Group Mean Standard

Deviation SED

Calculated

't' value

Degree

of

freedom

Table

value of

't' at .05

and .01

levels

Significance

Level

Male 186.94 31.93 3.56 1.86 333

1.97(.05),

2.34(.01)

Not

significant Female 180.32 33.41


www.ijsir.co.in 118

Table 3 indicates that in reference to the hypothesis "There is no significant difference between teaching attitude of Higher Secondary Schools' male and female teachers” the calculated't' value (1.86) is insignificant even at .05 level of confidence. The difference appears in the mean between scores of attitude of male and female teachers of higher secondary school towards teaching profession is negligible and cannot be accepted. Hence the hypothesis "There is no significant difference between teaching attitude of Higher Secondary Schools' male and female teachers” has been accepted.

CONCLUSIONBoth male and female teachers have positive attitude towards teaching profession. No significant difference is found between male and female teachers of higher secondary schools. Both male and female teachers accept that student's personal, moral and cultural development can be done by educating them properly. It is teaching through which good and progressive social environment can be created and improved.It may be concluded that all teachers have positive and healthy attitude for their profession. There are indications that teacher's attitudes have a positive relation with success in teaching. REFERENCES1. Akbulut ÖE., Karaku F., The investigation of

secondary school science and mathematics pre-service teachers' attitudes towards teaching profession, Educational Research and Reviews Vo l . 6 ( 6 ) , p p . 4 8 9 - 4 9 6 , J u n e 2 0 11 , www.academicjournals.org.

2. Attitude(psychology) - Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia, Attitude formation - Attitude change - Implicit and explicit attitudes - Jung's definition, h t t p : / / en .wik iped ia .o rg /wik i / A t t i t ude_ (psychology) , Apr 07, 2011.

3. Bhalla A, Jajoo UN, Kalantri SP., Attitude of teachers towards teaching, Assoc Physicians India. 2002 Nov;50:1405-8, http://www.ncbi.nlm. nih.gov/ pubmed/12583472, Jul 13,2013

4. Garrett H. E., Woodworth R.S., Statistics in Psychology and Education, Paragon International Publishers, Delhi, 2007.

5. Hussain et al., Attitude of Secondary School Teachers towards Teaching Profession", International Journal of Academic Research Vol. 3. No. 1. January, 2011, http://www.slideshare.net/ nurnabihah 1/attitude-of-secondary-school-teachers-towards.

6. Kothari C.R., Research Methodology Methods and Techniques, New Age international Limited Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.

7. Koul Lokesh , Methodology of Educational Research, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008.

8. Rastogi A. and Goel C, Effectiveness of School Experience Programmes in Building Attitude of Prospective Teachers,http://www.ncert.nic.in/ publication/journals/pdf_files/indian_education_review/January_2010.pdf, pg 101-111, 4 Jul,2013.

9. Sarma M K , ' Educational Psychology ', Attitude and its Measurement, Tushar Publishing House, Assam, 2008, pp 527-545.


www.ijsir.co.in119

JOB SATISFACTION OF HIGHER SECONDARY SCHOOLS' TEACHERS1 2Rashmi Sharma and Naresh Chandra Srivastava

1 2 Research scholar , Sai Nath University, Ranchi , Jharkhand , India, Raja Harpal Singh PG College,

Singramau, Jaunpur, Uttar Pradesh, India

Job satisfaction plays an important role towards personal attitude and belief system. These two factors may ultimately cause an individual to strive hard or the opposite may happen, due to this he/she is forced to work below expectation. If one is not satisfied with his days' work so he is forced to lavishly spend his/her time while at days' work. As a consequence, if an individual is not satisfied with the assigned task, this will prop up to dissatisfaction towards other segment of their life. After due investigation it has been revealed that once a man is truly satisfied with his commitment, he is profited by a certain reward. In such a case new destiny is shaped. For this study was done with teachers of higher secondary Hindi and English medium schools and Teacher Job Satisfaction Questionnaire of Pramod Kumar, D.Phil. and D. N. Mutha, Ph.D. were given to randomly selected sample teachers as tool. Finding indicates that there are indications that teacher's level of job satisfaction has a positive relation with success in teaching. The satisfaction of teachers with teaching profession is significantly correlated with teaching success.

Keywords: Teacher Job satisfaction, Teaching profession, Working conditions, Authority.

ABSTRACT

INTRODUCTIONJob satisfaction is the favorableness or un favorableness with which employees view their work (Bruneberg, 1976).If each and every one is highly pacified with his job, only then a wave of job satisfaction is considered rational. Job satisfaction is affected by number of factors like age groups, designation, absenteeism and organization where he deployed. The level of satisfaction depends on expectations from job. According to Garton (1976), the attitudinal variables are based on the job satisfaction of employee and morale he possesses which speaks either positive or negative feeling about a specific person or circumstances when this satisfaction is referred to work context notably for teaching it looks to say to the degree to which teacher can meet individual , professional and personal. Job satisfaction is the whole matrix of job factors that make a person 'like' his work situation and be 'willing' to head for it without distaste at beginning of his workday. Some of the studies reflect that job satisfaction does not imperatively focus job performance in leading to be better. In some instances, the good pay and perk is sufficient to guarantee a better performance for a definite period of time. After that the owner or supervisor is contented with the outcome. Job

satisfaction is a key area while redefining our abilities and its outcome because one who is cheerful and satisfied in his assigned task shall possess higher growth than who only cares his job for the sake of financial gain.

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATUREPanda (2002) studied the level of job satisfaction among teachers of government and non – government colleges. A sample of 110 college teachers (48 from government, 62 from non- government aided and un- aided colleges) was administered the Job Satisfaction Scale (Saxena). Analysis revealed that the college teachers both from government and non- government colleges were satisfied with their job. Type of management of the college had no significant effect on job satisfaction. Ahmed, Raheem and Jamal (2003) studied the job satisfaction of 236 teachers in senior secondary schools. Female teachers enjoyed greater satisfaction than their male counterparts did. Married teachers showed more job satisfaction than unmarried teachers did. Teachers who were teaching in government schools showed greater job satisfaction than teachers teaching in private schools.

*Address for correspondence: Dr. Naresh Chandra Srivastava, Associate Professor (Retd.), Raja Harpal Singh PG College, Singramau, Jaunpur, Uttar Pradesh, India


www.ijsir.co.in 120

There was no significant change in the job satisfaction due to change in the level of independent variables like sex, marital status and types of schools. Crossman and Harris (2006) conducted a study on job satisfaction among secondary school teachers in United Kingdom and their findings indicated that their satisfaction levels did not differ significantly by gender. Choudhury (2007) indicated that no significant relationship exists between professional awareness and job satisfaction of college teachers. The factors like type of institution and educational qualification of teachers at higher level did not seem to have any bearing on relationship between professional awareness and job satisfaction .Zhongshan (2007) found that elementary school male teachers in Shanghai, China were more satisfied with their salaries than their female colleagues. Wu & Wu (2010) conducted a study among 960 elementary school teachers from Taipei Municipality and Taitung County.

The study aimed at developing causal model to describe elementary school teachers' job satisfaction and how it is affected by social network and job characteristics. It was found, among others, that higher levels of satisfaction are generally found in female teachers, homeroom teachers, teachers who assumed directorship in schools, teachers with lower educational attainment and teachers with higher income. Research evidences as above prove that teacher's professional satisfaction improves their effectiveness and competencies as teacher.

PROBLEM: To study the job satisfaction of Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers.

OBJECTIVE: 1. To study the job satisfaction of Hindi medium

Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers..2. To study the job satisfaction of English medium

Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers. 3. To compare the job satisfaction of Hindi and

English medium Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers.

HYPOTHESIS: There is no significance difference between the job satisfaction of Hindi and English medium Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers.

METHOD AND PROCEDURESample: Sample consists of Hindi and English medium Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers of Raebareli. Teacher Job Satisfaction Questionnaire of Pramod Kumar, D.Phil. and D. N. Mutha, Ph.D. was given to randomly selected sample teachers.Tools: Teacher Job Satisfaction Questionnaire of Pramod Kumar and D. N. Mutha, consists of 29 highly

''discriminating ‟ Yes/No type items. The items of this questionnaire seems to appropriate for knowing level of teachers job satisfaction. These items were classified into four different aspect of job satisfaction in teaching, which are – attitude towards Profession, Working conditions, Authority, Institution. This Teacher Job Satisfaction Questionnaire of Pramod Kumar and D. N. Mutha, appears to have appropriate high reliability and validity. The contents of its item seem appropriate for the purpose of research with teachers.

Statistical Techniques: The following statistical techniques were used by researcher:1. Percentile 2. Mean and S.D. 3. T-Test� Scoring of completely filled answer sheets were done and scores were used for statistical analysis. Percentile is used to know satisfaction level of Hindi and English medium teachers. Mean is used to find out average performance of Hindi and English medium teachers about their satisfactionin teaching profession. The standard deviation is used for comparing satisfaction of Hindi and English medium teachers.T-Test is used as the test of significant of the difference between means of Hindi and English medium teachers.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONSScores obtained on different aspects of job satisfaction, of Hindi and English medium sample teachers of higher secondary schools were tabulated in form of frequencies. In order to test the significant difference between job satisfaction in teaching profession of Hindi and English medium teachers mean, standard deviations, and t-ratios were calculated. For analyzing and comparing job satisfaction of Hindi and English medium teachers of higher secondary schools, results of statistical analysis were shown in following tables-


www.ijsir.co.in121

Table 1 : showing Job Satisfaction level of Hindi medium teachers

Satisfaction

Level

Hindi Md.

Teachers[ P25 =16

& P75=28 ]

No. %

High Satisfaction 09 04.09

Moderate

Satisfaction 170 77.27

Low Satisfaction 41 18.64

N 220

Table 1 represented that out of 220 Hindi medium teachers only 9 (4.09%) teachers are highly satisfied, 170 (77.27%) teachers are moderately satisfied and 41 (18.64%) teachers are low satisfied.

Table 2 : showing Job Satisfaction level of English medium teachers

Satisfaction

Level

English Md. Teachers

[ P25 =16 & P75=24 ]

No. %

High


Moderate


Low


N 116

In case of English medium teachers out of 116 teachers 48 (41.38%) teachers are highly satisfied, 40 (34.48%) teachers are moderately satisfied and 28 (24.14%) teachers are low satisfied [Table 2].

Table 3: showing statistical data for Job Satisfaction of Hindi and English medium higher secondary school teachers

Group Mean Standard

Deviation SED

Calculated

't' value

Degree of

freedom

Table value of

't' at .05 and .01

levels

Significanc

e Level

Hindi Md. 21.59 4.49 0.54 0.28 333

1.97(.05),

2.34(.01)

Not

significant English Md. 21.44 4.88

The results indicate that the difference between mean of scores of job satisfaction of Hindi and English medium teachers is insignificant. The calculated' value (0.28) is found insignificant even at .05 level of significance. Hence hypothesis “There is no significance difference between the job satisfaction of Hindi and English medium Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers " has been accepted.


www.ijsir.co.in 122

CONCLUSION Both Hindi and English medium school teachers are satisfied with their job. But English medium teachers show comparatively more satisfaction than Hindi medium teachers. They feel that teaching is the best profession for them and they feel proud to be a teacher. It may be concluded that there are indications that teacher's level of job satisfaction have a positive relation with success in teaching. A positive favourable attitude makes the work not only easier but also more satisfying and professionally rewarding. If the teachers enjoy their job with positive attitude, their work will be easier, expert like and will have long lasting impact on the society.

REFERENCES

1. Chattopadhyay & Bhattacharya, Impact of personality characteristics & mode of adjustment to job satisfaction & job effectiveness of secondary school teachers, Social Science International Journal 18(1), 64-71.

2. Evans L., Teacher Morale, Job Satisfaction and Motivation, SAGE Publication India, New Delhi, 1998, https://books.google.co.in/books.

3. Garrett H. E., Woodworth R.S., Statistics in Psychology and Education, Paragon International Publishers, Delhi, 2007.

4. Gesinde A.M. and Gbadebo O. A, Job Satisfaction Status of Primary School Teachers in OTA, Nigeria, European Journal of Educational Studies 4 ( 1 ) , 2 0 1 2 p g 11 - 1 8 , h t t p : / / w w w. o z e l academy.com.

5. Gupta SP, 1980, A Study of Job Satisfaction at Three Levels of Teaching, Ph.D. Thesis, Meerut University.

6. Klassen R and Ming Ming Chiu, Effects on Teachers' Self-Efficacy and Job Satisfaction: Teacher Gender, Years of Experience, and Job Stress, Journal of Educational Psychology © 2010 American Psychological Association,2010, Vol. 102, No. 3, 741–756,http://www.researchgate.net/ publication.

7. Kothari C.R., Research Methodology Methods and Techniques, New Age international Limited Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.

8. KoulLokesh, Methodology of Educational Research, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008.

9. Lal Roshan, Shergill S S, A Comparative Study Of Job Satisfaction And Attitude Towards Education Among Male And Female Teachers Of Degree Colleges”, INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MARKETING, FINANCIAL SERVICES & MANAGEMENT RESEARCH ,Vol.1 No. 1 , J a n u a r y 2 0 1 2 , I S S N 2 2 7 7 3 6 2 2 , http://indianresearchjournals. Com/pdf/IJMFSMR /2012/January/5_IJMFMR_ROSHAN.pdf, Feb 27, 2013.

10. Panda BB, (2002), “Job Satisfaction of college teachers in the context of type of management”, The Educational Review, 45(4), 76-79.

11. Suryanarayana N.V.S. and Luciana. M.Z, “Teaching Competency and Teacher Job Satisfaction among Secondary School Teachers”, onl ine ar t ic le d i rec tory, Aug 23, 2010, <www.articlebase.com>, Feb04, 2011.

12. Vi s h a l S o o d , A n a n d A . , ” P r o f e s s i o n a l Commitment Among B.Ed. Teacher Educators of Himachal Pradesh”, <www.ejournal.aiaer. net>, Feb04, 2011.


www.ijsir.co.in123

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC & INNOVATIVE RESEARCH

(A Bi-annual Official Journal of Sky Institute, a constituent Institution of BALA JI FOUNDATION established

under Societies Registration Act 1860)

AIM & SCOPE

The International Journal of Scientific & Innovative Research (IJSIR)is a bi-annual published on line/ offline

journal which publishes innovative research papers, reviews, mini reviews, short communications and notes

dealing with all branches of science, technology, engineering health and agriculture. All manuscripts are subject to

rapid peer review, those of high quality (not previously published and not under consideration for publication in

another journal) contributing significantly to further the scientific knowledge in science, technology, engineering,

health and agriculture will be published without delay. The subjects will cover all the disciplines and branches of

science, technology, engineering, health and agriculture.

EDITORIAL POLICY

The criteria for publication are originality high scientific quality and interest to a multidisciplinary audience. Papers

not sufficiently substantiated by experimental detail will not be published. Any technical queries will be referred

back to the author although the Editors reserve the right to make alterations in the text without altering the technical

content. Manuscripts submitted under multiple authorships are reviewed on the assumption that all listed authors

concur with the submission and that a copy of the final manuscript has been approved by all authors. If accepted, the

manuscripts shall not be published elsewhere in the same form in either the same or another language without the

consent of the Editors.

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research insists on ethical practices in both human and animal

experimentation. Evidence for approval by a institutional Ethics Committee (for both human as well as animal

studies) must be supplied by the authors on demand. Animal experimental procedure should be on humane as

possible and the details of anesthetics and analgesics used should be clearly stated. The ethical standards of

experiments must be in accordance with the guidelines provided by the CPCSEA (animal) and ICMR (human). The

journal will not consider any paper which is ethically unacceptable. A statement on ethics committee permission

must be included in all research articles under the Materials and Methods section. Authors must be careful when

they reproduce text, tables and illustrations from other sources. Plagiarism will be viewed seriously. All accepted

papers are subject to editorial changes. All rights are reserved to editor-in-chief, International Journal of Scientific

& Innovative Research (IJSIR). IJSIR will be published bi-annually in the month of July (January-June issue) and

January (July-December issue) every year.

IJSIR would take much care in making your article published without much delay with your kind cooperation.

• A Broad ranging open access journal.

• Fast and efficient online submission.

• Expert peer review.

• Rapid publications and high visibility.

• Cost saving.

• Ability to track the publication processing progress.

• Ease of contacting the IJSIR Journal


www.ijsir.co.in

INSTRUCTION TO AUTHORS

The International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research is a bi-annually published online / offline Journal

which publishes innovative research papers, reviews, mini-reviews, short communications and notes dealing with

all branches of science, technology and engineering, health and agriculture. All manuscripts are subject to rapid peer

review. Those of high quality (not previously published and not consideration for publication in another journal)

will be published without delay.

MANUSCRIPT FORMAT

The preferred format of all manuscript is MS Word or RTF. Illustrations (figures) and images must be inserted in the

manuscript at the position they should appear when published.

PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPTS

RESEARCH PAPER

The language of the journal is English. Each manuscript should be typed double-spaced on A4 (8.5" x 11") paper

size with 1 inch margins. It should be arranged in the following order: Title, Abstract, Keywords, Introduction,

Materials and Methods, Results, Conclusion, Acknowledgement, References.

Title Page

Title page should contain title of the paper in bold face, title case (font size 14), names of the authors in normal face,

upper case (font size 12) followed by the address in normal face lower case. The author to whom all correspondence

be addressed should be denoted by an asterisk mark. The title should be as short as possible and precisely indicate

the nature of the work in the communication. Names of the authors should appear as initials followed by surnames.

At the bottom left corner of the title page, please mention “*Address For correspondence” and provide a functional

e-mail address. Address of the corresponding author to whom all correspondence may be sent should be given only

if is different from the address already given under author’s names.

Abstract

Should start on a new page after the title page and should be typed in single-space to distinguish it from the

Introduction. Abstracts should briefly reflect all aspects of the study, as most databases list mainly abstracts.

Key-words

Provide four to six appropriate key words after abstract.

Introduction

Shall start immediately after the abstract, as the next paragraph, but should be typed in double- space. The

Introduction should lead the reader to the importance of the study; tie-up published literature with the aims of the

study and clearly states the rationale behind the investigation.

Materials and Methods

Shall start as a continuation to introduction on the same page. All important materials used along with their source

shall be mentioned. The main methods used shall be briefly described, citing references. Trivial details may be

avoided. New methods or substantially modified methods may be described in sufficient detail. The statistical

method and the level of significance chosen shall be clearly stated. IJSIR prefers to publish work that has been

subjected to an appropriate statistical test at one level of significance.


www.ijsir.co.in

Results

All findings presented in tabular or graphical form shall be described in this section. The data should be statistically

analyzed and the level or significance stated. Data that is not statistically significant need only to be mentioned in the

text – no illustration is necessary. All tables and figures must have a title or caption and legend to make them self-

explanatory. Results section shall start after materials and methods section on the same page.

Discussion

This section should follow results, deal with the interpretation of result, convey how they help increase current

understanding of the problem and should be logical. Unsupported hypothesis should be avoided. The Discussion

should state the possibilities the results uncover that need to be further explored. There is no need to include another

title such as “Conclusions” at the end of Discussion. Results and discussion of results can also be combined under

one section, Results and Discussion.

Acknowledgements

Should be given after the text and not in the form of foot-notes.

References

Should be numbered consecutively in the order in which they are first mentioned in the text (not in alphabetic order).

Identify references in text, tables and legends by Arabic numerals in superscript in square brackets. References cited

only in tables or figure legends should be numbered in accordance with the sequence established by the first

identification in the text of the particular table or figure.

Journal Articles

Singh N., Verma P., Pandey B.R., Gilca M. Role of Withania somnifera in Prevention and Treatment of Cancer: An

Overview. International Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences and Drug Research. 2011; 3(4): 274-279.

A Book

Singh N, Gilca M. Herbal Medicine – Science embraces tradition – a new insight into the ancient Ayurveda. Edn 1,

Lambert Academic Publishing (Germany), 2010, pp. 115-116.

A chapter in a Book

Nadkarni KM, Indian Materia Medica. Edn 3, Vol. I, Popular Prakashan, Mumbai, 2000, pp. 242-246.

A Report

World Health Organization. The World Health Report 2004: changing history. Geneva: WHO; 2004.

Conference Proceedings

Stock A, Signal Trasduction in Bacheria. In the Proceedings of the 2004 Markey Scholars Conference. 2004, pp. 80-

89.

A Thesis

Strunk, JL. The extraction of mercury from sediment and the geochemical partitioning of mercury in sediments

from Lake Superior, M.S. thesis, Michigan State Univ. East Lansing, Ml, 1991


www.ijsir.co.in

Illustrations

Tables – Should be typed on separate sheets of paper and should not preferably contain any molecular structures.

Only MS word table format should be used for preparing tables. Tables should show lines separating columns but

not those separating rows except for the top row that shows column captions. Tables should be numbered

consecutively in Arabic numerals and bear a brief title in capital letters normal face. Tables should not be very large

that they run more than one A4 sized page.

Figures

Should be on separate pages but not inserted within the text. Figures should be numbered consecutively in Arabic

numerals and bear a brief title in lower case bold face letters below the figure. Graphs and bar graphs should

preferably be prepared using Microsoft Excel and submitted as Excel graph pasted in MS Word.

Abbreviations, Units Etc

Authors should follow internationally agreed rules especially those adopted by the IUPAC-IUB Commission on

Biochemical Nomenclature (CBN). The journal will essentially follow the rules defined in the IUPAC Manual of

symbols and terminology for physico-chemical quantities and units.

Short Communications

The journal publishes exciting findings, preliminary data or studies that did not yield enough information to make a

full paper as short communications. These have the same format requirements as full papers but are only up to 10

pages in length in total. Short Communications should not have subtitles such as Introduction, Materials and

Methods, Results and Discussion – all these have to be must into the running text. Short Communications preferably

should have only 3-4 illustrations.

Review Articles

Should be about 15-30 pages long, contain up-to-date information, comprehensively cover relevant literature and

preferably be written by scientists who have in -depth knowledge on the topic. All format requirements are same as

those applicable to full papers. Review articles need not be divided into section such as materials and methods and

results and discussions, but should definitely have an abstract and introduction if necessary.

Submission of Manuscript

All manuscripts (must be in English and in MS Word format) and should be submitted via our online system or

through e-mail [email protected], as an attachment for quick evaluation.

Manuscript Charges

There is no charge for the processing of papers but author(s) of each accepted paper is required to pay a publication

charge of Rs. 2,000 for Indian authors and US $ 125 for foreign authors before the accepted paper is published.

Copyright and Permissions

Submission is a representation that the manuscript has not been published previously and is not under consideration

for publication elsewhere. Authors would be required to sign a form (to be supplied by the Editor) transferring

copyright before the manuscript can be published. By submitting a manuscript to the editor or publisher you are

deemed to have granted permission to publish the manuscript.


www.ijsir.co.in

Ethical Matters

Authors using experimental animals and human subjects in their investigation must seek approval from the

appropriate Ethical Committee. The method section must include a statement to prove that the investigation was

approved and that informed consent was obtained.

Galley Proofs

Proofs will sent via e-mail as an Acrobat PDF (Portable Document Format) file. Acrobat Reader will be required in

order to read the PDF.

Manuscript Submission Process:

1. First you should Read “Author Instructions” and

2. Download “Cover letter” -fill the necessary fields and scan it and send to our email address along with

manuscript or Upload through Online Manuscript submission option.

3. Submit your prepared manuscript through email or Online submission option.

4. Download “Copy Right Form” and Sign it (by the corresponding/main author) and send its scanned copy

only to Email ID [email protected].

(Without this signed undertaking your paper would not get displayed.)

Track Your Manuscript: New Option of our IJSIR web portal.

You can track the status of your manuscript through the online production process. Please provide your Manuscript

ID to know the status.


www.ijsir.co.in

COVER LETTER

Date

Place

From

(Name and Address of the corresponding author)

To,

Editor-in-Chief

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR)

Sir,

Ref: Title Type Subject Branch

In reference to the above title, I as a corresponding author submit the manuscript for publication in International

Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research. I undertake that animal study (if any) was taken after the prior

approval of country/institutional ethical committee. This manuscript has not been published or considered for

publication by any other journal or elsewhere. Kindly consider the manuscript for publication in your journal.

Thank you

Corresponding author name

www.ijsir.co.in


PRINT SUBSCRIPTION RATES

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR)

SUBSCRIPTION FORM

Complete and submit this form to order an individual /institutional subscription for the print version of the

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR), a bi- annual journal. The journal is published in

month of July (January-June) and January (July-December) every year.

Select Your Subscription:

• Individual Subscription

• Institutional Subscription

Note: Subscriber should submit the subscription form to email ID: [email protected]

Subscriber’s Name: (It includes first name, last name and professional credential (if any)

NAME …………………….......................................................................................…………………................…

INSTITUTIOANAL/ INDIVIDUAL ADDRESS ………................................……………………………..........

…………………………………………………......................................................................................…..............

STATE …………………………………..............……… CITY……...................…………………………….......

PIN CODE ……………................... COUNTRY………….................................…………………………

PHONE NUMBER(S) ………........................................................................……..……………………...............

E-MAIL ADDRESS………………........................................................................………………………..............

PAYMENT DETAILS:

• BANK NAME …………………...........................................................……………………………

• DD NO/ CHEQUE NO ……....................................... DATE ..…..............……..………………

• AMOUNT………………...............................................…………………............………………..

SUBSCRIPTION RATE

• FOR INDIVIDUAL – 3000/- OR 200 US$ FOR FIVE YEAR

• FOR INSTITUTION- 5000/- OR 250 US$ FOR FIVE YEAR

Payment should be made in favor of BALAJI FOUNDATION, payable at LUCKNOW.

NOTE: Fees once paid will not be refunded in any circumstances.

SIGNATURE

www.ijsir.co.in


UNDERTAKING*

I _____________________________________________________________ (corresponding author), working as

__________________ (Designation), in __________________(Department/ Affiliation), do hereby

submit the manuscript No. _____ entitled:

______________________________________, authors _________, _____________, _______________

(names of all authors) for publication in International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research.

I / We declare that this is an original research work and is not previously published or presented elsewhere in any

language and is also not in consideration in any other journal simultaneously.

I /we, all authors of the above manuscript are agree that the content of this manuscript will not be copyrighted,

submitted, or published elsewhere (including the internet), and is also not plagiarized from any language.

I/We also solemnly affirm that not any brand name of drug/product/manufacturer was included in this manuscript to

avoid legal hindrance and I / We will responsible to face any dispute, pointed out by anyone in future.

Name with designation/affiliation

of the corresponding author

Name of all author Signature Affiliation

1.____________________________________ ________________ ________________

2.____________________________________ ________________ ________________

3.____________________________________ ________________ ________________

*This undertaking must be submitted along with submission of the manuscript in IJSIR.

www.ijsir.co.in


RESEARCH

The Sky Institute gives a lot of emphasis on research

in various areas of science, technology, engineering

health , agriculture andalso in subjects related to

humanities and education with a view to develop

skilled human resources in higher education and

research sector. Sky institute has started to publish a

bi-annual scientific journal "International Journal of

Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR)" :PISSN

2347- 2189, E ISSN 2347-4971 (website

wwwijsir.co.in), which publishes innovative research

papers, reviews, minireviews, short communications

and notes dealing with all branches of science,

technology, engineering, health and agriculture. The

institute is also developed a research laboratory in

the area of biotechnology in order to conduct

multidisciplinary R & D work in frontier areas of

biotechnology and allied disciplines for the benefit of

society and ailing humanity.

TRAINING

The Sky Institute conducts training programs for

science and engineering graduates both at under

graduate and post graduate level as part of the

fulfillment of their graduate and post graduate

courses. The Biotechnological Research Laboratory

set up at Sky Institute will help science and

engineering graduates/post graduates in building

their scientific and technological skill in the area of

biotechnology which has enormous scope in research

and industries. The Institute also conducts summer

training programs for under graduates and post

graduates (science and engineering) in various areas

including biotechnology, herbal sciences, computer

sciences etc. for upgrading their knowledge and

technical skill which help them immensely in

building their careers in education, research and

industry sectors.

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS

At present, Sky Institute is running various

educational courses in collaboration with universities.

CONTACT DETAILS:

Website: www.skylucknow.com

Campus 1:

SKY INSTITUTE

Shivam Palace II, Near Sports College, Opp. Petrol Pump, Mishrpur, KursiRoad, Lucknow, PIN 226026

Mobile :+91 9839414406, +91 8417009592, +91 9794849800

e-Mail : [email protected]

Campus 2:

SKY INSTITUTE

4/285, Vivek Khand, Opp. Petrol Pump, Patrakarpuram, Gomti Nagar, Lucknow, PIN 226010

Mobile :+919839414406, +91-522-4107526

e-Mall : [email protected]

ABOUT SKY INSTITUTE

Sky Institute, a constituent institution of BALAJI

FOUNDATION established under Societies

Registration Act 1860, has been functioning from the

year 2006. Sky institute aims to provide quality

education to young students with a view to develop

socially responsible future technologists and business

leaders with good communication spirit with a

commitment to economic development with a strong

multi disciplinary knowledge base and technical/

managerial skills. Graduates of Sky Institute will be

well prepared to succeed in an increasingly

competitive global economy.

With a focus on multidisciplinary research and

education and learning model, that emphasizes active

learning, Sky Institute aspires to be globally known

for education, research, innovation at the intersection

of disciplines. The institute provides a professional

learning environment that acts as a catalyst for the

exponential growth of students as well as

extracurricular abilities. It conducts courses at the

level of under graduate and post graduate followed by

research courses leading to M Phil and Ph.D. in all

subjects in association with universities.

VISION

To be known globally for education, research and

innovation at the intersection of disciplines

Improving lives through education, research and

innovation

To be an outstanding higher learning and research

Institution of excellence ever in pursuit of horizons

to build self reliant global citizens through assured

quality educational programs.

MISSION

To promote sustainable development of the Higher

Education consistent with statutory and regulatory

requirements.

To plan and continuously provide necessary

infrastructure learning resources required for

quality education and innovation.

To stimulate to extend the frontiers of knowledge

through faculty development and continuing

education programs.

To make research a significant activity involving

staff, students and society.

To promote industry/ organization interaction/

collaborations with regional national/ international

bodies.

To establish system for communication among all

stake holders for vision oriented growth.

INFRASTRUCTURE

Sky Institute is having sufficient infrastructure to

undertake educational and research programs in

various disciplines. Presently, it has two premises in

Lucknow one in Gomti Nagar and another at Kursi

Road with sufficient space and office infrastructure

including Wi-Fi internet facility, telephone and

computers. In addition, Biotechnological Research

Laboratory with adequate equipment facility has been

setup in its premises situated at Kursl Road, Lucknow

with main emphasis to undertake multidisciplinary

research and development (R & D) projects of

societal benefits in frontier areas of biotechnology

(industrial biotechnology, medical biotechnology,

environmental biotechnology and agricultural

biotechnology) and allied areas, which will also help

in developing trained and highly skilled human

resource in science and technology (S & T) sector for

the benefit of the country. In addition, Sky Institute

has also established a computer laboratory and is

strengthening its library in this premises The institute

is also having a conference hall in its premises

situated at Kursi Road, Lucknow.